Anchor (Dowel W-FA-S) PDF

TOTAL RANGE
01 Index
02 Service and Systems
03 Chemical Technical Products
04 Fasteners / Fittings
05 Anchor and Plug Systems
06 Fire Protection Systems
07 Material Processing
08 General Tools / Equipment
09 master® Power Tools
10 ORSY® Assortments and Workshop Equipment
11 Work Protection
12 Construction Accessories
13 Electrical
14 Sanitary
15 Automotive / Cargo Accessories and Spare Parts

05 Anchor and Plug Systems
Plug technology online / software 1201
Plug selection – performance comparison 1202 – 1207
Heavy load attachment

(metal anchors for tensile zone) 1208 – 1238

(metal anchors for tensile zone,
suspended ceiling) 1239 – 1248

(shear connector) 1249 – 1288
Ceiling coverings 1289 – 1300
Frame attachments 1301 – 1314
Metal frame dowel

for window frame installation 1315 – 1326
Cavity xings 1327 – 1336
Masonry / light building material

attachment 1337 – 1348
Insulation material attachment 1349 – 1356
General attachments 1357 – 1379
Test load / extract equipment 1380

ANCHOR TECHNOLOGY ONLINE
www.wuerth.de/duebeltechnik
Can be used free of charge on the Internet!
Dimensioning menu Design details

Calculation modules menu
With these modules you can evaluate specific application cases from an Do you require design details of individual anchor products for integration
engineering standpoint and select and order the products suitable for in CAD drawings?
your application case via product group selections. You are also provided Download them onto your computer here.
with additional information on the application cases, the products and
the technical background of evaluation, calculation and planning from an Product index menu
engineering standpoint. Anchor product specifications
You know what you need – simply click on the desired products on the left
Industries menu to receive detailed information, e.g.
Anchor technology application selection
• Product information
The main applications for your industry • Serial number, designation, image
• Heating, plumbing, air-conditioning, ventilation • Version
• Wood processing and wood working • Approvals (download possible)
• Metal processing and metal working • Area of use, advantages, features
• Construction/Expansion • Setting instructions
• Electrical/communication engineering • Performance data
• Industry, public authorities • Characteristic values
are recorded and assigned here. The usable systems are suggested to you. • Dimensions
• Demand assessment
Also use the practical keyword search to find our products quickly.
• Ordering data
• Downloading of entire product specifications (incl. installation
instructions)
ANCHOR TECHNOLOGY You can order the software on CD-ROM (Art. No. 0990 903 002) at
DIMENSIONING SOFTWARE www.wuerth.de/duebeltechnik.

Würth anchor dimensioning software of an early version which is already
installed can be updated and supplemented with missing
The Würth Dimensioning Software designed for intuitive use modules at any time with Internet updates.
and proven in practice, enables you to individually evaluate Of course, you can always use the software directly on our homepage.
and realistically dimension safe, economical attachments.
The following modules are available for measuring:
• General anchor dimensioning • Brackets and bracket

• Railings supports
• Facades • REBAR
• Awnings • Fire protection
• Sub-structures for awnings • Set pins
• Suspended ceilings • VARIFIX®
• Wood construction
MWF - 11/11 - 09041 - ©
• Light metal construction
Art. No. 0990 903 002
1201
PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW OF ANCHOR TECHNOLOGY
General construction permit European Technical Approval Test report available
1) Attachment of facade coverings Fire resistance (TR020) available
2) Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
Surface Installation
Fire resistance
VdS Directives
Specification
Cracked Uncracked Suspended Multiple Aerated Solid stone
in acc. with
can be loa-
Test report
ded imme-
Cotter pin
mounting
mounting
concrete concrete ceiling attachment concrete masonry
Through-
Product
(tensile zone) (pressure
diately
zone)
bolt
No.
Included in approval 02.1
02.3
Included in approval / 02.5

02.6

02.8
Included in approval / 03
06
/ 07.1
/ 11.1
11.2
/ 13.1
13.2
13.3
15.1
16
31
/ 32
34.1
34.2
34.3
SZ 1.1
Cracked Uncracked Lightweight Aerated Solid stone Perforated

concrete concrete concrete concrete masonry stone
(tensile zone) masonry
21.1
21.2
21.3
22
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
KR - 11/11 - 10757 - ©
23.5
1202
Anchor type Anchor Illustrations Thread size Available versions

or dia. of anchor
Galvanized
galvanized
in mm
HCR steel
Stainless
Stainless
1.4529
thread
thread
Outer
Inner
steel
steel
steel
Hot
A2
A4
W-SA Screw Anchor Ø 7.5 - 20
W-SA Screw Anchor Ø 7.5
W-SA TC Screw Anchor Ø 7.5/10/12

Timber Connect
W-FAZ / … Fixing Anchor M8 - M24
W-FAZ-IG /… Fixing M6 - M12

Anchor Inner Thread
W-HAZ High-Performance Anchor M6 - M20
W-PA Aerated Concrete Anchor M6 - M12
W-HD Hollow-Ceiling Anchor M6 - M12
W-FA /… Fixing Anchor M6 - M20
W-ED / … Drive-In Anchor M5 - M20
W-ED M12 Drive-In Anchor M12/DW15

W-ED DW15 Drive-In Anchor
W-TM Heavy Duty Anchor M6 - M12
W-SA Screw Anchor Ø 5. 6. 7.5
W-DS Quick-Action Ceiling Anchor Ø8
W-ZS 6-5 Quick-Action Anchor Ø6
W-SD Impact Anchor Ø 6. 8
W-PN Power Nail Ø 4.5
W-VD / … Shear Anchor M8 - M24
W-VD-IG / ... Shear-Anchor Female M8 - M16

Thread
W-VHP Shear Anchor Ø 10 - 16
Hammer Cartridge
W-VIZ / … Injection System a) M8 - M24
W-VI / … Injection System b) M8 - M30

KR - 11/11 - 10758 - ©
WIT-C 100 Injection System M8 - M24
a) WIT-VM 100 Mortar compound b) WIT-VM 200 Mortar compound
1203
General construction permit European Technical Approval
1) Attachment of facade coverings Test report available
2) Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems available
Surface Installation
Fire resistance
VdS Directives
Specification
Throughbolt
immediately
Cracked Uncracked Lightweight Aerated Solid stone Perforated
in acc. with
Test report
Cotter pin
mounting
concrete concrete concrete concrete masonry stone
mounting
Product
(tensile zone) masonry
loaded
can be
No.
23.6
23.7
23.8
23.9
24.1
24.2
25
26.1
28.1
c) c)
29.1
Concrete Lightweight Aerated Solid stone Perforated Plate

concrete concrete masonry stone materials/
masonry hollow walls
1) 1)
41
1) 1) 1) 1)
1)
42.1
2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 42.2
2) 2)
42.3
2) 2) 2) 2)
42.5
43.1
44
51
52
53
55.1
55.2
55.3
61
62
KR - 11/11 - 10759 - ©
63
63.2
c) Reinforcement attachment
1204
PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW FOR ANCHOR TECHNOLOGY
Anchor type Anchor illustrations Thread size or dia. Available versions

of anchor thread
Galvanized
galvanized
in mm
HCR steel
Stainless
Stainless
steel A2
steel A4
Female
1.4529
thread
thread
Male
steel
Hot
WIT-PE 500 Injection System,
M8 - M30d)
option 1 ...
W-VIZ-IG Injection Systema) M6 - M20
WIT-VM 200 Injection Systemb) M6, M8
WIT-VM 200 Injection Systemb) M6 - M12
WIT-C 150 Injection System M6 - M20
WIT-FIX Liquid Anchor Drilled hole dia. 6/8/10
W-VIZ dynamic Injection Systema) M12 - M20
WIT-PE 500 Injection System Dia. 8 - 28
WE 10/WD 10 Plastic Frame-Fixing

Dia. 10
Anchor
W-UR Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor Dia. 8/10
W-UR 6 Symcon Plastic Frame-
Dia. 6
Fixing Anchor
W-UR 14 Symcon Plastic Frame-Fixing
Dia. 14
Anchor
W-RD Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor Dia. 6/8/10
Scāold anchoring Dia. 10/12/14
Metal Frame-Fixing Anchor Dia. 10 Dia. 10
AMO® III Dia. 7.5 mm Dia. 7.5
AMO® III Dia. 11.5 mm Dia. 11.5
AMO® Y Screw Dia. 7.5 mm Dia. 7.5
W-MH Metal Hollow-Wall Anchor M4 - M8
Spring-loaded anchor M3/M4/M10

MWF - 11/11 - 10760 - ©
Tilting anchor M5/M6/M8/M10
W-HR Hollow-Wall Anchor M5/M6/M8

b) WIT-VM 200 Mortar Compound d) Cracked concrete (tensile zone): M12 - M24
1205
Test report available
Available
Substrate Montageart
Fire resistance
in accordance
Specification
immediately
Concrete Lightweight Aerated Solid stone Perforated Plate
Test report
Cotter-pin
mounting
mounting
concrete concrete masonry stone materials/
Directives
Through-
with VdS
Product
masonry hollow walls
loaded
can be
bolt
No.
64
71
73
74
74.1
75
81
82
83
91
92
92.1
93
94
95
96
97
99
99.1
110
111
KR - 11/11 - 10892 - ©
1206
PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW FOR ANCHOR TECHNOLOGY
Anchor type Anchor illustrations Thread size or dia. Available versions

of anchor thread
Galvanized
galvanized
in mm
HCR steel
Stainless
Stainless
steel A2
steel A4
Female
1.4529
thread
thread
Male
steel
Hot
W-KH Plastic Hollow-Wall Anchor Dia. 10
W-MG Metal Multi-Purpose Anchor Dia. 5 - 10
W-GS Gypsum Plasterboard Anchor –
W-KL Light Construction Anchor Dia. 18
W-ID Insulating Anchor Dia. 18 + 30
W-GB Aerated Concrete Anchor Dia. 10 - 14

W-DSD Insulation Anchor with expan-
Dia. 10
sion nail
W-IN Insulation Nail Dia. 8
W-MID Insulation Bolt and Insulation
Dia. 8
Disk
Nylon anchor Dia. 4 - 20
ZEBRA Shark W-ZX® Dia. 5 - 14
ZEBRA Shark® Anchors Dia. 5 - 14
W-ZND Nail Anchor Dia. 5 - 10
Securing sleeve 6 - 8 mm dia.
Hammer rivet Dia. 4.8 - 6.4
Brass anchor M4 - M16
W-SSD Sound Protection Anchor Dia. 10 - 18
AMO® -Max Dia. 40
AMO® light Screw Dia. 10

High-Performance Stud Thrust Device
DIVA® 1 Premium
High-Performance Fuel Unit
DIGA® CS-1
MWF - 11/11 - 10893 - ©
1207
W-SA/S SCREW ANCHOR
01.2
Individual attachment:
Cracked and uncracked concrete
Galvanized steel
Type ST Stud screw
Connecting thread M12
Proof of performance
Approvals 1. Areas of use 2. Advantages

• Can be used for • High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
European Fire resistance
Technical Technical Report
medium to heavy • Through-bolt mounting
Approval TR 020 loads • Low borehole depth
Option 7 R30 - R120 •The anchor may be • Small borehole diameter
for uncracked concrete
used, with European • Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
technical approval, • Virtually no spreading ēect, enabling small edge clearances and axle
in reinforced or bases to be complied with
unreinforcednormal • Complete, easy, fast removal
concrete of • Fast, easy installation by screwing screw anchor into drilled hole
a strength class of minimum C20/25 and maximum C50/60 in
accordance with EN 206:2000-12. 3. Properties
• Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete • Anchoring through positive locking
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure • When screwing the anchor into the pre-drilled hole, the saw-tooth
zone) threads cut into the concrete
• The anchor may be used for anchorages with primarily static (e.g. own • Galvanized steel: European Technical Approval ETA-09/0395
weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads (e.g. • Dimensioned in accordance with the "Guideline for European Technical
façades, railings) Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete", Appendix C,
• For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone Measurement Process A
(without approval) • Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 to C50/60): R30,
• W-SA/S (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms R60, R90, R120: Technical Report TR 020 "Evaluation of
• Suitable for the attachment of metal profiles, pipelines, ventilation ducts, Anchorages in Concrete with Regard to Fire Resistance" (contained in
wood structures etc. ETA-09/0395)
Setting instructions
MWF - 08/10 -12223 - ©
Drill the hole Clean the drilled hole Position the anchor Screw in the screw anchor with a tangential Apply tightening torque to nut
impact screw (tool holder < 3/4”) or manually
1208
W-SA/S SCREW ANCHOR
01.2
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [in mm] W-SA/S 12
Tensile zone
load1) of a single tensile load 1) of a
anchor without edge single anchor without edge
(cracked concrete C20/252),

Perm. transverse Perm. central
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 4.8

Galvanized steel
influence
Nperm. [kN] = C20/252)

Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252)
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 6.4
Galvanized steel
Tensile zone
(cracked concrete C20/252), 14.3
c 10 hef)
influence
Galvanized steel
Vperm. [kN] = C20/25
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/25 ,2)
14.3
c 10 hef)
Galvanized steel
Permissible bending torque Mperm [Nm] 39.0
Permissible load in fire (R30, R60, R90, R120) see European Technical Approval ETA-09/0395
Characteristic values
Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 60
Axial spacing scr,N [in mm] 168
Minimum edge spacing cmin [in mm] 50
Edge spacing ccr,N [in mm] 75
Minimum component thickness hmin [in mm] 120
Ēective anchoring depth hef [in mm] 56
Nom. drill dia. d0 [in mm] 10.0
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 10.45
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] 85
Length of anchor in drilled hole hnom [in mm] 75
Through-hole in the component being df [in mm] 14.0
connected
Max. tightening torque of nut Tmax [Nm] 35
Anchor Dimensions
W-SA/S 12
Total length l [in mm] 130
Max. attachment height tfix [in mm] 35
Designation W-SA/S Type ST 12 x 130
W-SA/S Screw Anchor Type ST
galvanized steel Art. No. 5927 012 130
dia.12, size 9
Connecting thread M12x35
Packing unit P. Qty. 50
Storable in ®ORSY
MWF - 08/10 -12224 - ©
Würth system components

1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the ēects of
ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and
anchor groups, please refer to the Guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG), Appendix C.
2) The concrete has normal reinforcement. Higher values are possible for higher concrete strengths.
1209
W-SA
02.1 Screw Anchor
cracked and uncracked concrete
W-SA
steel, galvanized
Dia. 7.5
Dia. 10
Dia. 12
Dia. 12 with large washer
Dia. 14
Dia. 16
Dia. 20
W-SA A4
Stainless steel A4
Dia. 7.5
Dia. 10
Dia. 12
Approvals
European Fire
Technical Resistance
Approval Technical Report
Option 1 TR 020
for cracked and R30 - R120
uncracked concrete
2. Advantages
l High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
l Through-bolt mounting
l Can be loaded immediately – no wait time
1. Applications l Virtually no spreading effect, enabling small edge and axial distances
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads to be complied with
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in reinforced l Complete, easy, fast removal
or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least l Fast, easy installation by screwing screw anchor into drilled hole
C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206: 2000-12
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete 3. Properties
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) l Anchoring through positive locking
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads l When screwing the anchor into the pre-drilled hole, the saw-tooth
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads threads cut into the concrete
(e.g. façades, railings) l Galvanized steel: European Technical Approval ETA-05/0012
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone l Stainless steel A4: European Technical Approval ETA-06/0277
(without approval) l Dimensioned in accordance with the “European Technical Approval
l W-SA (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms Guideline (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for use in concrete”, Annex C,
l W-SA A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used in dry indoor rooms, outdoors dimensioning method A
(including industrial atmospheres and near the ocean) or in damp rooms l Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 to C50/60):
if no especially aggressive conditions exist R30, R60, R90, R120: Technical Report TR 020 “Evaluation of
l Suitable for fastening metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot Anchorage in Concrete with Regard to Fire Resistance” (contained
plates, supports, cable conduits, pipelines, railings, wood structures, in ETA-05/0012 or ETA-06/0277)
beams, purlins etc.
MWF - 11/07 - 06218 - © •
Create drill hole Clean drill hole Position anchor Screw in anchor
and apply torque
1210
W-SA
Screw Anchor 02.1
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 7.5 10 12 14 16 20 6)
without edge single anchor with-
out edge influence
Tensile zone
tered tensile
(cracked concrete C20/252), 2.0 1.7 3.6 3.6 4.8 4.8 7.9 11.7 –
Perm. cen-
on a single anchor load 1) on a
s ≥ 3 hef , c ≥ 1.5 hef ) galv. steel A4

Nperm [kN] = C20/252)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) 3.0 2.6 4.8 4.8 6.4 6.4 11.9 15.9 Frecom.
s ≥ 3 hef . c ≥ 1.5 hef) galv. steel A4 11.0
Tensile zone
Perm. trans-
verse load 1)
(cracked concrete C20/252). 3.3 4.3 7.6 9.5 12.4 13.8 17.1 23.3 –
influence
c ≥ 10 hef ) galv. steel A4

Vperm [kN] = C20/25
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252). 3.3 5.9 7.6 9.5 12.4 15.7 17.1 23.3 –
Perm. bending torque galv. steel A4 Mperm [Nm] 9.0 10.5 18.1 21.4 39.0 44.3 62.9 103.3 –
Permissible load under fire stress (R30, R60, R90, R120) see European Technical Approval ETA-05/0012 and ETA-06/0277
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 90 100 –
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 120 142.5 163.5 214.5 262.5 300
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 40 50 60 90 100 –
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 71.3 81.8 107.3 131.3 150
Min. comp. thickness galv. steel A4 hmin ≥ [mm] 100 105 115 130 125 140 150 180 160
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 40 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5 –
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 18.0
Drill cutting dia. dcut ≤ [mm] 6.4 8.45 10.45 12.50 14.50 –
Drill hole depth galv. steel A4 h1 ≥ [mm] 65 75 75 90 85 100 105 130 110
Length of anchor in drilled hole galv. st. A4 hnom ≥ [mm] 55 65 65 75 75 90 95 115 90
Through-hole
in the component being connected df ≤ [mm] 9.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 22.0
Recom. torque while installing anchor Trecom = [Nm] 15 40 55 90 110 180
Anchor dimensions
W-SA / W-SA A4 7,5 10 12 14 16 20
60
80
100
75
70
80
100
120
140
160
85
95
90
100
120
140
160
180
200
240
280
320
100
120
15 110
10 80
15 130
10 100
Total length l [mm]
5
25
45
W-SA A4 7.5x75/10 3) 10
5
15
35
55
75
95
W-SA A4 10x85/10 3) 10
W-SA A4 10x95/20 3) 20
15
25
45
65
85
W-SA 12x180/105 5) 105
W-SA 12x200/125 5) 125
W-SA 12x240/165 5) 165
W-SA 12x280/205 5) 205
W-SA 12x320/245 5) 245
W-SA A4 12x100/10 3) 10
W-SA A4 12x120/30 3) 30
max. mounting height tfix [mm]
W-SA 20x100/10 6)
W-SA 7.5x100/45 3)
W-SA 12x100/25 3)
W-SA 12x140/65 4)
W-SA 12x160/85 4)
W-SA 14x110/15 3)
W-SA 16x130/15 3)
W-SA 10x140/75 4)
W-SA 10x100/35 3)
W-SA 10x120/55 4)
W-SA 10x160/95 5)
W-SA 7.5x80/25 3)
6)
W-SA 12x90/15 3)
W-SA 10x80/15 3)
W-SA 7.5x60/5 3)
W-SA 10x70/5 3)
W-SA 16x80/10
W-SA 12x120/45 3)
Designation
W-SA Screw Anchor

Galvanized steel
6)
0901 020 100 6)

0901 017 501
0901 017 502
0901 017 503
0901 011 001

0901 011 002
0901 011 003
0901 011 004
0901 011 005
0901 011 006
0901 011 201

0901 011 202
0901 011 203
0901 011 204
0901 011 205
0901 011 401

0901 016 080
0901 011 601
Dia. 7.5 13 mm
Dia. 10 16 mm Art. No.
Dia. 12 18 mm
Dia. 14 21 mm
Dia. 16 24 mm
Dia. 20 30 mm
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0901 011 210
0901 011 206
0901 011 207
0901 011 208
0901 011 209
W-SA Screw Anchor

Galvanized steel
Art. No.
Dia. 12 18 mm
with large washer
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
50 0901 027 501
0901 021 001

0901 021 002
0901 021 201

0901 021 202
W-SA A4 Screw Anchor

Stainless steel A4
Dia. 7.5 13 mm Art. No.
Dia. 10 16 mm
Dia. 12 18 mm
100 –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
20 –
25 –
20 –
25 –
50
50
25
50
25
25
Packing unit P. Qty. [pieces]

1
) The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects
MWF - 11/07 - 06219 - © •
Würth System Components of γF = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer
to the guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
3) The transverse loads may be assumed acting on the anchor without a lever arm, t x 0.5 ≤ 45 mm.
fix
4) If necessary, the transverse loads must be assumed acting on the anchor with a lever arm if the screw anchor is set
deeper.
5) The transverse loads must be assumed with a lever arm acting on the anchors.
6) Without approval.
1211
Screw Anchor
02.2 W-SA 7.5
Galvanized steel
Type S hexagon head
Type SK countersunk head, 90°
Type P pan-head
Type MSmounting rail screw
Type ST stud screw
connecting thread M8
Type I anchor with female thread
M8/M10
Stainless steel A4
Type S hexagon head
Type SK countersunk head, 90°
Type P pan-head
Evidence of performance
Approvals
European Fire
Option 1 TR 020
for cracked and R30 - R120
uncracked concrete
2. Advantages
l Heavy loads, small axial and edge distances
l Through-bolt mounting
l Shallow drilled hole depth
l Small drilling diameter
l Virtually no spreading effect, enabling small edge and axial distances
1. Applications to be complied with
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l Complete, easy and fast removal
l With European technical approval, the anchor can be used in reinfor- l Fast, easy installation by screwing screw anchor into drilled hole
ced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least l Large range of types ‘ large range of applications
C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206:2000-12
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete 3. Properties
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure l Anchoring through positive locking
zone) l When screwing the anchor into the pre-drilled hole, the saw-tooth
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads threads cut into the concrete
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads l Galvanized steel: European Technical Approval ETA-05/0012
(e.g. façades, railings) l Stainless steel A4: European Technical Approval ETA-06/0277
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone l Dimensioned in accordance with the “European Technical Approval
(without approval) Guideline (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for use in concrete”, Annex C,
l W-SA (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms dimensioning method A
l W-SA A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used in dry indoor rooms, outdoors l Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 to C50/60):
(including industrial atmospheres and near the ocean) or in humid R30, R60, R90, R120: Technical Report TR 020 “Evaluation
rooms if no especially aggressive conditions exist of Anchorage in Concrete with Regard to Fire Resistance”
l Suitable for the attachment of metal profiles, pipelines, ventilation ducts, (contained in ETA-05/0012 or ETA-06/0277)
wood structures etc.
MWF - 09/08 - 10884 - © •
Create drill hole Clean drill hole Position anchor Screw in anchor
and apply torque
1212
Screw Anchor
W-SA 7.5 02.2
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 7.5
on a single anchor on a single anchor
Perm. trans- Perm. centered
Tensile zone
tensile load 1)
edge influence
(cracked concrete C20/252), 2.0 1.7

without
Nperm [kN] = C20/25 2)

Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) 3.0 2.6
Tensile zone
edge influence
verse load 1)
(cracked concrete C20/252), 3.3 4.3

without
Vperm [kN] = C20/25

Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 3.3 5.9
Perm. bending torque galv. steel A4 Mperm [Nm] 9.0 10.5
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 40
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 120
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 40
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60
Min. comp. thickness galv. steel A4 hmin ≥ [mm] 100 105
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 40
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 6.0
Drill cutting dia. dcut ≤ [mm] 6.4
Drilled hole depth galv. steel A4 h1 ≥ [mm] 65 75
Length of anchor in drilled hole galv. st. A4 hnom ≥ [mm] 55 65
Through-hole
df ≤ [mm] 9.0
in the component being connected
Recom. torque while installing anchor Trecom = [Nm] 15
Anchor dimensions
W-SA / W-SA A4 7.5
5 60
10 65
0901037 5024) 0901017 5023) 25 80
0901037 5034) 0901017 5033) 45 100
65 120
85 140
105 160
0901067 5013) 0901047 5013) 0901027 5013) 10 75
30 95
50 115
Total length l [mm]
Max. mounting height tfix [mm]
0901037 5015) 0901017 5013)
P. Qty.: 100 P. Qty.: 100
Hexagon head type S

P. Qty.: 100 P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
galv. steel/stainless steel A4 Art. No.
Dia. 7.5 13 mm
–
–
Countersunk head, 90°, type SK, head dia.
0901037 5044)
0901037 5054)
0901037 5065)
0901047 5023)
0901047 5033)
13.2 – 13.6 mm galv. steel: dia. 7.5 TX 40
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
P. Qty.: 50
bit: Art. No. 0614 314 0 Art. No.
Stainless steel A4: dia. 7.5 TX 30
bit: Art. No. 0614 313 0
0901057 5013) –
Pan-head type P, head dia. 13.2 – 13.6 mm

galv. steel: dia. 7.5 TX 40
P. Qty.: 100
P. Qty.: 50
bit: Art. No. 0614 314 0 Art. No.

Stainless steel A4: dia. 7.5 TX 30
bit: Art. No. 0614 313 0
0901057 5513) –
Mounting rail screw type MS,

P. Qty.: 100
galv. steel
dia. 7.5 TX 30 Art. No.
Head dia. 14.1 – 14.5 mm
bit: Art. No. 0614 313 0
–
–
0901077 5025)
0901077 5015)
P. Qty.: 100
Stud screw type ST, galv. steel

P. Qty.: 50
dia. 7.5 10 mm Art. No.

connecting thread M 8x14
0901087 5013) –
Anchor w/ female thread type I, galv. steel

P. Qty.: 50
dia. 7.5 13 mm Art. No.

female thread M 8/ M10
–
–
MWF - 03/09 - 10885 - © •
Würth System Components 1

) The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects
of γF = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer
to the guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
3) The transverse loads may be assumed to be acting on the anchors without a lever arm, t x 0.5 ≤ 45 mm.
fix
4) If necessary, the transverse loads must be assumed to be acting on the anchors with a lever arm if the screw anchor is set
deeper.
5) The transverse loads must be assumed to be acting on the anchors with a lever arm.
1213
W-SA TC TIMBER CONNECT SCREW ANCHOR
02.3
Fastening of wooden thresholds:

W-SA TC
Galvanized steel
7.5 mm dia. x 100 mm
10 mm dia. x 130 mm
12 mm dia. x 160 mm
W-SA TC setting tool

7.5 mm dia.: TX 30
10 mm dia.: TX 40
12 mm dia.: TX 50
Proof of Performance
Approvals 2. Advantages
General • High transferrable tensile and transverse loads
construction permit • Concealed threshold fastening: Small screw head can be countersunk in wooden
for cracked and beam
uncracked concrete • Several fastening heights are possible for each screw diameter (e.g. W-SA TC
12 x 160 : tfix = 80 mm to 300 mm)
Z-21.1-1917
• Loads do not dependent on thickness of attached parts
• Through-bolt mounting
• Fast, simple installation: The threshold anchor can be set with the ESS ½”
tangential impact screwdriver, Art. 0702 317 0
1. Areas of use • Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
• Fastening of wooden thresholds in cracked and uncracked concrete • Virtually no spreading ēect, enabling compliance with small edge and axial
• With a general construction permit, the threshold anchor may be used in reinforced spacings
or non-reinforced • Complete, simple, fast removal
standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60
in accordance with EN 206-1:2001-07 3. Properties
• Anchorage with a general construction permit in cracked concrete • Anchoring with positive locking
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) • When screwing the threshold anchor into the pre-drilled hole, the saw-tooth
• The threshold anchor may only be used for components in closed rooms, threads cut into the concrete
e.g. apartments, o̅ces, schools, hospitals and sales rooms • General construction permit: Z-21.1-1917
• The threshold anchor may be used to connect the following types of wood: • Dimensioning
– Solid wood made of coniferous wood of at least the sorting Wood connection: Dimensioning in accordance with DIN 1052:2008-12
class S10 in accordance with DIN 4074-1 Concrete connection: Dimensioning in accordance with ETAG 001, Appendix C
– Laminated board wood in accordance with DIN 1052
– Laminated beam wood of at least the sorting class S10
in accordance with a general construction permit
MWF - 11/10 -12383 - ©
Drill hole Clean borehole Adjust wood Set screw anchor The screw anchor is correctly set when
thickness [cm] on with tangential the marking [setting tool] is flush with
setting tool impact screwdriver the surface
1214
W-SA TC TIMBER CONNECT SCREW ANCHOR
02.3
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [in mm] 7.5 10 12
Basic conditions The following basic conditions were taken into account for the determined load
according to DIN 1052 values: Type of wood and wood strength: Coniferous wood C24
Utilization class 1
Ēects of loading: Continuous
Nperm. [kN]
w/o edge influence
Perm. centered
of a single anchor
(cracked concrete C20/25,

tensile load 1)
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef)

Anchoring base: Nperm. [kN] 0.99 2) 2.0 2) 3.16 2)
Concrete C20/25
Attached part:
Coniferous wood C24
Vperm. [kN] t fix [mm] = 40 0.35 – –
(cracked concrete C20/25,
Perm. transverse
t fix [mm] = 60 0.35 0.49 –

anchor without edge
load 1) of a single
c 10 hef)
t fix [mm] = 80 0.35 0.49 0.71
Anchoring base:
influence
Concrete C20/25 t fix [mm] = 100 0.35 0.49 0.71

Attached part: t fix [mm] = 150 0.35 0.49 0.71
Coniferous wood C24 t fix [mm] = 200 – 0.49 0.71
t fix [mm] = 250 – – 0.71
t fix [mm] = 300 – – 0.71
Characteristic Values
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 120 142.5 163.5
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 40 50 60
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 71.3 81.8
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 115 125
Ēective anchoring depth hef [mm] 40 47.5 54.5
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 6.0 8.0 10.0
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 6.4 8.45 10.45
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 65 75 85
Length of anchor in drilled hole hnom [mm] 55 65 75
Through-hole in wood component d0,w = [mm] 6.0 8.0 10.0
being connected
Recom. torque while anchoring Tempf = [Nm] 15 40 55
Anchor Dimensions
W-SA TC 7.5 10 12
Total length l [mm] 100 130 160
Max. mounting height tfix [mm] 40…150 60…200 80…300
Designation W-SA TC 7.5 x 100 W-SA TC 10 x 130 W-SA TC 12 x 160
Timber Connect Screw Anchor,
W-SA TC
Galvanized steel Art. No. 0901 575 100 0901 510 130 0901 512 160
7.5 mm dia. TX 30
10 mm dia. TX 40
12 mm dia. TX 50
Packing unit P. Qty. [pieces] 100 50 50
Setting tool designation Designation: H 43603-T30 Designation: H 43604-T40 Designation: H 43605-T50

Setting tool Art. No. 0901 575 001 0901 510 001 0901 512 001
Packing unit P. Qty. [pieces] 1 1 1
Tangential impact
screwdriver Art. No. 0702 317 0
ESS ½" P. Qty. [pieces] 1
Can be stored in ORSY® System

MWF - 01/12 -12384 - ©
Würth System Components

1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the ēects of
ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and
dowel groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) The permissible value contains the failure type "head pull-through" through the wooden attached part "coniferous wood
C24" in accordance with DIN 1052:2008-12.
1215
W-FAZ/S FIXING ANCHOR
02.5
W-FAZ/S, galvanized steel
W-FAZ/S, galvanized steel

with large washer
For W-FAZ/A4 Fixing Anchor, see 02.6

For W-FAZ/HCR Fixing Anchor, see 02.6
Approvals Test reports 2. Advantages

• High loads, small axle bases and edge Machine Setting Tool for
European Fire resistance M8 - M24 Fire resistance clearances
Technical fixing anchors (W-FA &
Technical Report Direct flame ēect • Time-saving through-bolt mounting
Approval TR 020 • Can be loaded immediately – no W-FAZ) M8 – M16
Option 1 for cracked R30-R120 waiting times
and uncracked concrete • The fixing anchor cone with
patented plastic coating
enables safe subsequent
expansion in cracked concrete
• Reliable mounting thanks to the Art. No. 0904 908 016
application of the prescribed torque For details, see separate
when anchoring product information
1. Applications 3. Properties
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads
• Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor made of electrogalvanized steel in
• Suitable for fastening: Metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports,
sizes M8, M10, M12, M16, M20 and M24
cable conduits, piping, railings, wooden structures, beams etc.
• Approval:
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or unreinforced
ETA-99/0011 for individual fastening
standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in
Option 1, cracked and uncracked concrete, galvanized steel M8 – M24;
accordance with EN 206:2000-12
dimensioned in accordance with the "European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) of
• For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval)
Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete" Appendix C, Measurement Process A
• The anchor may be used for anchoring under primarily static loads or quasi-static loads
• Fire resistance: W-FAZ/S (M8 – M16) F30, F60, F90 and F120;
• Individual fastening: Anchoring with European Technical Approval in cracked
fire load according to DIN 4102-02:1977-09 (ETK – Einheits-Temperaturzeitkurve
concrete (concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure
(standard temperature time curve))
zone)
• W-FAZ/S may only be used under the conditions of dry interior rooms Fire resistance: W-FAZ/S (M8 – M24) R30, R60, R90, R120;
Technical Report TR020 (contained in ETA-99/0011)
MWF - 05/12 - 04256 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Mount component Apply torque
with mason's mallet
or machine setting
tool
1216
W-FAZ/S FIXING ANCHOR
02.5
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Tensile zone
Permissible (cracked concrete C20/25 , 2) 2.4 4.3 7.6 11.9 17.1 21.1
tensile load1) s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) N perm. [kN] = C20/252)
on a single anchor
without edge influence Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) 5.7 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0 29.6
(scr,sp 3 hef, ccr,sp 1.5 hef)
Tensile zone
Permissible (cracked concrete C20/252), 8.6 12.6 17.1 26.9 34.3 42.3
transverse c 10 hef)
load1) Vperm. [kN] = C20/252)
on a single anchor Pressure zone
without edge influence (uncracked concrete C20/252), 8.6 12.6 17.1 34.3 37.1 59.2
c 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque M perm. [Nm] 13.1 26.9 46.9 119.4 195.0 513.1
Permissible load under fire load (R30, R60, R90, R120) see European Technical Approval ETA-99/0011
F30 [in kN] 2.0 5.6 9.0 16.0 – –
F60 [in kN] 1.0 2.2 3.5 7.0 – –
Fire resistance duration
F90 [in kN] 0.65 1.3 2.0 4.3 – –
F120 [in kN] 0.5 0.8 1.3 3.0 – –
Axial spacing scr,N [in mm] 138 180 210 255 300 345
Edge spacing ccr,N [in mm] 69 90 105 127.5 150 172.5
Standard minimum component thickness h std [in mm] 100 120 140 170 200 230
Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 40 40 45 45 60 60 60 65 95 90 100 100
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for c [mm] 70 80 70 70 100 120 100 120 150 180 180 180
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 40 50 45 50 60 75 60 80 95 130 100 100
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for s [in mm] 80 100 90 100 140 150 180 150 200 240 220 220
Reduced minimum component thickness h min [mm] 80 100 120 140 – –
Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 40 40 45 60 60 60 70 80 – – – –
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for c [mm] 70 80 90 140 100 120 160 180 – – – –
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 40 50 50 90 60 75 80 90 – – – –
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for s [in mm] 80 100 115 140 140 150 180 200 – – – –
Effective anchoring depth hef [in mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 8.45 10.45 12.5 16.5 20.55 24.55
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] 60 75 90 110 125 145
Through-hole in the component being
d f [in mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
connected
Torque while installing anchor Tinst [Nm] 20 25 45 90 160 200
Anchor dimensions
75
95
115
165
95
110
130
110
125
145
160
180
200
220
240
255
285
325
145
170
220
260
300
165
195
265
285
190
220
235
Total length l [in mm]
10
30
50
100
15
30
50
15
30
50
65
85
105
125
145
160
190
230
25
50
100
140
180
30
60
130
150
30
60
Max. attachment height t fix [in mm] 75
W-FAZ/S M12-105/200
W-FAZ/S M12-125/220
W-FAZ/S M12-145/240
W-FAZ/S M12-160/255
W-FAZ/S M12-190/285
W-FAZ/S M12-230/325
W-FAZ/S M16-100/220
W-FAZ/S M16-140/260
W-FAZ/S M16-180/300
W-FAZ/S M20-130/265
W-FAZ/S M20-150/285
W-FAZ/S M8-100/165
W-FAZ/S M10-30/110
W-FAZ/S M10-50/130
W-FAZ/S M12-15/110
W-FAZ/S M12-30/125
W-FAZ/S M12-50/145
W-FAZ/S M12-65/160
W-FAZ/S M12-85/180
W-FAZ/S M16-25/145
W-FAZ/S M16-50/170
W-FAZ/S M20-30/165
W-FAZ/S M20-60/195
W-FAZ/S M20-30/190
W-FAZ/S M20-60/220
W-FAZ/S M20-75/235
W-FAZ/S M8-50/115
W-FAZ/S M10-15/95
W-FAZ/S M8-10/75
W-FAZ/S M8-30/95
Designation
0904 520 801
0904 520 802
0904 520 803
0904 520 804
0904 521 001
0904 521 002
0904 521 003
0904 521 211
0904 521 212
0904 521 213
0904 521 214
0904 521 215
0904 521 216
0904 521 217
0904 521 218
0904 521 219
0904 521 601

0904 521 602
0904 521 603
0904 521 604
0904 521 605
0904 522 001
0904 522 002
0904 522 003
0904 522 004
0904 522 401
0904 522 402
0904 522 403
W-FAZ/S Fixing Anchor

Art. No.
Galvanized steel
–
–
0904 531 211
0904 531 212
0904 531 213
0904 531 214
0904 531 215
0904 531 216
W-FAZ/S Fixing Anchor

Galvanized steel Art. No.
with large washer
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
10
10
5
Packing unit P. Qty.

Can be stored in ORSY®
MWF - 06/11 - 04257 - ©
1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the
ē ects of γF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge
influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
1217
W-FAZ/A4 W-FAZ/HCR FIXING ANCHORS
02.6
W-FAZ/A4,
Stainless steel A4
W-FAZ/HCR
(via special order)
Highly corrosion-resistant steel
(1.4529)
For W-FAZ/S Fixing Anchor, see 02.5

• High loads, small axle bases and edge Machine Setting Tool for
European clearances
Technical Fire resistance M8 - M24 • Time-saving through-bolt mounting fixing anchors (W-FA &
Fire resistance • Can be loaded immediately – no
Approval Technical Report W-FAZ) M8 – M16
TR 020 Direct flame ēect waiting times
Option 1 for cracked R30 - R120 • The fixed anchor cone with
and uncracked concrete patented plastic coating
facilitates reliable later
expansion
• Reliable mounting thanks to the
application of the prescribed torque Art. No. 0904 908 016
when anchoring
For details, see separate product
3. Properties information
1. Applications • Force-controlled/torque-controlled
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads spreading anchor made of stainless steel A4 and highly corrosion-resistant steel HCR in the
• Suitable for fastening: Metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports, sizes M8, M10, M12, M16 and M20
cable conduits, piping, railings, wooden structures, beams etc. • Approvals:
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or unreinforced ETA-99/0011 for individual attachment
standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in Option 1, cracked and uncracked concrete, stainless steel A4 and HCR highly corrosion-
accordance with EN 206:2000-12 resistant steel; dimensioned in accordance with the "Guideline for European Technical
• For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval) Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete", Appendix C, Measurement
• The anchor may be used for anchoring under primarily static loads or quasi-static loads Process A
• Individual fastening: Anchoring with European Technical Approval in cracked • Fire resistance: W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR (M8 – M16) R30, R60, R90, R120
concrete (concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure Technical Report TR020 (contained in ETA-99/0011)
zone) Fire resistance: W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR (M8 – M16) F30, F60, F90 and F120
• W-FAZ/A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used in dry indoor rooms, outdoors Fire load according to DIN 4102-02:1977-09
(including industrial atmospheres and near the sea) or in humid rooms if no especially (ETK – Einheits-Temperaturzeitkurve (standard temperature time curve))
aggressive conditions exist Fire resistance: W-FAZ/HCR (M8 – M16) Fire load according to the ZTV tunnel fire
• W-FAZ/HCR (highly corrosion-resistant steel HCR) may be used in areas with a compartment curve
very high corrosion potential e.g. indoor pool atmosphere, road tunnels, poorly
ventilated parking garages and parts in seawater and in a marine atmosphere).
MWF - 05/12 - 04381 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Mount component Apply torque
with mason's mallet
or machine setting
tool
1218
W-FAZ/A4 W-FAZ/HCR FIXING ANCHORS
02.6
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Perm. Tensile zone
centered (cracked concrete C20/25 , s
2) 2.4 4.3 7.6 11.9 17.1
tensile load1) 3 hef, c 1.5 hef)
N perm. [kN] = C20/252)
on a single anchor Pressure zone
without edge (uncracked concrete 5.7 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0
influence C20/252),scr,sp and ccr,sp see approval
Perm. Tensile zone
transverse (uncracked concrete C20/252), 7.4 11.4 17.1 26.9 34.3
load1) c 10 hef)
Vperm. [kN] = C20/252)
on a single Pressure zone
anchorwithout (uncracked concrete C20/252), 7.4 11.4 17.1 31.4 43.9
edge influence c 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque M perm [Nm] 14.9 29.7 52.6 133.1 231.6
F30 [in kN] 9.0 15.0 19.0 30.0 –
Fire resistance duration F60 [in kN] 5.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 –
(anchoring base: concrete C20/25) F90 [in kN] 1.8 4.0 5.0 7.5 –
F120 [in kN] 1.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 –
Standard minimum component thickness h std [in mm] 100 120 140 160 200
Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 40 40 50 50 60 60 60 65 95 90
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for c [in mm] 70 80 75 75 100 120 100 120 150 180
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 40 50 55 60 60 75 60 80 95 130
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for s [in mm] 80 100 90 120 140 150 180 150 200 240
Reduced minimum component thickness h min [in mm] 80 100 120 140 –
Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 40 40 45 60 60 60 70 80 – –
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for c [in mm] 70 80 90 140 100 120 160 180 – –
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 40 50 50 90 60 75 80 90 – –
Cracked concrete Uncracked concrete for s [in mm] 80 100 115 140 140 150 180 200 – –
Axial spacing scr,N [in mm] 138 180 210 255 300
Edge spacing ccr,N [in mm] 69 90 105 127.5 150
Effective anchoring depth hef [in mm] 46 60 70 85 100
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 8 10 12 16 20
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 8.45 10.45 12.5 16.5 20.55
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] 60 75 90 110 125
Through-hole in the component being connected d f [in mm] 9 12 14 18 22
Torque while installing anchor Tinst = [in Nm] 20 35 50 110 200
Anchor dimensions (W-FAZ/HCR available via special order)

W-FAZ/A4 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
75
80
95
115
165
90
95
110
130
180
110
115
125
145
180
220
255
275
300
325
145
170
220
280
300
325
340
165
195
265
Total length l [in mm] 285
10
15
30
50
100
10
15
30
50
100
15
20
30
50
85
125
160
180
205
230
25
50
100
160
180
205
220
30
60
130
150
Max. attachment height t fix [in mm]

W-FAZ/A4 M10-100/180
W-FAZ/A4 M12-125/220
W-FAZ/A4 M12-160/255
W-FAZ/A4 M12-180/275
W-FAZ/A4 M12-205/300
W-FAZ/A4 M12-230/325
W-FAZ/A4 M16-100/220
W-FAZ/A4 M16-160/280
W-FAZ/A4 M16-180/300
W-FAZ/A4 M16-205/325
W-FAZ/A4 M16-220/340
W-FAZ/A4 M20-130/265
W-FAZ/A4 M20-150/285
W-FAZ/A4 M8-100/165
W-FAZ/A4 M10-30/110
W-FAZ/A4 M10-50/130
W-FAZ/A4 M12-15/110
W-FAZ/A4 M12-20/115
W-FAZ/A4 M12-30/125
W-FAZ/A4 M12-50/145
W-FAZ/A4 M12-85/180
W-FAZ/A4 M16-25/145
W-FAZ/A4 M16-50/170
W-FAZ/A4 M20-30/165
W-FAZ/A4 M20-60/195
W-FAZ/A4 M8-50/115
W-FAZ/A4 M10-10/90
W-FAZ/A4 M10-15/95
W-FAZ/A4 M8-10/75
W-FAZ/A4 M8-15/80
W-FAZ/A4 M8-30/95
Designation
0904 608 100
0904 610 100

0904 621 201
0904 621 202
0904 621 203
0904 621 204
0904 621 205
0904 621 206
0904 621 207
0904 621 208
0904 621 210
0904 621 211
0904 616 100

0904 616 160
0904 616 180
0904 616 205
0904 616 220
0904 620 130

0904 620 150
0904 608 10
0904 608 15
0904 608 30
0904 608 50
0904 610 10
0904 610 15
0904 610 30
0904 610 50
0904 616 25
0904 616 50
0904 620 30
0904 620 60
W-FAZ/A4 Fixing Anchor

Art. No.
Stainless steel A4
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5

MWF - 06/11 - 04382 - ©
1) The part-safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part-safety coe̅cient ofthe ē ects
of γF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence
and anchor groups, please refer to the Guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG), Appendix C.
1219
W-FAZ-IG/S Fixing Cotter-pin installation Through-bolt mounting
02.7 Anchor with
Female Thread
Type S
+
Type SK Type B Type S
+
Type SK Type B
Uncracked and cracked concrete
W-FAZ-IG/S Type S – galvanized steel
(coated hexagon bolt and washer1)
W-FAZ-IG/S Type SK – galvanized steel + +
(coated countersunk head screw and countersunk head washer1)
W-FAZ-IG/S Type B – galvanized steel
(hexagon bolt and washer1)
(common threaded rod2) in accordance with Approval ETA-02/0017)
Setting tool – cotter-pin mounting
(setting tool must leave behind a visible marking on concrete surface)
Setting tool – through-bolt mounting
(stop of setting tool must rest on attached part)
For Fixing Anchor W-FA/A4, see
For Fixing Anchor W-FAZ-IG/HCR, see 02.8
(available on special order)
Approvals Important information!
l Please only set the W-FAZ-IG fixing anchor together with the
European Fire related, approval-conformant setting tools (anchor system).
l Hexagon bolts, countersunk head screws, washers, countersunk
Technical Resistance head washers and nuts are specially coated and only permissible
Approval Technical Report in anchor system in accordance with ETA-02/0017. Therefore,
Option 1 TR020 please order separately at the same time1) (see product
for cracked and R30 – R120 information, Page 3).
uncracked concrete (contained in ETA) l Common threaded rods2) may only be used if the conditions
specified in the approval ETA-02/0017 (Appendix5, Table 3)
(material quality, dimensions, mechanical properties according
to EN10204:2004) are met.
l The torque necessary for anchoring can be applied with Würth
torque wrenches and suitable attachments (insertion open-end
wrench).
1. Applications l Immediately loadable – no waiting time

l Can be used for medium to heavy loads
l Fixing anchor cone with patented plastic coating enables reliable expansion later
l Suitable for attaching: Metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates,
l Elegant appearance thanks to countersunk head screws for visible fastening with
supports, cable conduits, piping, railings, wooden structures, beams, stadium simultaneous high load-bearing capacity (e.g. railings)
seats, etc. l Also suitable for temporary fastening (cotter-pin mounting, e.g. stadium seats for
l With European technical approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or non-
flexible use – flush with surface without danger of injury)
reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most l Reliable installation due to application of prescribed torque
C50/60 in accordance with EN 206:2000-12
l Anchorage with European technical approval in cracked concrete (concrete
tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
3. Properties
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone l Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor of electrogalvanized steel
(without approval) in the sizes M6, M8, M10 and M12
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads l Galvanized steel M6 – M12: ETA-02/0017 for individual fastening
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads (Option 1, uncracked and cracked concrete)
(e.g. façades, railings) l Dimensioned in accordance with the “European Technical Approval Guideline
l W-FAZ-IG/S (galvanized steel) may be used in dry indoor rooms (ETAG) for Metal Anchors for Anchoring in Concrete”, Part 2 (ETAG 001-2)
l Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 to C50/60): R30, R60, R90,
2. Advantages R120: Technical Report TR 020 “Assessment of anchoring in concrete with regard
to the fire resistance” (included in ETA-02/0017)
l High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
l All screws/bolts available in the product line (see product information, Page 3)
can be used for both cotter-pin and through-bolt mounting
Setting Instructions
Cotter-pin mounting Through-bolt mounting
MWF - 07/09 - 12073 - © •
Drill hole Clean Knock in anchor Apply torque Drill hole Clean Knock in anchor Apply torque
drilled hole with setting tool drilled hole with setting tool
1220
W-FAZ-IG/S FIXING ANCHOR WITH FEMALE THREAD
02.7
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [in mm] M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
Tensile zone
tral tensile load3)
Permissible cen-
(cracked concrete C20/254), N perm [kN] = C20/25 4) 2,0 2,0 3,6 3,6 4,8 4,8 7,9 7,9
of a single anchor
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef

without edge in-
Pressure zone
fluence
(uncracked concrete C20/254), N perm [kN] = C20/25 4) 4,8 4,8 6,3 6,3 7,9 7,9 11,9 11,9
s 5 hef, c 2.5 hef
without edge influence
Tensile zone and pressure

transverse load3)
zone
of a single anchor
(cracked and uncracked concrete

Permissible
C20/254), Vperm [kN] = C20/25 4) 3,3 2,9 3,9 4,3 5,9 6,2 14,7 13,9
Cotter-pin mounting
central
Pass-through mounting
Permissible bending torque

M perm [Nm] 7,0 20,6 17,1 30,4 34,2 43,4 59,8 118,3
Cotter-pin mounting Pass-through mounting
Fire resistance duration Permissible load under fire load (R30, R60, R90, R120), see European Technical Approval ETA-02/0017
Minimum component thickness d [mm] 100 100 120 120 130 130 160 160
Minimum axial spacing s min [in mm] 50 50 60 60 70 65 80 80
cracked concrete uncracked concrete for c [in mm] 60 80 80 100 100 120 120 160
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 100
cracked concrete uncracked concrete for s [in mm] 75 115 100 155 100 170 120 210
Effective anchoring depth hef [in mm] 45 45 58 58 65 65 80 80
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 8,45 8,45 10,45 10,45 12,5 12,5 16,5 16,5
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] 60 60 75 75 90 90 105 105
Min. threaded rod screw-in depth L sd [mm] 9 9 12 12 15 15 18 18
Type S 10 10 30 30 30 30 55 55
Torque while installing anchor T inst [Nm] Type SK 10 10 25 25 40 40 50 50
Type B 8 8 25 25 30 30 45 45
Through-hole in attachment part
d f [in mm] 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18
Anchor Dimensions
Anchor diameter W-FAZ-IG/S [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12
Maximum fastening height Type S t fix [in mm] 12 10 20 30 8 10 20 30 19 10 20 30 21 10 20 30
Maximum fastening height Type SK t fix [in mm] 14 14 24 34 15 15 25 35 11 16 26 36 14 17 27 37
Anchor length
l [in mm] 50 60 70 80 62 72 82 92 70 80 90 100 86 96 106 116
0904 710 013 W-FAZ-IG/S M10-30-36/100
0904 712 012 W-FAZ-IG/S M12-20-27/106
0904 712 013 W-FAZ-IG/S M12-30-37/116

0904 710 110 W-FAZ-IG/S M10-11-19/70
0904 710 011 W-FAZ-IG/S M10-10-16/80
0904 710 012 W-FAZ-IG/S M10-20-26/90
0904 712 110 W-FAZ-IG/S M12-14-21/86
0904 712 011 W-FAZ-IG/S M12-10-17/96

0904 706 110 W-FAZ-IG/S M6-12-14/50
0904 706 011 W-FAZ-IG/S M6-10-14/60
0904 706 012 W-FAZ-IG/S M6-20-24/70
0904 706 013 W-FAZ-IG/S M6-30-34/80
0904 708 011 W-FAZ-IG/S M8-10-15/72
0904 708 012 W-FAZ-IG/S M8-20-25/82
0904 708 013 W-FAZ-IG/S M8-30-35/92

0904 708 110 W-FAZ-IG/S M8-8-15/62
W-FAZ-IG/S
Galvanized steel Designation
Art. No.
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20
Setting tool
For anchordiameter [mm] M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
0904 706 050
0904 708 050

0904 706 150
0904 708 150
0904 710 050
0904 712 050

0904 710 150
0904 712 150
Setting tool for W-FAZ-IG/S

Art. No.
Cotter-pin mounting*
P. [pieces] = 1
Through-bolt mounting**
* Cotter-pin mounting: Setting tool must leave behind a visible marking on concrete surface Please order related approval-conformant setting tools, bolts and nuts separately
** Through-bolt mounting: Stop of setting tool must rest on attached part (special coating) – see next page
1) Please order the bolts and nuts listed separately – they will be delivered with the related washers and
MWF - 04/11 - 12074 - ©
Würth system components countersunk washers.

2) Threaded rods with acceptance certifi cate 3.1 in acc. with approval ETA-02/0017 in acc. with DIN 976-1
– mechanical properties in acc. with EN ISO 898-1. Please order separately.

3) The part safety coe̅ cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅ cient of the
ē ects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for
edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Guideline for European Technical Approval
(ETAG), Appendix C.
1221
W-FAZ-IG/S FIXING ANCHOR WITH FEMALE THREAD
02.7
Related bolts/nuts in set with washers/countersunk head washers

Galvanized steel Approval-conformant (ETA-02/0017) – with special coating
Type S: Hexagon bolt DIN 933 – strength class 8.8

and washere DIN EN ISO 7089 (DIN 125)
Dia. Designation Thread Wrench Fastening height for Fastening height for Art. No (V) Art. No (D) P. Qty.
[in mm] dia. x length size cotter-pin mount. through-bolt mount. Cotter-pin Through-bolt
[in mm] [in mm] t fix min. [in mm] t fix max. [in mm] mounting mountg.
M6 Type S – M 6 x 25 M 6 x 25 10 4 12 0904 706 120 100

M6 Type S – M 6 x 16 M 6 x 16 10 5 10 / 20 / 30 0904 706 020 100
M8 Type S – M 8 x 25 M 8 x 25 13 2 8 0904 708 120 50
M8 Type S – M 8 x 18 M 8 x 18 13 7 10 / 20 / 30 0904 708 020 50
M 10 Type S – M 10 x 40 M 10 x 40 17 15 19 0904 710 120 25
M 10 Type S – M 10 x 20 M 10 x 20 17 8 10 / 20 / 30 0904 710 020 25
M 12 Type S – M 12 x 45 M 12 x 45 19 16 21 0904 712 120 20
M 12 Type S – M 12 x 25 M 12 x 25 19 9 10 / 20 / 30 0904 712 020 20
Type SK: Countersunk head screw DIN 7991 (ISO 10462) – strength class 8.8
and countersunk washer
Dia. Designation Thread Countersunk Wrench Fastening height Fastening height Art. No (V) Art. No (D) P.
[in mm] dia. x washer/recess size for cotter-pin for through-bolt cotter-pin Through-bolt Qty.
length / depth [in mm] mounting mounting mounting mounting
[in mm] [in mm] t fix min. [in mm] t fix max. [in mm]
M6 Type SK – M 6 x 25 M 6 x 25 17,3 / 3,9 Torx 30 6 14 0904 706 130 100
M6 Type SK – M 6 x 16 M 6 x 16 17,3 / 3,9 Torx 30 9 14 / 24 / 34 0904 706 030 100
M8 Type SK – M 8 x 30 M 8 x 30 21,5 / 5,0 Torx 40 9 15 0904 708 130 50
M8 Type SK – M 8 x 20 M 8 x 20 21,5 / 5,0 Torx 40 12 15 / 25 / 35 0904 708 030 50
M 10 Type SK – M 10 x 30 M 10 x 30 25,9 / 5,7 Allen head, 6 mm 8 11 0904 710 130 25
M 10 Type SK – M 10 x 25 M 10 x 25 25,9 / 5,7 Allen head, 6 mm 14 16 / 26 / 36 0904 710 030 25
M 12 Type SK – M 12 x 35 M 12 x 35 30,9 / 6,7 Allen head, 8 mm 9 14 0904 712 130 20
M 12 Type SK – M 12 x 30 M 12 x 30 30,9 / 6,7 Allen head, 8 mm 16 17 / 27 / 37 0904 712 030 20
Type B: Hexagon nut DIN 934 – strength class 8

and washer DIN EN ISO 7089 (DIN 125) *
Dia. Designation Art. No (V)
Wrench size [in mm] P. Qty.
[in mm] Cotter-pin mounting
M6 Type B – M 6 10 0904 706 140 100
M8 Type B – M 8 13 0904 708 140 50
M 10 Type B – M 10 17 0904 710 140 25
M 12 Type B – M 12 19 0904 712 140 20
* In combination with threaded rods with acceptance test certificate 3.1– strength class 8.8 (DIN 976-1 / EN ISO 898-1) – please
observe conditions in ETA-02/0017!
Type B: Threaded rod with acceptance test certificate 3.1 –

strength class 8.8 (DIN 976-1 / EN ISO 898-1)
Dia. Designation Dim. dia. x length Art. No. P.
[in mm] [in mm] Qty.
M8 Type B – M8 w/ acceptance test certificate 3.1 M 8 x 1000 5916 208 999 10
M 10 Type B – M10 w/ acceptance test certificate 3.1 M 10 x 1000 5916 210 999 10
MWF - 09/10 - 12075 - ©
1222
W-FAZ-IG/A4 Cotter-pin installation Through-bolt mounting
02.8 W-FAZ-IG/HCR
Fixing Anchor + +
with Female Thread Type S Type SK Type B Type S Type SK Type B
(W-FAZ-IG/HCR – Highly corrosion-resistant steel –
available on special order)
Uncracked and cracked concrete
W-FAZ-IG/A4 Type S – A4 stainless steel + +
(coated hexagon bolt and washer1)
W-FAZ-IG/A4 Type SK – A4 stainless steel
(coated countersunk head screw and countersunk head washer1)
W-FAZ-IG/A4 Type B – A4 stainless steel
(hexagon bolt and washer1)
(common threaded rod2) in accordance with Approval ETA-02/0017)
Setting tool – cotter-pin mounting
(setting tool must leave behind a visible marking on concrete surface)
Setting tool – through-bolt mounting
(stop of setting tool must rest on attached part)
For W-FAZ-IG/S Fixing Anchor, see 02.7
Approvals Test Reports Important information!
l Please only set the W-FAZ-IG fixing anchor together with the
European Fire Fire related approval-conformant setting tools (anchor system).

l Hexagon bolts, countersunk head screws, washers, countersunk
Technical Resistance Resistance head washers and nuts are specially coated and only permissible
Approval Technical Report Direct flame effect in anchor system in accordance with ETA-02/0017. Therefore,
Option 1 TR020 F30 – F120 please order separately at the same time1) (see product
for cracked and R30 – R120 (ETK-DIN 4102-2: information, Page 3).
uncracked concrete (contained in ETA) 1977-09) l Common threaded rods2) may only be used if the conditions
specified in the approval ETA-02/0017 (Appendix 5, Table 3)
(material quality, dimensions, mechanical properties according
to EN 10204:2004) are met.
l The torque necessary for anchoring can be applied with Würth
torque wrenches and suitable attachments (insertion open-end
wrench).
1. Applications 2. Advantages
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
l Suitable for attaching: Metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports, l All screws/bolts available in the product line (see product information, Page 3) can be used
cable conduits, piping, railings, wooden structures, beams, stadium seats, etc. for both cotter-pin and through-bolt mounting
l With European technical approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or non-reinforced l Can be loaded immediately – no wait time
standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance l Fixed anchor cone with patented plastic coating facilitates reliable later expansion
with EN 206:2000-12 l Elegant appearance thanks to countersunk head screws for visible fastening with
l Anchorage with European technical approval in cracked concrete (concrete tensile zone) simultaneous high load-bearing capacity (e.g. railings)
and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) l Also suitable for temporary fastening (cotter-pin mounting, e.g. stadium seats for flexible
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval) use – flush with surface without danger of injury)
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads (e.g. own weight, l Reliable installation due to application of prescribed torque
installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads (e.g. façades, railings)
l W-FAZ-IG/A4 (A4 stainless steel) may be used in dry indoor rooms, outdoors (including
industrial atmosphere and near the sea) or in humid rooms if no especially aggressive con- 3. Properties
ditions exist l Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor of A4 stainless steel in the sizes M6,
l W-FAZ-IG/HCR (HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel) can be used under especially M8, M10 and M12
aggressive conditions. These conditions include, e.g. continuous, alternating immersion in l Stainless steel A4 and HCR highly corrosion resistant steel, M6 – M12:
sea water or in the splash area of sea water, atmosphere containing chlorine in indoor pools ETA-02/0017 for individual fastening (Option 1, uncracked and cracked concrete)
or atmosphere with extreme chemical contamination l Dimensioned in accordance with the “European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) for
Metal Anchors for Anchoring in Concrete”, Part 2 (ETAG 001-2)
l Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 to C50/60):
R30, R60, R90, R120: Technical Report TR 020 “Assessment of anchoring in concrete
with regard to the fire resistance” (included in ETA-02/0017)
F30, F60, F90, F120 (W-FAZ-IG/A4): Fire stress pursuant to DIN 4201-2:1977-09
(ETK – Einheitstemperaturkurve (uniform temperature curve))
MWF - 07/09 - 12076 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled Knock in anchor Apply torque Drill hole Clean drilled Knock in anchor Apply torque
hole with setting tool hole with setting tool
1223
FIXING ANCHOR WITH FEMALE THREAD
W-FAZ-IG/A4, W-FAZ-IG/HCR 02.8
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [in mm] M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
Tensile zone
on a single anchorwi-
thout edge influence
(cracked concrete C20/2544), N perm [kN] = C20/25 4) 2,0 2,0 3,6 3,6 4,8 4,8 7,9 7,9
central tensile
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef

Permissible
Pressure zone
load3)
(uncracked concrete C20/254), N perm [kN] = C20/25 4) 4,8 4,8 6,3 6,3 7,9 7,9 11,9 11,9
s 5 hef, c 2.5 hef
of a single anchor wi-
transverse load 3)
Tensile zone and pressure

thout edge influence
zone
(cracked and uncracked concrete
Permissible
C20/254), Vperm [kN] = C20/25 4) 3,3 4,2 5,3 4,3 6,1 5,5 13,5 16,9
central
Cotter-pin mounting
Pass-through mounting
Permissible bending torque

M perm [Nm] 4,9 16,1 12,0 25,3 23,9 39,9 41,9 109,3
Fire resistance duration Permissible load under fire load (R30, R60, R90, R120), see European Technical Approval ETA-02/0017
F30 [kN] 8,0 8,0 10,0 10,0 16,0 16,0 22,0 22,0
(Direct flame influence in acc. withETK DIN 4102- F60 [kN] 2,5 2,5 3,5 3,5 8,0 8,0 11,0 11,0
2:1977-09, see test report) F90 [kN] 1,3 1,3 1,8 1,8 5,3 5,3 7,3 7,3
(anchoring base: concrete C20/25)
F120 [kN] 0,8 0,8 1,2 1,2 4,0 4,0 5,5 5,5
Minimum component thickness d [mm] 100 100 120 120 130 130 160 160
Minimum axial spacing s min [in mm] 50 50 60 60 70 65 80 80
cracked concrete uncracked concrete for c [in mm] 60 80 80 100 100 120 120 160
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 100
cracked concrete uncracked concrete for s [in mm] 75 115 100 155 100 170 120 210
Effective anchoring depth hef [in mm] 45 45 58 58 65 65 80 80
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 8,45 8,45 10,45 10,45 12,5 12,5 16,5 16,5
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] 60 60 75 75 90 90 105 105
Min. threaded rod screw-in depth L sd [mm] 9 9 12 12 15 15 18 18
Type S 15 15 40 40 50 50 100 100
Torque while installing anchor T inst [Nm] Type SK 12 12 25 25 45 45 60 60
Type B 8 8 25 25 40 40 80 80
Through-hole in attachment part
d f [in mm] 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18
Anchor Dimensions
W-FAZ-IG/A4 anchor diameter [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12
Maximum fastening height Type S t fix [in mm] 12 10 20 30 8 10 20 30 19 10 20 30 21 10 20 30
Maximum fastening height Type SK t fix [in mm] 14 14 24 34 15 15 25 35 11 16 26 36 14 17 27 37
Anchor length
l [in mm] 50 60 70 80 62 72 82 92 70 80 90 100 86 96 106 116
0904 810 013 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M10-30-36/100
0904 812 012 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M12-20-27/106
0904 812 013 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M12-30-37/116

0904 810 110 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M10-11-19/70
0904 810 011 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M10-10-16/80
0904 810 012 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M10-20-26/90
0904 812 110 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M12-14-21/86
0904 812 011 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M12-10-17/96

0904 806 110 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M6-12-14/50
0904 806 011 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M6-10-14/60
0904 806 012 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M6-20-24/70
0904 806 013 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M6-30-34/80
0904 808 011 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M8-10-15/72
0904 808 012 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M8-20-25/82
0904 808 013 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M8-30-35/92

0904 808 110 W-FAZ-IG/A4 M8-8-15/62
W-FAZ-IG/A4
Stainless steel A4 Designation
Art. No.
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20
Setting tool
For anchordiameter [mm] M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
0904 706 050
0904 708 050

0904 706 150
0904 708 150
0904 710 050
0904 712 050

0904 710 150
0904 712 150
Setting tool for W-FAZ-IG/A4

Art. No.
Cotter-pin mounting*
P. [pieces] = 1
Through-bolt mounting**
* Cotter-pin mounting: The setting tool must leave behind a visible marking on the concrete surface Please order related approval-conformant setting tools, bolts and nuts separately
** Through-bolt mounting: The stop of the setting tool must rest on the attached part (special coating) – see next page
MWF - 04/11 - 12077 - ©
1) Please order the bolts and nuts listed separately – they will be delivered with the related washers and
Würth system components countersunk washers.
2) Threaded rods with acceptance certificate 3.1 in acc. with approval ETA-02/0017 in acc. with DIN 976-1
– mechanical properties in acc. with EN ISO 3506-1. Please order separately.
3) The part safety coe̅ cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅ cient of the
ē ects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for
(ETAG), Appendix C.
1224
W-FAZ-IG/A4, W-FAZ-IG/HCR
FIXING ANCHOR WITH FEMALE THREAD 02.8
Related bolts/nuts in set with washers/countersunk head washers

Stainless steel A4, Approval-conformant (ETA-02/0017) – with special coating (HCR available on special order)
Type S: Hexagon bolt DIN 933 – strength class 70

and washer DIN EN ISO 7089 (DIN 125)
Dia. Designation Thread Wrench Fastening height for Fastening height for Art. No (V) Art. No (D) P.
[in mm] Dia. x length size Cotter-pin mounting Through-bolt mounting Cotter-pin moun- Through-bolt moun- Qty.
[in mm] [in mm] t min. [in mm] t max. [in mm] ting ting
fix fix
M6 Type S – M 6 x 25 M 6 x 25 10 4 12 0904 806 120 100

M6 Type S – M 6 x 16 M 6 x 16 10 5 10 / 20 / 30 0904 806 020 100
M8 Type S – M 8 x 25 M 8 x 25 13 2 8 0904 808 120 50
M8 Type S – M 8 x 18 M 8 x 18 13 7 10 / 20 / 30 0904 808 020 50
M 10 Type S – M 10 x 40 M 10 x 40 17 15 19 0904 810 120 25
M 10 Type S – M 10 x 20 M 10 x 20 17 8 10 / 20 / 30 0904 810 020 25
M 12 Type S – M 12 x 45 M 12 x 45 19 16 21 0904 812 120 20
M 12 Type S – M 12 x 25 M 12 x 25 19 9 10 / 20 / 30 0904 812 020 20
Type SK: SCountersunk head screw DIN 7991 (ISO 10462) – strength class 70
and countersunk washer
Dia. Designation Thread Countersunk Wrench size Fastening height Fastening height Art. No (V) Art. No (D) P.
[in mm] Dia. x washer recess / [in mm] for for cotter-pin through-bolt Qty.
length depth [in mm] cotter-pin through-bolt mountinge mounting
[in mm] mounting mounting
t fix min. [in mm] t fix max. [in mm]
M6 Type SK – M 6 x 25 M 6 x 25 17.3 / 3.9 Torx 30 6 14 0904 806 130 100
M6 Type SK – M 6 x 16 M 6 x 16 17.3 / 3.9 Torx 30 9 14 / 24 / 34 0904 806 030 100
M8 Type SK – M 8 x 30 M 8 x 30 21.5 / 5.0 Torx 40 9 15 0904 808 130 50
M8 Type SK – M 8 x 20 M 8 x 20 21.5 / 5.0 Torx 40 12 15 / 25 / 35 0904 808 030 50
M 10 Type SK – M 10 x 30 M 10 x 30 25.9 / 5.7 Allen head, 6 mm 8 11 0904 810 130 25
M 10 Type SK – M 10 x 25 M 10 x 25 25.9 / 5.7 Allen head, 6 mm 14 16 / 26 / 36 0904 810 030 25
M 12 Type SK – M 12 x 35 M 12 x 35 30.9 / 6.7 Allen head, 8 mm 9 14 0904 812 130 20
M 12 Type SK – M 12 x 30 M 12 x 30 30.9 / 6.7 Allen head, 8 mm 16 17 / 27 / 37 0904 812 030 20
Type B: Hexagon nut DIN 934 – strength class 70

and washer DIN EN ISO 7089 (DIN 125) *
Dia. Designation Wrench size Art. No (V) P.
[in mm] [in mm] Cotter-pin mounting Qty.
M6 Type B – M 6 10 0904 806 140 100
M8 Type B – M 8 13 0904 808 140 50
M 10 Type B – M 10 17 0904 810 140 25
M 12 Type B – M 12 19 0904 812 140 20
* In combination with threaded rods with acceptance test certificate 3.1 – strength class 70 (DIN 976-1 / EN ISO 3506-1) – please
observe conditions in ETA-02/0017!
Type B: Threaded rod with acceptance test certificate 3.1 –

Strength class 70 (DIN 976-1 / EN ISO 3506-1)
Dia. Designation Dim. dia. x length Art. No. P.
[in mm] [in mm] Qty.
M8 Type B – M8 w/ acceptance test certificate 3.1 M 8 x 1000 5916 108 999 10
MWF - 09/10 - 12078 - ©
1225
W-HAZ/S HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR
03 .1
Individual fastening:
W-HAZ-B/S
with stud bolt, galvanized steel
W-HAZ-S/S
with hexagon bolt, galvanized steel
W-HAZ-SK/S
with countersunk screw, galvanized steel
Approvals Test reports
European Fire resistance Fire resistance
Technical Approval Technical Report Direct ēect of flames
Option 1 TR 020 R 30 - R 120
for cracked and
uncracked concrete
M 8 - M 20
• Can be used for heavy loads • High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
• With a European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in • Through-bolt mounting
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at • Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206: 2000-12 • Large range of types ˈ large range of applications
• Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete • Reliable installation through the application of prescribed torque when
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure anchoring
zone)
• The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads 3. Features
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads • Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor made of
(e.g. façades, railings) electrogalvanized steel in sizes M6, M8, M10, M12, M16 and M20
• For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone • Galvanized steel: European Technical Approval ETA-02/0031 (Option 1,
(without approval) cracked and uncracked concrete)
• W-HAZ/S can be used in dry rooms • Dimensioned in accordance with the "Guideline for European Technical
• Suitable for fastening metal constructions, metal profiles, brackets, foot Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete", Appendix C,
plates, supports, cable conduits, pipes, railings, machines, etc. Measurement Process A
• Fire resistance: R30, R60, R90 and R120: Technical Report TR 020
"Assessment of anchoring in concrete with regard to the fire resistance"
(included in ETA-02/0031); F30, F60, F90 and F120: Fire load in
accordance with DIN 4102-02: 1977-09 (uniform temperature curve)
MWF - 04/12 - 04258 - ©
Produce drilled hole Clean drilled hole Set anchor Apply torque
1226
W-HAZ/S HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR
03 .1
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M16L M20
Tensile zone Nperm. [kN] = 2.4 5.7 7.6 12.3 17.1 21.1 24.0
on a single anchor without
(cracked concrete C20/252), C20/252)

Permissible centric
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef)

Pressure zone 7.6 9.5 14.3 17.2 24.0 29.6 33.5
(uncracked concrete C20/252))
tensile load1)
edge influence
minimum axial and edge spacing

(scr,sp 3 hef, ccr,sp 1.5 hef)
Tensile zone Vperm. [kN] =

Perm. transverse
(cracked concrete C20/252), C20/252) 9.1/10.1 14.0/15.9 20.5/20.5 24.5/24.5 34.3/34.3 42.3/ 42.3 47.9/47.9
on a single anchor
c 10 hef) W-HAZ-B/S/
W-HAZ-S/S and W-HAZ-SK/S
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 9.1/10.1 14.0/17.1 20.7/27.5 34.3/34.3 48.0/48.0 52.1/59,2 67.1/67.1
load1)
c 10 hef) W-HAZ-B/S /
W-HAZ-S/S and W-HAZ-SK/S
Permissible bending torque Mperm, [Nm] 6.9 17.1 34.3 60 152 152 296.6
Fire resistance time F30 [kN] 1.8 2.6 7.0 10.0 16.0 – –
F60 [kN] 0.85 1.4 2.9 4.1 6.9 – –
F90 [kN] 0.55 0.95 1.75 2.5 4.25 – –
F120 [kN] 0.4 0.75 1.2 1.7 3.0 – –
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 100 125
for c [mm] 80 100 120 160 180 180 300
Axial spacing scr, N [mm] 150 180 213 240 300 345 375
Minimum edge clearance cmin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 100 180
for s [mm] 100 120 175 200 220 220 540
Edge spacing ccr, N [mm] 75 90 106.5 120 150 172.5 187,5
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 140 160 200 230 250
Ēective anchoring depth hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Drill nominal dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 15 18 24 24 28
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 10.45 12.5 15.5 18.5 24.55 24.55 28.55
Drilled hole depth h1 [mm] 65 80 95 105 130 145 160
Through-hole in component to be connected df [mm] 12 14 17 20 26 26 31
Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 15/103) 30/253) 50/553) 80/703) 160 160 280
Anchor Dimensions
W-HAZ-B/S, W-HAZ-S/S M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M16L M20
Total length l [mm]
67
77
97
117
167
80
90
110
130
180
96
111
121
141
191
112
122
132
152
182
212
137
157
187
237
152
182
202
181
201
231
271
W-HAZ-B/S
Total length l [mm]
65
75
95
115
–
77
87
107
127
–
93
108
118
138
188
107
117
127
147
177
–
132
152
182
–
150
180
200
172
192
222
262
W-HAZ-S/S
Wrench size Size [mm] 10 13 17 19 24 24 30
Max. attachment height dfix [mm]
0
10
30
50
100
0
10
30
50
100
0
15
25
45
95
0
10
20
40
70
100
0
20
50
100
0
30
50
10
30
60
100
W-HAZ-B/S and W-HAZ-S/S
High-performance anchor with threaded bolts Art. No.
0905 210 101
0905 210 102
0905 210 103
0905 210 104
0905 210 105
0905 212 101
0905 212 102
0905 212 103
0905 212 104
0905 212 105
0905 215 101
0905 215 102
0905 215 103
0905 215 104
0905 215 105
0905 218 101
0905 218 102
0905 218 103
0905 218 104
0905 218 105
0905 218 106
0905 224 101
0905 224 102
0905 224 103
0905 224 104
0905 224 111
0905 224 113
0905 224 115
0905 228 101
0905 228 102
0905 228 103
0905 228 104
W-HAZ-B/S
Galvanized steel
High-performance anchor with hexagon bolts Art. No.

0905 210 001
0905 210 002
0905 210 003
0905 210 004
0905 212 001

0905 212 002
0905 212 003
0905 212 004
0905 215 001

0905 215 002
0905 215 003
0905 215 004
0905 215 005
0905 218 001
0905 218 002
0905 218 003
0905 218 004
0905 218 005
0905 224 001

0905 224 002
0905 224 003
0905 224 011

0905 224 013
0905 224 015
0905 228 001
0905 228 002
0905 228 003
0905 228 004
W-HAZ-S/S
Galvanized steel
–
Packing unit P. [Qty.]

100
50
50
50
25
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
W-HAZ-B/S and W-HAZ-S/S

W-HAZ-SK/S M6 M8 M10 M12
Total length l [mm]
70
85
100
80
95
120
95
110
120
135
115
135
W-HAZ-SK/S
Wrench size, Allen head Size [mm] 4 5 6 8
Countersunk head dia. / height dsk [mm] 16.5/3.9 20.5/5.0 24.5/5.7 29.5/6.7
Max. fastening height dfix [mm]
50 0905 210 201 10
50 0905 210 202 25
50 0905 210 203 40
50 0905 212 201 10

50 0905 212 202 25
25 0905 212 203 50
10
25
35
50
20 0905 218 203 20

20 0905 218 204 40
W-HAZ-SK/S
High-performance anchor with Art. No.
0905 215 201
0905 215 202
0905 215 203
0905 215 204
countersunk washer and countersunk screw
W-HAZ-SK/S
Galvanized steel
MWF - 04/12 - 04259 - ©
25
25
25
25
W-HAZ-SK/S
Can be stored in ORSY® system
Würth System Components 1) The part-safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part-safety coe̅cient of the ēects of γF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the
combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG)
Appendix C.
3) For Würth W-HAZ-SK/S.
1227
W-PA Aerated
06
Concrete Anchor
Type A outside thread*
Galvanized steel
Type i inside thread*

Galvanized steel
Setting tool for manual

mounting
(not pictured)
General construction permits *

Tensile zone Pressure zone Ceiling
cracked aerated uncracked aerated suspended ceiling
concrete concrete and comparable static
attachments
contained in contained in
Z-21.1-1525 Z-21.1-1525 • Quick anchor setting – minimal mounting costs
• Mechanical processing also possible with special tool for SDS
mount – in this case only impact effect of drill hammer (at least
3 kg) is utilized.
1. Applications
• The heavy-duty anchor for aerated concrete 3. Properties
• Can be used in aerated concrete without reinforcements of strength • Approval:
classes PB2, PB4 and PB6 and with reinforced aerated concrete of Z-21.1-1525 General construction permission for
strength classes P 3.3 and P 4.4 – tensile zone (cracked aerated concrete) and pressure zone
• Suitable for attaching metal structures, metal profiles, suspended (uncracked aerated concrete)
ceilings, sanitation and ventilation lines, foot plates, brackets, – light ceiling coverings and joist constructions in accordance with
railings, lattices, machines, wood structures, beams, purlins, DIN 18168-1:1981-10 in reinforced roof and ceiling boards
supports etc. (see anchor technology for industries) and for statically comparable fastenings (for max. load, see
• For anchorages under primarily static loads construction permit)
• Use for components in closed, dry rooms • The form-fit anchorage is to a large extent expansion-pressure free
• Not suitable for rooms subject to moisture with an atmosphere and is implemented without any costly or elaborate undercut tools
containing chlorine (public pools etc.) • Can be mounted without using machines
2. Advantages • Fire resistance: F90, F120 (M 6 – M12)
• Can be loaded immediately – no wait time • Note: The anchoring of the anchors is only permissible in
• High permissible loads for a high degree of safety unplastered and uncoated masonry walls
Setting instructions Type A Setting instructions type i

MWF - 08/08 - 04262 - © •
Knock in conical Attach expansion Knock in expansion Fit component Knock in conical Attach expansion Knock in expansion Tighten threaded Fit component
threaded bolt with sleeve with slots sleeve with setting and apply torque threaded bolt with sleeve with slot sleeve with setting sleeve with screw- and apply torque
setting tool without forward tool until flush setting tool without forward tool until flush driver
predrilling until flush predrilling until flush
1228
W-PA
Aerated Concrete Anchor 06
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm], conical bolt M6 M8 M10 M12
Pressure zone
Permissible load
F [kN] PB2 0.40 0.40 0.60 0.60

Tensile, transverse,
(uncracked aerated concrete) perm

and oblique pull
(steel, galv. Zn)

at any angle
Fperm [kN] PB4 0.80 0.80 1.20 1.20
Tensile zone Fperm [kN] P3.3 0.60 0.60 0.80 0.80

(cracked aerated concrete)
Fperm [kN] P4.4 0.80 0.80 1.20 1.20
Ceiling applications Fperm [kN] P3.3 0.60 0.60 0.80 0.80

in cracked aerated concrete in tensile zone
range of roof and ceiling boards Fperm [kN] P4.4 0.80 0.80 1.20 1.20
Anchor applications Fperm [kN] P3.3 0.60 0.60 0.80 0.80
when using
anchor pairs (per pair) Fperm [kN] P4.4 0.80 0.80 1.20 1.20
Perm. bending moments
Mperm [Nm] 6.97/ 4.35 10.70 / 10.70 21.40 / 21.40 – / 37.40
(Type A / Type i) steel, galv. Zn
Fire-resistance duration
Anchoring of light ceiling coverings
Perm. F [kN] – F 90 0.35 0.45 0.80 0.80
and joist constructions (DIN 18168):
Permissible load per anchor in aerated
concrete of the strength class ≥ P3.3 Perm. F [kN] – F 120 0.30 0.35 0.75 0.75
Anchoring of facadecoverings: 1)
Perm. F [kN] – F 90 0.35 0.45 0.80 0.80
Permissible load per anchor in aerated
concrete of the strength class ≥ PB2, PP2
and ≥ P3.3 Perm. F [kN] – F 120 0.30 0.35 0.75 0.75
Axial spacing s ≥ [mm] 100 100 100 100
Edge spacing ar ≥ [mm] 150 150 150 150
Tightening torque Tt [Nm] 3 5 8 8
Setting depth (Type A / Type i) hs [mm] 70/ 70 70/ 70 70/ 80 – / 80
Minimum component thickness t ≥ [mm] 175 175 175 175
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] do not pre-drill do not pre-drill do not pre-drill do not pre-drill
Hole dia. in comp. (Type A / Type i) dcom ≤ [mm] 7/ 7 9/9 12 /12 – /14
Anchor dimensions
Thread dia. dthr [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12
Max. fastening
height (Type A / Type i)
da [mm] 10 /– 10 /– 20 /– – /–
[mm] – min. 6 8 10 12
Screw-in depth (Type i)
[mm] – max. 13 13 18 18
Type A outside thread
0905 710 610* 0905 710 810* 0905 711 020*
Galvanized steel, blue passivated Art. No.
(W-PA A M6-10) (W-PA A M8-10) (W-PA A M10-20)
P. Qty. = 25
Setting tool (manual)

0905 79 001 0905 79 004 0905 79 008
P. Qty. = 1 Art. No.
(EWP 6-10) (EWP 8-10) (EWP 10-20)
for Type A outside thread
Setting tool (SDS)

0905 790 31 0905 790 34 0905 790 38
(EWP 6-10) (EWP 8-10) (EWP 10-20)
for Type A outside thread
Type i inside thread

0905 720 006* 0905 720 008* 0905 720 010* 0905 720 012*
Galvanized steel, blue passivated Art. No.
(W-PA i M6) (W-PA i M8) (W-PA i M10) (W-PA i M12)
P. Qty. = 25
Setting tool (manual)
0905 79 011 0905 79 012 0905 79 013 0905 79 013
(EWP 6 i) (EWP 8 i) (EWP 10 i) (EWP 12 i)
for Type i inside thread
MWF - 02/09 - 04263 - © •
*
1) A load transfer to at least one adjacent fastening point
Würth System Components must be possible.
1229
07.1 W-HD
Hollow-
Ceiling
Anchor
steel, galvanised
Approvals Test reports
l Suitable for attaching metal structures, metal profiles, cable
Hollow Fire conduits, pipes, ventilation lines, suspended ceilings etc.
prestressed resistance
Technical Report
concrete plate TR 020 2. Advantages
ceilings R30 - R120 l Screws or threaded rods can be used
Z-21.1-1832 l The anchor may also be mounted to the prestressed strand out-
side the hollow-space axis up to 50 mm ‘ maximum flexibility
l Fastening to just about any part of the hollow plate ceiling
l Suitable for hollow spaces and solid zones of hollow pre-
stressed concrete plate ceilings
l Quick and easy installation – no special tools needed
1. Applications l Can be loaded immediately – no wait time
l Special fastener for anchoring in hollow prestressed concrete
plate ceilings 3. Properties
l The hollow ceiling anchor may be used in hollow prestressed l Anchoring in hollow prestressed concrete plate ceilings via
concrete plate ceilings of strength class C50/60 pursuant to positive locking
DIN EN 206-1:2001-07 or B55 pursuant to DIN 1045:1988-07 l The cone is separated from the expansion sleeve when the
with a general construction permit screw or hex nut is tightened. – Important: At least
l The anchor may be used as an individual anchor and as a mul- three screw/nut rotations are required. By applying
tiple fastener for the anchoring of light ceiling coverings and the installation torque, the cone is pulled into the expansion
joist constructions pursuant to DIN 18168-1:1981-10 in hollow sleeve and expands it
prestressed concrete ceilings and for statically comparable l Anchoring in solid materials via friction engaging
anchoring up to 1.0 kN/m2 (the sleeve expands against the wall of the drilled hole)
l Anchoring is only permissible in hollow prestressed concrete l General construction permit Z-21.1-1832, dimensioning pur-
plate ceilings with a hollow space width that does not exceed suant to permit Z-21.1-1832
4.2 times the web width (bH ≤ 4.2 x bSt) l Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C50/60):
l W-HD may be used in dry interior rooms, e. g. flats, offices, R30, R60, R90, R120: based on Technical Report TR 020
schools, hospitals and sales rooms (Fire Protection Test Report No. (3526/3426))
Setting
instructions
+
MWF - 03/07 - 10737 - © •
Create drill hole Set anchor in place Install add-on piece At least three rotations of the screw Apply installation Installed
‘ Cone separates from sleeve torque
1230
W-HD
Hollow-Ceiling Anchor 07.1
Performance data (fire resistance R30, R60, R90, R120 see Fire Prot. Test Report No. 3526/3426) and universal building inspection accreditation No. Z-21.1-1832
Anchor diameter [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12
Mirror thickness du ≥ [mm] 25 30 40 50 25 30 40 50 25 30 40 50 25 30 40 50
Axial spacing between
individual anchors or anchor pairs scr ≥ [mm] 300
Individual anchors
Permissible load 1) 2) F [kN] ≥ C45/551)2) 0.7 0.9 2.0 2.9 0.7 0.9 2.0 3.6 0.9 1.2 3.0 3.6 1.0 1.2 3.0 4.3
Permissible load
and oblique pull at
Tensile, transverse
Hollow prestr. concrete plates perm

Edge spacing ccr ≥ 150 mm
every angle
Axial spacing scr ≥ 300 mm ccr ≥ [mm] 150

1) 2)
Permissible load F [kN] ≥ C45/551)2) 0.35 0.8 1.8 2.4 0.35 0.8 1.8 3.0 0.8 1.0 2.7 3.0 0.8 1.0 2.7 3.6
Hollow prestr. concrete plates perm
Min. edge spacing cmin ≥ 100 mm
Axial spacing scr ≥ 300 mm cmin ≥ [mm] 100
3)
Anchor pair
Permissible load 1) 2) Fperm /anchor pair [kN] 0.7 1.4 2.6 3.9 0.7 1.4 2.6 4.8 1.1 2.0 4.8 4.8 1.2 2.0 4.8 5.7
Hollow prestr. concrete plates ≥ C45/551)2)
Permissible load
and oblique pull at
Tensile, transverse
Edge spacing ccr ≥ 150 mm smin ≥ [mm] 70 80 100 100 70 80 100 100 70 80 100 100 70 80 100 100
every angle
Min. axial spacing smin ccr ≥ [mm] 150

Permissible load 1) 2) Fperm /anchor pair [kN] 0.35 1.25 2.35 3.2 0.35 1.25 2.35 4 0.9 1.8 4.3 4.3 1 1.8 4.3 4.8
Hollow prestr. concrete plates ≥ C45/551)2)
Min. edge spacing cmin ≥ 100 mm smin ≥ [mm] 70 80 100 100 70 80 100 100 70 80 100 100 70 80 100 100
Min. axial spacing smin cmin ≥ [mm] 100
Perm. bending torque Str. clss. 5.8 Mperm [Nm] – 10.7 21.4 37.4
Perm. bending torque Str. clss. 8.8 Mperm [Nm] 4.4 17.1 34.2 59.8
Nom. drill dia. 4) d0 [mm] 10 12 16 18
Drill cutting dia. 4) dcut ≤ [mm] 10.45 12.5 16.5 18.5
Drilling hole depth h0 [mm] 50 55 60 70
Length of anchor in concrete hnom [mm] 40 45 53 58
Through-hole in df ≤ [mm] 7 9 12 14
component to be connected
Installation torque Tinst = [Nm] 10 20 30 40
Anchor dimensions
W-HD M6 M8 M10 M12
Sleeve length l [mm] 30 35 40 45
Screw length min lS [mm] 42 + t fix 47 + t fix 55 + t fix 61 + t fix
Threaded bolt length min lB [mm] 47 + t fix 53 + t fix 63 + t fix 71 + t fix
Designation W-HD M6 W-HD M8 W-HD M10 W-HD M12
W-HD Hollow-Ceiling Anchor Art. No. 0905 120 601 0905 120 801 0905 121 001 0905 121 201
galvanised steel
Packing unit P. Qty. 50 50 50 25
Use with screw Use with threaded rod

Legend:
tfix = thickness of the add-on part
du = mirror thickness
bH = hollow-space width
bSt = web width
sSp = axial spacing to prestressed strand
c = edge spacing
Tinst = installation torque
1)
When introducing external loads via anchors in the hollow prestressed concrete plate ceiling, the shear carrying capacity must be
reduced. When fastening light ceiling coverings and joist constructions pursuant to DIN 18168-1:1981-10, this reduction is not
Würth System Components necessary.
MWF - 07/07 - 10738 - © •
2) For an edge spacing cmin ≤ c ≤ ccr, the permissible loads may be determined via linear interpolation.
3)
The permissible loads apply for the anchor pair. The permissible load for the anchor with the greatest load may not exceed the
values specified for the individual anchors. For anchors of an anchor pair with axial spacing of smin ≤ s ≤ scr, the permissible load
may be linearly interpolated, whereby twice the permissible load for individual anchors may be applied for the anchor pair with
centric load introduction for the limit value when s = scr.
4 The carbide masonry drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the “Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik”
(German Institute for Building Technology) and the “Fachverband Werkzeugindustrie e.V” (Professional Association of the Tool
Industry) on the “Characteristics, requirements and tests of masonry drills with carbide cutting bodies used for producing drilled
holes of dowel anchorings”. Würth hammer drills meet the stipulations of the code of practice.
1231
W-FA/S, W-FA/F FIXING ANCHORS
11.1
Uncracked concrete
W-FA/S, Galvanized steel

with large washer
W-FA/S, Galvanized steel
W-FA/F, Hot galvanized steel
W-FA/A4 Fixing Anchor, see 11.2

W-FA/HCR M6 Fixing Anchor, see 11.2
Approvals Test reports Two anchoring depths:

Machine Setting Tool for
European Fire
Technical fixing anchors (W-FA /
resistance
Approval W-FAZ) M8 – M16
Direct ēect
Option 7
for uncracked concrete of flames
Art. No. 0904 908 016

For details, see separate product info
1. Areas of Application applications

• Can be used for medium to heavy loads • Can be loaded immediately – No wait times
• Suitable for fastening: Metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports, • Mounting reliability ensured through the application of the prescribed torques when
cable conduits, piping, wooden structures, beams, purlins, etc. anchoring
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or non-
reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in 3. Properties
accordance with EN 206-1:2000-12 • Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor made of electrogalvanized and hot
• Can be used in < C20/25 concrete and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval) galvanized steel in sizes M6, M8, M10, M12, M16 and M20
• The anchor may only be used for anchoring under a predominantly static or quasi-static • Approvals:
(e. g. facade, railing) load ETA-02/0001 for individual fastening
• Individual fastening: Anchoring with European Technical Approval in uncracked Option 7, uncracked concrete, galvanized steel (M6 – M20) and hot galvanized
concrete (concrete pressure zone) (M8 – M20); Measured as per the "European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) of
• W-FA/S and W-FA/F may only be used under the conditions of dry inside rooms Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete", Appendix C, measuring procedure A
• Fire resistance: W-FA/S (M6 – M20) F30, F60, F90 and F120
2. Advantages Fire load in accordance with DIN 4102-02: 1977-09
• High load-bearing capacities, small axial and edge spacing (Standard temperature-time curve)
• Time-saving pass-through mounting
• Two anchoring depths ˈ Versatile in use for medium- and heavy-load
MWF - 04/11 - 04266 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Set anchor in place Apply torque
with mason's
mallet or machine
setting tool
1232
11.1
Performance data
Standard anchoring depth/ hef/hef,red [in
40 30 44 35 48 42 65 50 82 64 100 78
Reduced anchoring depth mm]
Perm. centered
without edge infl uenc

tensile load1)
Pressure zone
on a single anchor
(uncracked concrete Nperm. [kN]

4.1 2.9 5.7 5.0 7.6 6.5 12.6 8.5 17.8 12.3 24 16.5
C20/252), = C20/252)
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef)
without edge infl uence
Pressure zone
on a single anchor
transverse
(uncracked concrete Vperm. [kN]

2.9 2.9 6.3 5.0 8.0 6.5 14.3 8.5 23.6 23.6 37.1 33.1
C20/252), = C20/252)
Perm.
load1)
c 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque Mperm. [Nm] 5.1 5.1 13.1 13.1 25.7 25.7 44.6 44.6 99.9 99.9 195 195
F30 [in kN] 0.9 – 1.4 – 2.2 – 3.2 – 6.0 – 10.0 –
Fire resistance duration F60 [in kN] 0.5 – 0.8 – 1.2 – 1.8 – 3.4 – 5.25 –
(W-FA/S) F90 [in kN] 0.3 – 0.5 – 0.8 – 1.2 – 2.2 – 3.6 –
F120 [in kN] 0.25 – 0.4 – 0.6 – 0.9 – 1.7 – 2.75 –
hnom/hnom,red [in
Setting depth 49 39 56 47 62 56 82 67 102 84 121 99
mm]
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 6.4 6.4 8.45 8.45 10.45 10.45 12.5 12.5 16.5 16.5 20.55 20.55
h1/h1,red [in
Drill hole depth 55 45 65 55 70 65 90 75 110 95 130 110
mm]
Through-hole in the component
d f [in mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18 18 22 22
being connected
Torque while installing anchor
Tinst = [Nm] 8 8 15 15 30 30 50 50 100 100 200 200
(W-FA/S, galvanized steel)
Individual attachment: Uncracked concrete, Option 7 (ETA-02/0001 – Galvanized steel and hot galvanized steel)
Axial spacing scr,N [in mm] 120 90 132 105 144 126 195 150 246 192 300 234
Edge spacing ccr,N [in mm] 60 45 66 53 72 63 98 75 123 96 150 117
Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 35 35 40 40 55 55 75 100 90 100 105 140
Minimum edge spacing c min [in mm] 40 40 45 45 65 65 90 100 105 100 125 140
Minimum component thickness h min [in mm] 100 80 100 80 100 100 130 100 170 130 200 160
Please continue on next page
MWF - 04/11 - 04267 - ©
ē ects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge
influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
1233
11.1
Individual fastening (M6 - M20):

Uncracked concrete (ETA-02/0001)
W-FA/S Fixing Anchor, galvanized steel (with small washer)

Anchor Designation Fastening Total Effective Thread Approval Art. No. P. Qty.
dia. height length anchoring [dia. x length] ETA
[in mm] t fix / t fix,red l depthh ef/hef,red Option 7
[in mm] [in mm] [in mm]
M6 W-FA/S M6-5/40 5 40 18 M6 x 16 – 5932 006 040 100
M6 W-FA/S M6-10-20/67 10 / 20 67 40 / 30 M6 x 30 ETA-02/0001 5932 006 067 100
M6 W-FA/S M6-25-35/82 25 / 35 82 40 / 30 M6 x 35 ETA-02/0001 5932 006 082 100
M6 W-FA/S M6-40-50/97 40 / 50 97 40 / 30 M6 x 35 ETA-02/0001 5932 006 097 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-5/50 5 50 24 M8 x 22 – 5932 008 050 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-10-19/75 10 / 19 75 44 / 35 M8 x 40 ETA-02/0001 5932 008 075 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-15-24/80 15 / 24 80 44 / 35 M8 x 45 ETA-02/0001 5932 008 080 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-25-34/90 25 / 34 90 44 / 35 M8 x 55 ETA-02/0001 5932 008 090 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-30-39/95 30 / 39 95 44 / 35 M8 x 60 ETA-02/0001 5932 008 095 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-45-54/110 45 / 54 110 44 / 35 M8 x 75 ETA-02/0001 5932 008 110 100
M8 W-FA/S M8-55-64/120 55 / 64 120 44 / 35 M8 x 85 ETA-02/0001 5932 008 120 100
M10 W-FA/S M10-10/60 10 60 23 M10 x 25 – 5932 010 060 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-10-16/85 10 / 16 85 48 / 42 M10 x 40 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 085 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-15-21/90 15 / 21 90 48 / 42 M10 x 45 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 090 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-20-26/95 20 / 26 95 48 / 42 M10 x 50 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 095 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-30-36/105 30 / 36 105 48 / 42 M10 x 60 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 105 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-45-51/120 45 / 51 120 48 / 42 M10 x 75 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 120 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-70-76/145 70 / 76 145 48 / 42 M10 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 145 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-100-106/175 100 / 106 175 48 / 42 M10 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 175 50
M10 W-FA/S M10-140-146/215 140 / 146 215 48 / 42 M10 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 010 215 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-5/75 5 75 40 M12 x 30 – 5932 012 075 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-10-25/105 10 / 25 105 65 / 50 M12 x 60 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 105 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-15-30/110 15 / 30 110 65 / 50 M12 x 65 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 110 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-20-35/115 20 / 35 115 65 / 50 M12 x 70 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 115 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-30-45/125 30 / 45 125 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 125 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-50-65/145 50 / 65 145 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 145 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-65-80/160 65 / 80 160 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 160 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-85-100/180 85 / 100 180 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 180 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-105-120/200 105 / 120 200 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 200 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-125-140/220 125 / 140 220 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 220 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-145-160/240 145 / 160 240 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 240 20
M12 W-FA/S M12-160-175/255 160 / 175 255 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 012 255 20
M16 W-FA/S M16-13/115 13 115 64 M16 x 60 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 115 20
M16 W-FA/S M16-10-28/130 10 / 28 130 82 / 64 M16 x 70 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 130 20
M16 W-FA/S M16-30-48/150 30 / 48 150 82 / 64 M16 x 90 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 150 20
M16 W-FA/S M16-60-78/180 60 / 78 180 82 / 64 M16 x 110 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 180 20
M16 W-FA/S M16-80-98/200 80 / 98 200 82 / 64 M16 x 110 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 200 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-100-118/220 100 / 118 220 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 220 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-130-148/250 130 / 148 250 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 250 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-165-183/285 165 / 183 285 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 285 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-200-218/320 200 / 218 320 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 320 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-220-238/340 220 / 238 340 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 016 340 10
M20 W-FA/S M20-5-27/150 5 / 27 150 100 / 78 M20 x 70 ETA-02/0001 5932 020 150 10
M20 W-FA/S M20-35-57/180 35 / 57 180 100 / 78 M20 x 70 ETA-02/0001 5932 020 180 10
M20 W-FA/S M20-60-82/205 60 / 82 205 100 / 78 M20 x 70 ETA-02/0001 5932 020 205 10
M20 W-FA/S M20-95-117/240 95 / 117 240 100 / 78 M20 x 70 ETA-02/0001 5932 020 240 10
MWF - 04/11 - 10456 - ©
1234
11.1

W-FA/S Fixing Anchor, galvanized steel (with large washer)

dia. height length anchoring depth [dia. x length] ETA
[in mm] t fix / t fix,red l hef/hef,red Option 7
M12 W-FA/S M12-65-80/160 65 / 80 160 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 160 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-85-100/180 85 / 100 180 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 180 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-105-120/200 105 / 120 200 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 200 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-125-140/220 125 / 140 220 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 220 25
M12 W-FA/S M12-145-160/240 145 / 160 240 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 240 20
M12 W-FA/S M12-160-175/255 160 / 175 255 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 255 20
M12 W-FA/S M12-190-205/285 190 / 205 285 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 285 20
M12 W-FA/S M12-230-245/325 230 / 245 325 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 325 20
M12 W-FA/S M12-260-275/355 260 / 275 355 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 112 355 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-100-118/220 100 / 118 220 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 116 220 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-130-148/250 130 / 148 250 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 116 250 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-165-183/285 165 / 183 285 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 116 285 10
M16 W-FA/S M16-200-218/320 200 / 218 320 82 / 64 M16 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 116 320 10

W-FA/F Fixing Anchor, hot galvanized steel ( 40 m)

dia. height length anchoring depth [dia. x length] ETA
[in mm] t fix / t fix,red l hef/hef,red Option 7
M6 W-FA/F M6-5/40 5 40 – / 18 M6 x 16 – 5932 906 040 100
M8 W-FA/F M8-15-24/80 15 / 24 80 44 / 35 M8 x 45 ETA-02/0001 5932 908 080 100
M8 W-FA/F M8-30-39/95 30 / 39 95 44 / 35 M8 x 60 ETA-02/0001 5932 908 095 100
M8 W-FA/F M8-55-64/120 55 / 64 120 44 / 35 M8 x 85 ETA-02/0001 5932 908 120 100
M10 W-FA/F M10-15-21/90 15 / 21 90 48 / 42 M10 x 45 ETA-02/0001 5932 910 090 50
M10 W-FA/F M10-30-36/105 30 / 36 105 48 / 42 M10 x 60 ETA-02/0001 5932 910 105 50
M10 W-FA/F M10-45-51/120 45 / 51 120 48 / 42 M10 x 75 ETA-02/0001 5932 910 120 50
M12 W-FA/F M12-15-30/110 15 / 30 110 65 / 50 M12 x 65 ETA-02/0001 5932 912 110 25
M12 W-FA/F M12-30-45/125 30 / 45 125 65 / 50 M12 x 80 ETA-02/0001 5932 912 125 25
M12 W-FA/F M12-50-65/145 50 / 65 145 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 912 145 25
M12 W-FA/F M12-85-100/180 85 / 100 180 65 / 50 M12 x 100 ETA-02/0001 5932 912 180 25
M16 W-FA/F M16-30-48/150 30 / 48 150 82 / 64 M16 x 90 ETA-02/0001 5932 916 150 20
MWF - 04/11 - 10457 - ©
1235
11.2 W-FA/A4
W-FA/HCR M6
Fixing Anchor
Uncracked concrete
Multiple attachment: Anchoring
of light ceiling coverings and joist
constructions,
W-FA/A4, Stainless steel A4
W-FA/HCR M6
(via special order)
Highly corrosion-resistant steel (1.4529)
For W-FA/S Fixing Anchor, see 11.1
For W-FA/hot-galvanized Fixing Anchor,
see 11.1
Machine Setting Tool
Approvals Test Reports 2 anchoring depths: for Fixing Anchor (W-FA/W-FAZ)
European European M8 – M16
Technical Technical Ceiling Fire- Fire-
Approval Approval Suspended resistance resistance
Option 7 Multiple ceiling Technical Report Direct
for uncracked attachment of and TR 020 effect
concrete non load-bearing statically R30-R120 of flames
systems in comparable
concrete attachments
Art. No. 0904 908 016

For details, see separate product
Z-21.1-1598
information
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads • High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
• Suitable for fastening: Metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports, • Time-saving through-bolt mounting
cable conduits, piping, wooden structures, beams, purlins, etc. • Two anchoring depths ‘ Flexible use for medium and heavy loads
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in reinforced or non- • Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60. • Reliable installation due to application of prescribed torque during anchoring
• Can be used in concrete <C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval)
• The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads or quasi-static loads
• Individual attachment: Anchoring with European Technical Approval 3. Features
in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) • Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor made of stainless steel A4
• Multiple attachment: Anchoring of non-load-bearing systems with European technical and HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel
Approval in cracked and uncracked concrete • Approvals:
• Suspended ceiling: Anchoring with general construction permit for suspended ceilings and ETA-05/0019 for individual attachment
statically comparable attachments (up to a maximum of 1 kN/m2) Option 7, uncracked concrete; stainless steel A4: M6 – M20
• W-FA/A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used in dry indoor rooms, outdoors (including ETA-06/0162 for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
industrial atmosphere and near the sea) or in humid rooms if no especially aggressive con- Uncracked or cracked concrete; stainless steel A4: M6;
ditions exist fire resistance in accordance with TR 020 R30 – R120
• W-FA/HCR M6 (HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel) may be used in areas with ETA-06/0235 for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
extremely high corrosion loading (e.g. indoor pool atmosphere, street tunnels, poorly Uncracked or cracked concrete; HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel (1.4529/1.4565): M6;
ventilated car parcs or parts in seawater and in marine atmosphere). fire resistance in accordance with TR 020 R30 – R120
Z-21.1-1598 for suspended ceilings
Uncracked or cracked concrete; stainless steel A4: M6 – M10
• Fire resistance: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR (M6 – M20) F30, F60, F90, F120;
fire stress according to DIN 4102-02:1977-09 (ETK – Einheits-Temperaturzeitkurve (standard
temperature-time curve))
• Fire resistance: W-FA/HCR (M6) fire stress in accordance with ZTV-ING Part 5
(ETK-Tunnel-Brandraumkurve (Tunnel Fire Compartment Curve))
MWF - 01/10 - 09507 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor with Set anchor in place Apply torque
mason’s mallet or
machine setting tool
1236
W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR 11.2
Fixing Anchor
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M20
Standard anchoring depth/ hef/hef red [mm] 40 30 44 35 48 42 65 50 80 64 100 78
Reduced anchoring depth
of a single anchor
Perm. centered
tensile load 1)
Pressure zone
without edge
(uncracked
influence
concrete C20/251), Nperm [kN] = C20/251) 3.6 2.9 5.7 4.3 7.6 5.7 11.6 8.5 17.9 12.3 24.0 16.5
min. axial and
edge spacing
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef )
anchor without
edge influence
Perm. trans-
verse load 1)
of a single
Pressure zone
(uncracked Vperm [kN] = C20/251) 4.0 3.9 6.9 5.0 8.0 6.5 15.4 8.5 28.6 24.6 43.9 33.1
concrete C20/251),
c 10 hef )
Anchoring of light ceiling

coverings and joist constructions Fperm [kN] C20/25 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
in accordance with DIN 18168 or B25
(Z-21.1-1598)
Permissible bending torque Tperm [Nm] 5.7/(4.9 ceiling) 13.7/(9.4 ceiling) 28/(18.7 ceiling) 48.6 113.7 231.6
F30 [kN] 0.9 – 2.3 – 3.6 – 5.2 – 9.7 – 15.0 –
Fire-resistance time F60 [kN] 0.5 – 1.7 – 2.6 – 3.8 – 7.0 – 102 –
Stainless steel A4 0.3 1.4 2.2
F90 [kN] (ceiling) (0.3) – (0.5) – (0.8) – 3.2 – 6.0 – 8.2 –
F120 [kN] 0.25 – 1.3 – 2.0 – 2.9 – 5.4 – 7.0 –

(0.25) (0.4) (0.8)
Setting depth hnom/hnom,red [mm] 49 39 56 47 62 56 81 66 99 83 121 99
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 6 8 10 12 16 20
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 6.40 8.45 10.45 12.50 16.50 20.55
Drilled hole depth h1/h1,red [mm] 55 45 65 55 70 65 90 75 110 95 130 110
Through-hole in df [mm] 7 9 12 14 18 22
component being connected
Individual attachment: Uncracked concrete, Option 7 (stainless steel A4 – M6 to M20: ETA-05/0019)

Torque during anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 6 15 25 50 100 160
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 120 90 132 105 144 126 195 150 240 192 300 234
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 45 66 53 72 63 98 75 120 96 150 117
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 35 35 35 60 45 55 60 100 80 110 100 140
for c [mm] 40 – 65 – 70 – 100 – 120 – 150 –
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 35 40 45 60 55 65 70 100 80 110 100 140
for s [mm] 60 – 110 – 80 – 100 – 140 – 180 –
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 80 100 80 100 100 130 100 160 130 200 160
Multiple attachment: Anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions (stainless steel A4: ETA-06/0162/HCR: ETA-06/235)
Torque while installing anchor Tinst = [Nm] 8
Axial spacing (acc. to meas. process B) scr [mm] 370 260
Edge spacing (acc. to meas. process B) ccr [mm] 185 130
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 50 50
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 50 50
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 80 80
Multiple attachment: Anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions (stainless steel A4: Z-21.1-1598 – in acc. with DIN 18168)
Torque during anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 8 15 30
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 160 160 200 – 200 –
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 80 80 100 – 100 –
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 150 – 200 –
MWF - 01/10 - 09508 - © •

Würth System Components The part-safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part-safety
coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4 have been taken into account here. For the combination of tensile and
transverse loads, for edge influence and dowel groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical
Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) W-FA/HCR is available on special order. Characteristic values and loads are contained in ETA-06/0235 and
DIBt Z-21.1-1598 (M6) as well as in the MPA test report.
1237
W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR 11.2
Fixing Anchor
Individual attachment (M6 – M20):
Multiple attachment: Anchoring of light ceiling

coverings and joist constructions:
(M6: ETA-06/0162 / M6 – M10: DIBt Z-21.1-1598)
W-FA/A4 Fixing Anchor, stainless steel A4

Anchor Designation Mounting Total Effective an- Thread Approval Approval Art. No. P.
dia. height length choring depth [dia. x length] ETA DIBt Qty.
[in mm] tfix / tfix,red l hef / hef,red Option 7
[in mm] [in mm] [in mm] Suspended ceiling Suspended ceiling
W-FA/A4 M6-5/40 5 40 40 / 30 M6 x 16 0904 411 061
W-FA/A4 M6-10-20/67 10 / 20 67 40 / 30 M6 x 30 05/0019 0904 411 065
M6 06/0162 Z-21.1-1598
W-FA/A4 M6-25-35/82 25 / 35 82 40 / 30 M6 x 35 0904 411 066
W-FA/A4 M6-40-50/97 40 / 50 97 40 / 30 M6 x 35 0904 411 067
100
W-FA/A4 M8-10-19/75 10 / 19 75 44 / 35 M8 x 40 0904 411 083
W-FA/A4 M8-15-24/80 15 / 24 80 44 / 35 M8 x 45 0904 411 084
M8 05/0019 Z-21.1-1598
W-FA/A4 M8-30-39/95 30 / 39 95 44 / 35 M8 x 60 0904 411 087
W-FA/A4 M8-55-64/120 55 / 64 120 44 / 35 M8 x 85 0904 411 089
W-FA/S M10-10-16/85 10 / 16 85 48 / 42 M10 x 40 0904 411 002
W-FA/S M10-15-21/90 15 / 21 90 48 / 42 M10 x 45 0904 411 003
M 10 W-FA/S M10-20-26/95 20 / 26 95 48 / 42 M10 x 50 05/0019 Z-21.1-1598 0904 411 004 50
W-FA/S M10-30-36/105 30 / 36 105 48 / 42 M10 x 60 0904 411 005
W-FA/S M10-45-51/120 45 / 51 120 48 / 42 M10 x 75 0904 411 006
W-FA/A4 M12-15-30/110 15 / 30 110 65 / 50 M12 x 65 0904 411 204
W-FA/A4 M12-30-45/125 30 / 45 125 65 / 50 M12 x 80 0904 411 206
M12 05/0019 – 25
W-FA/A4 M12-85-100/180 85 / 100 180 65 / 50 M12 x 80 0904 411 209
W-FA/A4 M12-105-120/200 105 / 120 200 65 / 50 M12 x 80 0904 411 210
W-FA/A4 M16-30-48/150 30 / 46 150 80 / 64 M16 x 90 0904 411 604 20
M16 05/0019 –
W-FA/A4 M16-100-118/220 100 / 116 220 80 / 64 M16 x 80 0904 411 607
10
M20 W-FA/A4 M20-35-57/180 35 / 57 180 100 / 78 M20 x 70 05/0019 – 0904 412 002
Multiple attachment: Anchoring of light ceiling

coverings and joist constructions (M6):
Cracked and uncracked concrete (ETA-06/0235)
W-FA/HCR Fixing Anchor, highly corrosion-resistant steel (available on special order)

Anchor Designation Mounting Total Effective an- Thread Approval Approval Art. No. P.
dia. height length choring depth [dia. x length] ETA DIBt Qty.
[in mm] tfix / tfix,red l hef / hef,red Suspended
[in mm] [in mm] [in mm] Ceiling
W-FA/HCR M6-10/57 – / 10 57 40 / 30 M6 x 20
W-FA/HCR M6-10-20/67 10 / 20 67 40 / 30 M6 x 20 Special
M6 06/0235 – 100
W-FA/HCR M6-25-35/82 25 / 35 82 40 / 30 M6 x 20 order
W-FA/HCR M6-40-50/97 40 / 50 97 40 / 30 M6 x 20
MWF - 01/10 - 12194 - © •
1238
MACHINE SETTING TOOL for Fixing Anchor (W-FA/W-FAZ) M8 - M16
In combination with Würth hammer drills ˈ

Recommendation: At least 2 kg
Simple, fast mechanical setting of Würth fixing anchors
Art. No. 0904 908 016

P. Qty 1
Advantages:
• Especially well-suited for economical series installation
• Can be used for anchor sizes M8 to M16
• Simple handling thanks to common SDS-plus insertion shaft
• Optimal, uniform power transmission – resulting in low manual setting
energy
• Clean, centered setting of anchors – thanks to conical mount, optimally
matched to connection thread of fixing anchors
• Reduced setting times
• Also optimal for overhead installation and for hard-to-reach fasteners
Usable anchors (e.g. railings/hanging pipes)
Product Designation Art. Pre- • Suitable for all Würth hammer drills with SDS-plus insertion shaft
specifi- Dimen- No.
sions • High-quality steel guarantees long service life
cation
02.5 W-FAZ/S Fixing Anchor M8 - M16 0904 52. …
Use:
02.6 W-FAZ/A4 Fixing Anchot M8 - M16 0904 6.. …
• Mount setting tool with SDS-plus insertion shaft on Würth hammer drill
11.1 W-FA/S Fixing Anchor M8 - M16 5932 … …
• Place setting tool mount on fixing anchor thread and set anchor
11.1 W-FA/hot galv. Fixing Anchor M8 - M16 5932 9.. …
mechanically in pre-drilled and cleaned drilled hole
11.2 W-FA/A4 Fixing Anchor M8 - M16 0904 41. …
• Anchor anchor with torque wrench and specified torque (see anchor
HCR anchors available on special order
product information)
Create drill hole Clean the borehole Knock in anchor with Mount anchor Apply torque
mason‘s mallet or
machine setting tool
MWF - 09/10 - 12195 - ©
Würth Systemkomponenten
1239
W-ED/S W-ED DRIVE-IN ANCHOR
13.1
W-ED/S
Galvanized steel, M6 – M20
W-ED/S-BND
Galvanized steel, M8 – M12
W-ED
Galvanized steel, M5, without approval
Marking-spreading tool with hand
protection
(ˈ visual setting check)
Spreading tool
(ˈ no visual setting check)
W-ED/A4 Drive-In Anchor, see 13.2
W-ED M12 Drive-In Anchor
(for core drills), see 13.3
W-ED DW15 Drive-In Anchor, see 13.3
Performance facts

• Low drilled hole depth
European European M8 – M16 Fire
Technical Approval Technical Approval resistance
• High load-bearing capacities
Multiple attachment of
• Easy installation due to low knock-in energy
Option 7 Direct flame • Visual setting check and hand protection when installing with marking-
for uncracked concrete non-load-bearing systems ēect
in concrete spreading tool
• Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
• Attachment can easily be undone again at any time
• W-ED/S with collar enables flush-mounted setting and prevents deeper slipping
into the drilled hole. This increases installation reliability.
3. Features
• Path-controlled spreading anchor made of electrogalvanized steel in sizes M5,
1. Applications M6, M8, M10, M12, M16 and M20
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads • The attached part can be fastened with a securing screw or a threaded rod
• W-ED/S, W-ED/S-BND and W-ED M5 may only be used in dry interior rooms • Approvals:
• Suitable for attaching threaded rods, metal structures, metal profiles, grids, ETA-02/0044 for individual fastening
cable conduits, pipelines, mounting rails etc. Option 7, uncracked concrete, galvanized steel M6 – M20; dimensioned in
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or accordance with the "European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) of Metal
non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at Anchors for Use in Concrete" Appendix C, Measurement Process A
most C50/60 in accordance with EN EN 206-1:2000-12. ETA-05/0120 for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing
• For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural brick (without systems in concrete
approval) Uncracked or cracked concrete, galvanized steel M6 – M20; dimensioned in
• The anchor may only be used for anchorage with primarily static loads (e.g. accordance with the "European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) of Metal
own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads (e.g. façades, Anchors for Use in Concrete" Appendix C, Measurement Process B
railings) • Fire resistance:
• Individual fastening: Anchorage with European Technical Approval in R30, R60, R90, R120: Technical Report TR 020 "Assessment of anchoring in
uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) concrete with regard to fire resistance" (included in ETA-05/0120);
• Multiple attachment: Anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist F30, F60, F90, F120: Fire load in accordance with DIN 4102-02: 1977-09
constructions in accordance with DIN 18168 and for comparable static (uniform temperature curve)
anchoring up to 1.0 kN/m² with general construction permit
MWF - 09/12 - 04270 - ©
Create drilled hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Anchor with Secure component
until flush spreading tool Apply torque
1240
W-ED/S W-ED DRIVE-IN ANCHOR 13.1
Performance data(screw 5.6 - 8.8)
Anchor diameter [mm] M5 8) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
tensile load1)
anchor without
edge influence
Pressure zone
Perm. ctr.
(uncracked concrete N perm [kN] Frec

on a single
3.3 2.8 3.6 3.3 5.1 7.1 10.5 14.3

C20/252), s 3 hef, = C20/25 2) 1.4
c 1.5 hef)
load1) on a single
Pressure zone
anchor without
edge influence
transverse
(uncracked concrete Vperm [kN] Frec

2.1 3.9 3.9 3.9 4.1 9.0 16.8 26.2
C20/252), = C20/25 2) 3) 1.5
Perm.
c 10 hef)
Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing Fperm [kN] Frec

1.2 1.7 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.4 – –
systems in concrete 4) C20/25 0.3
Permissible bending torque 4
Mperm [Nm] – 2.7/3.3 8.1/8.1 15.8/15.8 27.8/27.8 71.0 138.6
uncracked concrete/multiple attachment
Perm. load under fi re load 4) R30; Fperm [kN] – 0.8 0.9 1.5 1.5 – –
(Technical Report TR 020) R60; Fperm [kN] – 0.8 0.9 1.5 1.5 – –
For axial and edge clearances, see European Technical R90; Fperm [kN] – 0.4 0.9 1.5 1.5 – –
Approval ETA-05/0120 R120; Fperm [kN] – 0.2 0.4 1.0 1.2 – –
F30 [kN] – 1.7 1.7 3.0 – 4.7 6.9 12.5 18.0
F60 [kN] – 0.7 0.7 1.5 – 2.4 3.5 5.6 8.5
Fire-resistance duration 6)
F90 [kN] – 0.4 0.4 0.8 – 1.3 1.8 3.5 5.5
F120 [kN] – 0.3 0.3 0.6 – 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.4
Minimum axial clearance s min [mm] 60 55 60 80 100 100 120 150 160
Axial clearance 7) 90/ 120/ 90/ 120/
sc r,N/scr [mm] 75 90/130 150/170 195 240
uncracked concrete/multiple attachment 180 210 230 170
Minimum edge clearance c min [mm] 95 95 95 95 115 135 165 200 260
Edge clearance 7) 60/ 45/ 60/
ccr,N/ccr [mm] 37.5 45/65 45/90 75/85 97.5 120
uncracked concrete/multiple attachment 105 115 85
Minimum component thickness h min [mm] 100 100 100 100 120 120 130 160 200
Ē ective anchoring depth hef [mm] 25 30 30 40 30 40 50 65 80
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [mm] 8 8 10 10 12 12 15 20 25
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 8.45 8.45 10.45 10.45 12.5 12.5 15.5 20.55 25.55
Drilled hole depth h 0 = [mm] 25 30 30 40 30 40 50 65 80
d f [mm] 6 7 9 9 12 12 14 18 22
connected
Torque while installing anchor Tinst = [Nm] 3 4 8 8 15 15 35 60 120
Anchor dimensions
Total length LH [mm] 25 30 30 40 30 40 50 65 80
Thread depth (max. screw-in depth) Lth [mm] 10 13 13 20 12 15 18 23 34
Minimum screw-in depth L sdmin [mm] 6 7 9 9 10 11 13 18 22
M20x80
M5 x 25
M10x40
M10x30
M12x50
M16x65
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
W-ED/S
M8x40
M6x30
M8x30
Designation
W-ED
0904 040 081 0904 010 081
0904 010 20
0904 010 06
0904 040 08 0904 010 08
0904 040 10 0904 010 10
0904 040 12 0904 010 12
0904 010 16
W-ED/S
0904 5 5)
Art. No.
0904 040 101 –
W-ED/S with collar

Art. No.
–
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 25 25

0904 020 081 0904 022 081
0904 020 101 0904 022 101
Marking-spreading tool with hand protection

0904 020 20 0904 022 20
0904 020 08 0904 022 08
0904 020 10 0904 022 10
0904 020 12 0904 022 12
0904 020 16 0904 022 16
(ˈ visual setting check)

Art. No.
P. Qty. = 1
–
0904 020 06 –
Spreading tool
(ˈ no visual setting check)
0904 05 5)
Art. No.
P. Qty. = 1
Storable in ® ORSY 1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the ē ects
MWF - 06/12 - 04271 - ©
of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence
Würth system components and anchor groups, please refer to the Guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
3) Steel quality 5.6. With a higher steel quality, higher transverse load values apply.
4) The permissible loads were determined without axial and edge influence.
5) Steel quality 5.6. With a higher steel quality, higher permissible bending moments apply.
6) Fire-resistance duration: W-ED/S Drive-In Anchor in conjunction with screws of the strength classes 5.6.
7) The minimum axle base and the minimum edge clearance must be complied with!
8) Without approval.
1241
13.2 Drive-In Anchor
W-ED/A4
W-ED/HCR Individual fastening: Uncracked concrete
Multiple attachment:
W-ED/A4
Stainless steel A4
W-ED/HCR
(material number 1.4529)
Available on special order
Marking-spreading tool with hand
protection (’ visual setting check)
Spreading tool (’ no visual setting
check
Drive-in anchor W-ED/S see 13.1
Approvals Test Reports
A4: M6-M20 A4: M6-M12
HCR: M6-M10 HCR: M6-M10
European European Fire resistance Fire resistance
Technical Technical Technical Report Direct flame effect
Approval Approval TR 020
Option 7 for uncracked Multiple attachment of R30 - R120 2. Advantages
concrete non load-bearing l Shallow drilled hole depth
systems in concrete l High load-bearing capacities
l Easy installation due to low knock-in energy
l Visual setting check and hand protection when
installing with the marking-spreading tool
l Can be loaded immediately – no waiting time
l Attachment can easily be detached again at any time
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l Distance-controlled spreading anchor of stainless steel in the sizes M6, M8,
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in M10, M12, M16 and M20
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at l The add-on piece can be attached with a securing screw or a threaded rod
least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206-1:2000-12 l Approvals:
l Individual attachment: Anchorage with European Technical Approval Uncracked concrete, Option 7:
in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) Stainless steel A4 M6-M20 and highly corrosion-resistant steel HCR M6-
l Multiple attachment of non load-bearing systems: Anchoring M10; European Technical Approval ETA-03/0051
with European technical approval in cracked concrete (concrete tensile Multiple attachment of non load-bearing systems in
zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) concrete:
l The anchor may only be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting or Stainless steel A4 M6-M12 and highly corrosion-resistant steel HCR M6-
quasi-resting loads M10; European Technical Approval ETA-05/0121
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without l Fire resistance:
approval) R30, R60, R90, R120: Technical Report TR 020 “Evaluation of
l W-ED/A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used in dry interior rooms, outdoors Anchorages in Concrete with Regard to Fire Resistance (contained
(including industrial atmospheres and near the sea) or in damp rooms in ETA-05/0121);
l W-ED/HCR (highly corrosion-resistant steel HCR) may be used in areas with F30, F60, F90, F120: Fire load in accordance with DIN 4102-02: 1977-
very high corrosion stress (e.g. indoor pool atmosphere, street tunnels, 09 (ETK)
poorly ventilated car parks or also parts in seawater and in a marine
atmosphere)
l Suitable for attaching threaded rods, metal structures, metal profiles, grids,
cable conduits, pipes, mounting rails etc.
MWF - 10/09 - 04358 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Drive in anchor until Anchor with Fit component,
flush spreading tool apply torque
1242
Drive-In Anchor
W-ED/A4 / W-ED/HCR 13.2
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
transverse tensile load 1)
Perm. Perm. centr.
without edge without edge
Pressure zone
load1) of a of a single
influence
(uncracked concrete
single anchor anchor
C20/252), s ≥ 3 hef, Nperm. [kN] = C 20/25 2) 3,3 3,3 3,6 6,1 8,5 12,6 17,2
c ≥ 1,5 hef)
Pressure zone
influence
(uncracked concrete
C20/252), Vperm. [kN] = C 20/25 2) 3,2 4,6 6,0 11,9 19,2 30,7
c ≥ 10 hef)
Multiple attachment of non
load-bearing systems in concrete 3) Fperm [kN] ≥ C 20/25 1.2 1,7 2,0 2,0 2,4 – –
Mperm (A4-70) [Nm] 5,0 11,9 23,8 42,1 106,7 207,9
Permissible bending moment
Mperm (A4-80) [Nm] 6,4 16,1 32,2 56,4 142,9 278,7
Perm. load under fire stress 3) R30; Fperm [kN] 0,8 0,9 1,5 1,5 – –
(Technical Report TR 020) R60; Fperm [kN] 0,8 0,9 1,5 1,5 – –
For axial and edge spacings, see European
Technical Approval ETA-05/0121 R90; Fperm [kN] 0,4 0,9 1,5 1,5 – –
R120; Fperm [kN] 0,2 0,4 1,0 1,2 – –
F 30 [kN] 1,7 1,7 3,0 4,7 6,9 12,5 18,0
Fire-resistance time 4) F 60 [kN] 0,7 0,7 1,5 2,4 3,5 5,6 8,5
F 90 [kN] 0,4 0,4 0,8 1,3 1,8 3,5 5,5
F120 [kN] 0,3 0,3 0,6 1,0 1,4 2,5 4,4
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 50 / 55 60 / 60 80 / 80 100 / 100 120 / 120 150 16
uncracked concrete / multiple attachment
Axial spacing 5) scr,N / scr [mm] 90 / 130 90 / 180 120 / 210 120 / 170 150 / 170 195 240
Minimum edge clearance cmin [mm] 80 / 95 95 / 95 95 / 95 135 / 135 165 / 165 200 260
Edge clearance 5) scr,N / scr [mm] 45 / 65 45 / 90 60 / 105 60 / 85 75 / 85 100 120
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 / 100 100 / 100 100 / 100 130 / 120 140 / 130 160 250
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 30 30 40 40 50 65 80
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 8 10 12 15 20 25
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 8,45 10,45 12,5 15,5 20,55 25,55
Drill hole depth h0 = [mm] 30 30 40 40 50 65 80
to be connected df ≤ [mm] 7 9 12 14 18 22
Torque while installing anchor Tinst = [Nm] 4 8 15 35 60 120
Anchor Dimensions
Total length LH [mm] 30 30 40 40 50 65 80
Thread depth (max. screw-in depth) Lth [mm] 13 13 20 15 18 23 34
Minimum screw-in depth Lsdmin [mm] 7 9 11 13 18 22
0904 030 10 W-ED/A4 M10 x 40
0904 030 12 W-ED/A4 M12 x 50
0904 030 16 W-ED/A4 M16 x 65
W-ED/A4 M20 x 80
0904 030 06 W-ED/A4 M6 x 30
0904 030 08 W-ED/A4 M8 x 30
0904 030 081 W-ED/A4 M8 x 40
Designation
special order
Available on
Drive-in anchor W-ED/A4 Art. No.

Stainless steel A4
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 100 100 50 50 25 25

0904 020 081 0904 022 081
special order special order

0904 020 08 0904 022 08
0904 020 10 0904 022 10
0904 020 12 0904 022 12
0904 020 16 0904 022 16
Available on Available on
Marking-spreading tool Art. No.

with hand protection P. Qty = 1
(‘ visual setting check)
0904 020 06 –
Spreading tool Art. No.

(‘ no visual setting check) P. Qty. = 1
MWF - 10/09 - 04359 - © •
Würth system components 1

) The part safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coefficient of the
effects of ? F = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for
(ETAG), Appendix C.
3) The permissible loads were determined without axial and edge influence.
4
) Fire resistance duration: Drive-in anchor W-ED/A4 in conjunction with screws of stainless steel A4.
5) The minimum axle base and the minimum edge clearance must be complied with!
1243
W-ED DRIVE-IN ANCHOR
13.3
W-ED M12, galvanized steel

Suitable for fastening core drills,
without approval
Spreading tool for W-ED
W-ED DW 15, galvanized steel
DYWIDAG® inner thread DW15,
without approval
Spreading tool for W-ED DW15,
hardened steel
W-ED/S Drive-in anchor see 13.1
W-ED/A4 Drive-in anchor see 13.2
Evidence of Performance Anchor dia. [mm] M12 DW 15

Designation W-ED/S M12 x 50 W-ED/S DW15 x 80
1. Applications Art. No. of Drive-In Anchor 0904 010 126 0904 010 15
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads Packing unit P. Qty 50 25
• The anchor may only be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting or Art. No. of Spreading Tool P. Qty =1 0904 020 12 0904 020 15
quasi-resting loads
W-ED M12 (without approval): Characteristic values
• Can be used in uncracked concrete C20/251) and pressure-resistant Anchor length/ l [in mm] 50 80
natural stone Eff. anchoring depth
• Suitable for fastening core drills (solid anchor sleeve) Thread length Lth [in mm] 13 28
W-ED DW 15 (without approval): (Min. screw-in depth)
• Can be used in uncracked concrete C15/201) to max. C50/601) and Drill nominal dia. d0 [in mm] 16 22
pressure-resistant natural stone Drill hole depth h0 [mm] 54 85
• Fastening of formwork in on-site concrete work Minimum axial spacing smin [in mm] 120 600
• Fixing corner elements in place when casting raised edges in concrete Minimum edge spacing cmin [in mm] 165 300
Minimum comp. thickness hmin [in mm] – 160
2. Advantages
Torque for anchoring Tinst [in Nm] 35 –
• Faster, less expensive assembly thanks to low drilled hole depth
• Greatest possible safety thanks to high load-bearing capacity of anchor in
uncracked concrete Performance W-ED DW 15
• Safe installation with related manual spreading tool Oblique pull angle 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
• Can be loaded immediately – no waiting time Rec. central tensile load C12/15 Rec. F 17,3 16,9 16,8 17,4 18,7 20,6 22,6
• Attached part can easily be detached again at any time (uncracked concrete –
W-ED M12: single anchor w/o edge infl.)) C20/25 [kN] 19,3 18,7 18,3 18,6 19,5 21,1 22,6
• Special solid outer wall of anchor reliably prevents breaking out of
anchoring base – even in case of sudden loading by core drill W-ED M12 W-ED DW 15
W-ED DW15:
• For a broad range of uses: Variable rod lengths and clamping thicknesses
can be mounted
• Thread impervious to soiling
• Saves time: Requires no application of torque
3. Properties
• Distance-controlled spreading anchor of galvanized steel in the sizes M12
(for core drills) and DW15 (DYWIDAG® inner thread2))
• W-ED M12 (for core drills) must be anchored with specified torque
• The attached part can be fastened with a securing screw or a threaded rod
• Installation type: Cotter-pin installation
1) The concrete has normal reinforcement. Higher values are possible for higher concrete Würth System Components
strengths.
2) DYWIDAG® inner thread (DYWIDAG® is a registered trademark of Walter Bau AG).
MWF - 10/10 - 11359 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Anchor with Fit component
until flush spreading tool Apply torque (not with DW15)
1244
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM
15.1
Uncracked concrete
Galvanized steel
Type A anchor
Type S hexagon bolt
Type O eyelet
Type H hook
Approvals 1. Applications 2. Advantages

•Can be used for medium and heavy load •Minimal force needed when setting the anchor
European Techni-
cal Approval range •Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
Option 7 •Suitable for fastening: •No setting tools required
for uncracked concrete Transfer lines on the ground for which •Can be set flush with the surface: Attached parts can be removed/
installation flush with the surface is specified; mounted again at any time
steel structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot •Even spreading ēect and load distribution due to triple expansion
plates, cable conduits, piping, mounting rails, sleeve
etc. •Heavy-duty anchor Type A suitable for bolts and screws with metric
threads3)
•With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in •Reliable installation due to application of prescribed torque during
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at anchoring
least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206:2000-
12 3. Features
•Can be used in < C20/25 concrete, pressure-resistant natural stone and •Force controlled/torque controlled spreading anchor of
solid stone masonry (without approval) electrogalvanized steel in the sizes M6–M12
•The anchor may be used for anchorages with primarily static loads or •Cotter-pin mounting
quasi-static loads •Heavy-duty anchor Type O and Type H without approval
•Individual attachment: Anchoring with European Technical •Approval (Type A + Type S):
Approval in uncracked concrete •ETA-10/0255 for individual fastening
•W-TM may only be used under the conditions of dry interior rooms Option 7, uncracked concrete, galvanized steel M6–M12; dimensioned
in accordance with the "European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG)
of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete" Appendix C, Method A
MWF - 08/10 - 04274 - ©
Drill hole Clean the borehole Knock in anchor Mount component Apply torque
until flush
1245
HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM
15.1
Performance Data
Perm. centered
of a single anchor
tensile load 1)
without edge
Pressure zone
+ Type S
influence
Type A
Nperm [kN]
(uncracked concrete C20/252)), 3.6 4.1 5.4 9.5
= C20/25 2)
s 3hef, c 1.5 hef
of a single anchor
Permissible
transverse
Pressure zone
+ Type S
Type A
load 1)
Vperm [kN]
= C20/25 2)
s 3hef, c 1.5 hef
Permissible bending torque Type A + Type S Mperm [Nm] 7.0 17.1 34.2 59.9
anchor without anchor without
edge influence edge influence
Recommen- Recommen-
ded load
Pressure zone
of a single
Type O
Nrec [kN]
= C20/25 2)
s 3hef, c 1.5 hef
ded load
Pressure zone
of a single
Type H
Nrec [kN]
= C20/25 2)
s 3hef, c 1.5 hef
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 135 135 140 160
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 65 90 135 165
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 45 70 85 115
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 119 134 155 189
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 67 78 95
Ēective anchoring depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 10.45 12.50 14.50 18.50
Drilled hole depth 4) h1 [mm] 55 61 70 85
Through-hole in the component being connected df [mm] 7 9 12 14
Torque during anchoring (Type A + Type S) Tinst [Nm] 10 25 40 75
Torque during anchoring (Type O + Type H) Tinst [Nm] 5 12 20 35
Anchor Dimensions
Designation W-TM M6 W-TM M8 W-TM M10 W-TM M12
Thread dia. dthr [mm] 6 8 10 12
Length of anchor l [mm] 45 51 60 75
Maximum fastening height Type A tfix max [mm] 150 200 250 300
Maximum fastening height Type S tfixmax [mm] 10 14 20 25
Length of screw Type A ls [mm] = Length of anchor + fastening height + any plaster/insulation thickness
Length of screw Type S ls [mm] 55 65 80 100
Length of screw Type O + Type H lo/lh [mm] 55 65 73 90
Wrench size Type S Size [mm] 10 13 17 19
Art. No. Type A 0904 901 850 0904 901 851 0904 901 852 0904 901 853
Art. No. Type S 0904 901 860 0904 901 861 0904 901 862 0904 901 863
Packing unit P. Qty. [pieces] 50 50 50 25
Art. No. Type O 0904 901 865 0904 901 866 0904 901 867 0904 901 868
Art. No. Type H 0904 901 870 0904 901 871 0904 901 872 0904 901 873
MWF - 08/10 - 04275 - ©
Würth System Components ē ects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for
edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical Approval (ETAG)
Appendix C.
3) Approval-conformant, when screws and threaded rods with acceptance test certificate 3.1 in accordance
with EN 10204:2004 can prove the required material and the mechanical properties in accordance with
ETA-10/0255.
4) Type S: Drill drilled hole deeper accordingly for a lower fastening height.
1246
16 W-SA
Screw Anchor
Galvanised steel
Type SS Hexagon head
Type SK Countersunk head 90°
Type P Pan head
Type MS Mounting rail
screw
Type ST Stud screw
Connecting thread
M 6 and M 8
Type I Anchor with inside
thread M8 / M10
Typ O Ring anchor
Approvals Test Reports

Pressure zone Ceiling Fire
suspended ceiling resistance
uncracked concrete and comparable static
attachments
Z-21.1-1597 Z-21.1-1597
1. Applications l Virtually no spreading effect, enabling small edge and axial distances
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads to be complied with
l With a general construction permit, the anchor may be used in rein-
l Fast, easy installation by screwing screw anchor into drilled hole
forced or non-reinforced standard concrete of the strength class
l Complete, easy, fast removal
of at least C20/25 and a maximum of C50/60 in accordance with
l Large range of types ‘ large range of applications
EN 206-1:2001-07 or of at least B25 and a maximum of B55 3. Properties
in accordance with DIN 1045:1988-07 l Anchoring through positive locking
l Anchoring with general construction permit in uncracked concrete (con- l When screwing the anchor into the pre-drilled hole, the saw-tooth
crete pressure zone) threads cut into the concrete
l Anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions in accor- l Approvals:
dance with DIN 18168 and for comparable static anchoring up to Uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone):
1.0 kN/m2 with general construction permit Galvanised steel 6 and 7.5 mm dia.; General Construction Permit
l The anchor may be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting loads Z-21.1-1597; dimensioning according to Permit Z-21.1-1597
l For use in concrete < B25, pressure-resistant natural stone, sand-lime Anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions
brick, solid brick and clinker (without approval) in accordance with DIN 18168 and for comparable static
l W-SA can be used in dry interior rooms anchoring up to 1.0 kN/m2 in concrete:
l Suitable for securing metal profiles, pipelines, ventilation ducts, wood Galvanised steel 6 and 7.5 mm dia.; General Construction Permit
substructures and suspended ceilings Z-21.1-1597; dimensioning according to Permit Z-21.1-1597
2. Advantages l Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90 and F120 (anchoring base: concrete, solid
brick, sand-lime brick, perforated sand-lime brick)
l High loads, small axial and edge distances Fire stress in accordance with DIN 4102-02: 1977-09
l Through-bolt mounting (uniform temperature-time curve)
l Shallow drilled hole depth
MWF - 11/07 - 09467 - © •
Produce Clean Apply Screw in anchor Produce Clean Apply Screw in anchor
drilled hole drilled hole anchor and apply drilled hole drilled hole anchor and apply
torque torque
1247
Screw Anchor 16
W-SA
Performance Data
Screw anchor diameter [mm] 5 6 7.5
and oblique
transv. load
Perm.load
every angle
Fper [kN] ≥ C20/25

pull under
Frec
(tensile,
Pressure zone 1.5 2.0

(uncracked concrete) or B25 0.3 1)
Anchoring of light ceiling coverings Fper [kN] ≥ C20/25 – 0.3 0.5
and joist ceilings according to DIN 18168 or B25
Permissible bending torque Tperm [Nm] – 5.1 10.0
Solid sand-lime brick 1) Frec. [kN] ≥ CS12 – 1.1 1) 1.4 1)
Clinker 1) Frec. [kN] – 1.1 1) 1.4 1)
Solid brick 1) Frec. [kN] ≥ MB12 – 0.5 1) 0.8 1)
Feuerwiderstandsdauer F30 [kN] 0.5 0.9 1.5
Feuerwiderstandsdauer
Fire resistance duration F60 [kN] 0.3 0.6 1.1
(anchoring base 2): concrete
Axial spacing uncracked concrete/ceiling s ≥ [mm] 50 / – 160 / 200 160 / 200
Edge spacing uncracked concrete/ceiling c ≥ [mm] 50 / – 80 / 100 80 / 100
Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 90 105 105
Effective anchoring depth hef ≥ [mm] 25 40 40
Nom. drill dia. 3) do [mm] 4.0 5.0 6.0
Drill cutting dia. dcut ≤ [mm] 4.4 5.4 6.4
Drilling hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 35 55 55
Length of anchor in drilling hole hnom ≥ [mm] 30 45 45
Thread dia. ds [mm] 5.0 6.4 7.5
Through-hole in component to be connected df ≤ [mm] 5.5 6.5 8.0
Rec. torque for anchoring Trec [Nm] 8.0 12 20
Anchor Dimensions
Total length l [mm] 30 30 40 50 60 25 50 70
max. thickness of attached part tfix [mm] = screw length (l) - setting depth (hnom) 4
P. Qty.: 100 P. Qty.: 100 P. Qty.: 200 P. Qty.: 100

0901275 050 0901075 050
Hexagon head Type SS, galvanised steel
dia. 7.5, 13 mm
Countersunk head 90° Type SK, galvanised steel

dia. 7.5 TX 40,
head dia. 13.2 -13.6 mm
Bit: Art. No. 0614 314 0
Pan head Type P, galvanised steel
P. Qty.: 200 1)
P. Qty.: 200 1)
P. Qty.: 200 1)
P. Qty.: 200
0901150 030
0901160 030
0901160 050
0901175 025
0901175 050
dia. 5.0 TX 20, head dia. 7.5- 7.9 mm Bit: Art. No. 0614 312 0
dia. 6.0 TX 30, head dia. 11.2 -11.6 mm Bit: Art. No. 0614 313 0
dia. 7. 5 TX 40, head dia. 13.2 -13.6 mm Bit: Art. No. 0614 314 0
0901175 051
Mounting rail screw Type MS, galvanised steel

dia. 7.5 TX 30, head dia. 16.4 -17.0 mm
Bit: Art. No. 0614 313 0
P. Qty.: 200
0901360 060
0901375 070
Stud screw Type ST, galvanised steel

P. Qty.: 50
dia. 6, 10 mm, connecting thread M6x5

dia. 7.5, 10 mm, connecting thread
M8x14
Anchor with inside thread Type I, galvanised steel
dia. 7.5, 13 mm,
inside thread
M8/M10
P. Qty.: 2001)
0901 560 040
Ring anchor Type O, galvanised steel

dia. 6 incl. setting tool
Eye outside dia.: 14 mm
Eye inside dia.: 7 m
1) Not covered by the approval.
2 ) Anchoring base solid brick, solid sand-lime brick and perforated sand-lime brick, see Fire-Protection
Würth System Components Test Report No. 3232/2228.
MWF - 06/08 - 09468 - © •
3
) The carbide masonry drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the
“Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik” (German Institute for Building Technology) and the “Fachverband
Werkzeugindustrie e.V.” (Professional Association of the Tool Industry) on the “Characteristics, require-
ments and tests of masonry drills with carbide cutting bodies used for producing drilled holes of dowel
anchors”. The Würth hammer drills comply with the specifications of the information leaflet.
4) Exception: W-SA Type ST 6x60 t = 5 mm; 7.5x70 t = 5 mm
fix fix
1248
21.1 W-VD/S
Shear-Anchor
Cartridge
System
Uncracked concrete
Galvanized steel
W-VD/A4 Shear-anchor cartridge

system see 21.2
W-VD/HCR Shear-anchor cartridge
system see 21.2
Approvals Test reports Drill hole cleaning
Cleaning the drill hole: 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out,
European Fire 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out
Approval Installation instructions
Option 8
for uncracked concrete Set anchor bar rotating and + impacting with hammer
drill or percussion drill.
l Suitable for fastening metal constructions, metal profiles,

brackets, foot plates, supports, wood structures, beams etc.
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l Heavy loads, small axial and edge distances
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in l Hardened composite mortar largely seals off the drill hole
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete with a strength l Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge
class of at least C 20/25 and at most C 50/60 in accordance and axial clearances
with EN 206:2000-12
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in uncracked 3. Properties
concrete (concrete pressure zone) l Anchoring through bond between mortar, anchor bar and
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static anchoring base. Galvanized anchor bar in the sizes M8, M10,
loads (e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or M12, M16, M20 and M24
quasi-static loads l Galvanized steel: European Technical Approval ETA-06/0074
l Installation in dry or wet concrete l Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
l The temperature in the mortar area may not exceed +50°C Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Con-
and briefly +80°C crete”, Annex C, dimensioning method A
l For use in concrete < C 20/25 and pressure-resistant natural l Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90, F120: One-sided fire stress
stone (without approval) according to DIN EN 1363-1:1999-10
l W-VD/S (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms
MWF - 04/08 - 04276 - © •
Drill hole 1x blow-out, Resin must flow like Push in cartridge Set threaded Visual check Observe the Mount component,
1x brush-out, honey when cartridge rod rotating/ of mortar filling hardening time apply torque
1x blow-out, is hand-warm impacting quantity
1x brush-out
1249
W-VD/S
Shear-Anchor Cartridge System 21.1
Performance data
Anchor diameter M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M20 M24
w/o edge influence w/o edge influence
of a single anchor of a single anchor
Perm. centered
Pressure zone
tensile load1)
(uncracked concrete C 20/25 Nperm [kN] = C20/25 7.9 11.9 15.9 19.8 29.8 35.7
M8: s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef 50°C 2)/80°C 3)
M10-M24: s ≥ 2 hef, c ≥ 1 hef)
Perm. transv.
Pressure zone
load1)
(uncracked concrete C 20/25, Vperm [kN] = C20/25 5.1 8.0 12.0 22.3 34.9 50.3
c ≥ 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque Mperm [Nm] 10.9 21.1 37.1 94.9 185.7 320.6
Fire resistance time F30 [kN] 2.3 3.64 5.26 9.79 15.28 22.01
F60 [kN] 1.29 2.04 3.07 5.72 8.93 12.86
F90 [kN] 0.79 1.3 2.0 3.68 5.75 8.28
F120 [kN] 0.53 1.0 1.5 2.67 4.16 6.0
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 240 180 220 250 340 420
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 120 90 110 125 170 210
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 220 260
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 25 28
Drill cutting dia. dcut ≤ [mm] 10.5 12.5 14.5 18.5 25.5 28.5
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Through-hole in df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
Cleaning brush dia. D [mm] 10.8 13 15 19 27 29
Drill hole cleaning M8 – M24: 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out, 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out

Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 006 0905 499 0084)
Machine mounting Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102 –
Extension Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 111 –
Brush template Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 099
Blow-out pump Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Blow-out pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001
Anchor dimensions
20 110
60 150
15 115
30 130
65 165
90 190
10 135
35 160
85 210
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 112 250 W-VD-A/S M12-125/250 125 250
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 112 300 W-VD-A/S M12-175/300 175 300
20 165
45 190
85 230
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 116 250 W-VD-A/S M16-105/250 105 250
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 116 300 W-VD-A/S M16-155/300 155 300
20 220
60 260
10 5915 020 175 W-VD M20 10 5915 120 300 W-VD-A/S M20-100/300 100 300
15 260
55 300
Total length l [mm]
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 110 115 W-VD-A/S M10-15/115
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 110 130 W-VD-A/S M10-30/130
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 110 165 W-VD-A/S M10-65/165
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 110 190 W-VD-A/S M10-90/190
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 112 135 W-VD-A/S M12-10/135
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 112 160 W-VD-A/S M12-35/160
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 112 210 W-VD-A/S M12-85/210
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 116 165 W-VD-A/S M16-20/165
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 116 190 W-VD-A/S M16-45/190
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 116 230 W-VD-A/S M16-85/230
10 5915 020 175 W-VD M20 10 5915 120 220 W-VD-A/S M20-20/220
10 5915 020 175 W-VD M20 10 5915 120 260 W-VD-A/S M20-60/260
5 5915 124 260 W-VD-A/S M24-15/260
5 5915 124 300 W-VD-A/S M24-55/300

10 5915 108 110 W-VD-A/S M8-20/110
10 5915 108 150 W-VD-A/S M8-60/150
Designation
Anchor bar
W-VD-A/S Anchor Bar,

galvanized steel Art. No.

5 5915 024 210 W-VD M24
5 5915 024 210 W-VD M24

10 5915 008 080 W-VD M8
10 5915 008 080 W-VD M8
Designation
Shear-anchor mortar cartridge
W-VD shear-anchor mortar Art. No.

cartridge

MWF - 04/08 - 04277 - © •
Würth 1)
The part safety coefficients of the resistances and a part safety coefficient of the effects of γ F = 1.4 have been taken
into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and dowel groups, please
System Components refer to the Directive for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2)
Maximum long-term temperature.
3)
Maximum short-term temperature.
4)
Cleaning brush without M6 connecting thread.
1250
21.2 W-VD/A4
W-VD/HCR
Shear-Anchor
Cartr. System
Individual attachment: Uncracked concrete
W-VD/A4
Stainless steel A4
W-VD/HCR
Highly corrosion resistant steel
(Material number 1.4529 or1.4565)
For performance data and characteristic data,
see European Technical Approval
W-VD/S Shear-anchor cartridge system

see 21.1
Cleaning the drill hole: 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out,
European Fire 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out
Approval Installation instructions
Option 8
for uncracked concrete Set anchor bar rotating and + impacting with hammer
drill or percussion drill.
zone of salt water, atmospheres containing chlorine in indoor

swimming pools or atmospheres with extreme chemical contami-
1. Applications nation (e.g. flue-gas desulfurization systems or road tunnels in
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads which de-icing agents are used)
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in l Suitable for fastening metal constructions, metal profiles, brackets,
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete with a strength foot plates, supports, wood structures, beams etc.
class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance
with EN 206:2000-12 2. Advantages
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in uncracked l Heavy loads, small axial and edge distances
concrete (concrete pressure zone) l Hardened composite mortar largely seals off the drill hole
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads l Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static and axial clearances
loads
l Installation in dry or wet concrete 3. Properties
l The temperature in the mortar area may not exceed +50°C l Anchoring through bond between mortar, anchor bar
and briefly +80°C and anchoring base. Galvanized anchor bar in the sizes M8,
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone M10, M12, M16, M20 and M24
(without approval) l Stainless steel A4 and HCR highly corrosion resistant steel:
l W-VD/A4 (stainless steel A4) can be used in dry interior rooms, European Technical Approval ETA-06/0074
outdoors (including industrial atmosphere and near the sea) l Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
or in damp rooms Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Con-
l W-VD/HCR (highly corrosion resistant steel) can be used under crete”, Annex C, dimensioning method A
especially aggressive conditions. These conditions include, e.g. l Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90, F120: One-sided firestress
constant, changing immersion in salt water or within the splash according to DIN EN 1363-1:1999-10
MWF - 04/08 - 11027 - © •
Drill hole 1x blow-out, Resin must flow like Push in cartridge Set threaded Visual check of Observe the Mount component,
1x brush-out, honey when cartridge rod rotating/ mortar filling hardening time apply torque
1x blow-out, is hand-warm impacting quantity
1x brush-out
1251
W-VD/A4, W-VD/HCR
Shear-Anchor Cartridge System 21.2
Performance data
w/o edge influence w/o edge influence
of a single anchor of a single anchor
Perm. centered
Pressure zone
tensile load1)
(uncracked concrete C 20/25 Nperm [kN] = C20/25 7.9 11.9 15.9 19.8 29.8 35.7
M8: s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef 50°C 2)/80°C 3)
M10-M24: s ≥ 2 hef, c ≥ 1 hef)
Perm. transv.
Pressure zone
load1)
(uncracked concrete C 20/25, Vperm [kN] = C20/25 6.0 9.2 13.3 25.2 39.4 56.8
c ≥ 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque Mperm [Nm] 11.9 23.8 42.1 106.7 207.9 359.4
Fire resistance time F30 [kN] 2.3 3.64 5.26 9.79 15.28 22.01
F60 [kN] 1.29 2.04 3.07 5.72 8.93 12.86
F90 [kN] 0.79 1.3 2.0 3.68 5.75 8.28
F120 [kN] 0.53 1.0 1.5 2.67 4.16 6.0
Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 240 180 220 250 340 420
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 120 90 110 125 170 210
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 220 260
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 25 28
Drill cutting dia. dcut ≤ [mm] 10.5 12.5 14.5 18.5 25.5 28.5
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Through-hole in df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
Cleaning brush dia. D [mm] 11 13 16 20 27 30
Drill hole cleaning M8 – M24: 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out, 1x blow-out, 1x brush-out

Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 006 0905 499 0084)
Machine mounting Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102 –
Extension Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 111 –
Anchor dimensions
20 110
60 150
15 115
30 130
65 165
90 190
10 135
35 160
85 210
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 212 250 W-VD-A/A4 M12-125/250 125 250
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 212 300 W-VD-A/A4 M12-175/300 175 300
20 165
45 190
85 230
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 216 250 W-VD-A/A4 M16-105/250 105 250
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 216 300 W-VD-A/A4 M16-155/300 155 300
20 220
60 260
10 5915 020 175 W-VD M20 10 5915 220 300 W-VD-A/A4 M20-100/300 100 300
15 260
55 300
Total length l [mm]
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 210 115 W-VD-A/A4 M10-15/115
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 210 130 W-VD-A/A4 M10-30/130
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 210 165 W-VD-A/A4 M10-65/165
10 5915 010 080 W-VD M10 10 5915 210 190 W-VD-A/A4 M10-90/190
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 212 135 W-VD-A/A4 M12-10/135
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 212 160 W-VD-A/A4 M12-35/160
10 5915 012 095 W-VD M12 10 5915 212 210 W-VD-A/A4 M12-85/210
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 216 165 W-VD-A/A4 M16-20/165
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 216 190 W-VD-A/A4 M16-45/190
10 5915 016 095 W-VD M16 10 5915 216 230 W-VD-A/A4 M16-85/230
10 5915 020 175 W-VD M20 10 5915 220 220 W-VD-A/A4 M20-20/220
10 5915 020 175 W-VD M20 10 5915 220 260 W-VD-A/A4 M20-60/260
5 5915 224 260 W-VD-A/A4 M24-15/260
5 5915 224 300 W-VD-A/A4 M24-55/300

10 5915 208 110 W-VD-A/A4 M8-20/110
10 5915 208 150 W-VD-A/A4 M8-60/150
Designation
Anchor bar
W-VD-A/A4 Anchor Bar, Art. No.

Stainless steel

5 5915 024 210 W-VD M24
5 5915 024 210 W-VD M24

10 5915 008 080 W-VD M8
10 5915 008 080 W-VD M8
Designation
Shear-anchor mortar cartridge
W-VD shear-anchor mortar

cartridge Art. No.

MWF - 04/08 - 11028 - © •
Würth 1)
The part safety coefficients of the resistances and a part safety coefficient of the effects of γ F = 1.4 have been taken
2)
Maximum long-term temperature.
3)
Maximum short-term temperature.
4)
Cleaning brush without M6 connecting thread.
1252
W-VD-IG/S
21.3 W-VD-IG/A4
Shear Anchor
Internal Thread
Cartridge
System
Uncracked concrete
W-VD-IG/S Galvanized steel
W-VD-IG/A4 Stainless steel A 4
Drill hole cleaning

Cleaning the drill hole: Blow-out 3 x
Installation instructions
Set internal screw thread sleeve rotating + impacting
with hammer drill or percussion drill.
1. Applications
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads 2. Advantages
• Anchoring uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) C12/15 • High loads, small edge and axial distances
to C50/60 • Pre-made mortar quantity
• The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads • Hardened composite mortar largely seals the drill hole
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static • Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge and
loads axial distances
• Installation in dry or wet concrete
• The temperature must not exceed +50°C and briefly +80°C in the 3. Properties
mortar area • Anchorage by connection between mortar, internal screw thread
• For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural sleeve and anchoring base. Internal screw thread sleeve galvanized
stone (without approval) steel and stainless steel A4 in the sizes (internal thread) M8, M10,
M12 and M16
• W-VD-IG/S (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms
• W-VD-IG/A4 (stainless steel A4) can be used in dry interior rooms,
outdoors or in wet rooms
• Suitable for fastening metal constructions, metal profiles, brackets,
foot plates, supports, wood structures, beams etc.
MWF - 07/08 - 10396 - © •
Create drill hole Clean drill hole Resin must flow like honey Push in the Mount the Set internal screw Visual inspection Observe the Mount compo-
blow-out 3 x when cartridge is hand- cartridge setting tool thread sleeve by of the mortar hardening time nent, apply torque
warm rotation + impact filling quantity
1253
W-VD-IG/S, W-VD-IG/A4 21.3
Shear Anchor Internal Thread Cartridge System
Performance data
Inner thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 16
Recommended tensile load
Pressure zone Nrec. [kN]
(uncracked concrete C20/25) = C20/25 7.0 11.1 16.1 25.0
Recommended transverse load

Pressure zone Vrec. [kN] 8.0 8.3 9.7 19.5
(uncracked concrete C20/25) = C20/25
Recommended bending torque M rec. [Nm] 10.7 21.4 37.4 94.9
Minimum axial spacing s min [mm] 45 45 50 75
Axial spacing s cr,N [mm] 225 225 250 300
Minimum edge spacing c min [mm] 45 45 50 75
Edge spacing c cr,N [mm] 115 115 125 150
Minimum component thickness h min [mm] 140 140 150 170
Effective anchoring depth h ef [mm] 90 90 100 120
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [mm] 14 16 18 25
Drill hole depth h1 = [mm] 90 90 100 120
being connected d f = [mm] 9 12 14 18
Torque during anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 10 20 40 80
Drill hole cleaning M8 – M16: Blow-out 3 x

Anchor dimensions
Inner thread M8 x 25 M 10 x 30 M 12 x 35 M16 x 40
Total length l [mm] 90 90 100 120
Ouside diameter d [mm] 12 14 16 22
Design., Int. Thread Sleeve W-VD-IG/S M8 W-VD-IG/S M10 W-VD-IG/S M12 W-VD-IG/S M16
W-VD-IG/S Internal Thread Sleeve Art. No. 0905 410 080 0905 410 010 0905 410 012 0905 410 016
Galvanized steel
Design., Int. Thread Sleeve W-VD-IG/A4 M8 W-VD-IG/A4 M10 W-VD-IG/A4 M12 W-VD-IG/A4 M16
W-VD-IG/A4 Internal Thread Sleeve Art. No. 0905 411 080 0905 411 010 0905 411 012 0905 411 016
Stainless steel
W-VD Art. No. 5915 012 095 0905 414 5915 016 095 0905 422
Shear anchor mortar cartridge

MWF - 07/08 - 10397 - © •
1254
22 W-VHP
Shear Anchor
Hammer
Cartridge
• Heavy-duty attachments in concrete and natural stone • Two-component shear anchor
• For the attachment of connection reinforcements and thread chasers • Can be used in moist drill holes
• Adhering of components which can be knocked in, but not rotated • Expansion pressure-free attachment
in • Temperature in drill hole Wait times
min. hrs.
• Suitable for attachments near an edge
> 20? 10 –
+ 10°C to + 20°C 20 –
0°C to + 10°C – 1
2. Advantages – 5°C to 0°C – 5
• Threaded rods or iron reinforcements set simply by hammering
• Heat resistant up to 80 °C; briefly up to 110 °C
them in
• No defined installation direction
• Applied without a setting tool, i.e. they are simply knocked in
• Reduced waste and always a precise amount of material – no
waste
• Composite mortar is colored red so that it is not accidentally
mistaken for a normal composite anchor cartridge
´´´´
MWF - 03/10 - 04278 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled Resin must flow like honey Insert a) Wear safety goggles Compound must Observe the Mount component,
hole when the cartridge is cartridge(s) into b) Knock in reinforcement completely fill or overfill hardening time apply torque
warm to the touch drill hole steel or anchor rod anchoring base
1255
Composite Anchor
W-VHP Hammer Cartridge 22
Performance data
Cartridge diameter [mm] 10 12 16
Recomm. load
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete) Frec [kN] ≥ B25
7 8 11
Rec. load (ST1) single setting depth
Pull, transv. pull, obliq. pull
at every angle Frec [kN] ≥ B25
14 18 22
Steel, galv. at least 5.8 (ST2) double setting depth
Stainless. Steel A4-70
Recommended
a ≥ [mm] 90 110 130
axial spacing
Recommended
se ≥ [mm] 50 60 70
edge spacing
Tightening torque Tt [Nm] 20 40 80
ST1 85 105 140
Setting depth hs ≥ [mm]
ST2 170 210 280
ST1 85 105 140
Drill hole depth d ≥ [mm]
ST2 170 210 280
ST1 1 1 1
Cartridge quantity Qty.
ST2 2 2 2
Thread dia. dthr [mm] 10 12 16
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 13 15 20
Hole dia. in comp. dcom [mm] 14 16 20
Plug dimensions
max. attachment
da [mm] dependent upon length of threaded rod
height
Designation W-VHP W-VHP W-VHP

Art. No. 0905 430 010 0905 430 012 0905 430 016
Packing unit P. Qty. 10 10 10

MWF - 07/03 - 04279 - © •
1256
Injection System
23.1 W-VIZ/S
with WIT-VM 100 injection mortar
for application with the
Application Gun Art. No. 0891 003
or with HandyMax® Art. No. 0891 007
Galvanized steel
For W-VIZ/A4 injection system see 23.2

For W-VIZ/HCR injection system see 23.2
Approvals Test Reports Throug-bolt mounting Drill hole cleaning
(M10 to M24)
Clean drill hole: Blow out 2x, brush out mechanically 2x,
European Fire blow out 2x
Technical resistance From M20 or more, blow out drill hole with compressed air using the
Approval correct compressed-air nozzles
Option 1 Direct
for cracked and effect of flames
uncracked concrete
Ring gap between
anchor bar and 2. Advantages
attached part must l Through-bolt (M10 to M24) and cotter-pin mounting (M8 to M24)
be filled with l High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
WIT-VM 100 mortar. l Shallow drilling hole depth with deep anchoring depth
l The injection dowel is suitable for use in cracked concrete (concrete tensile zone)
and uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
l Hardened injection mortar largely seals off the drill hole
1. Applications l Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge and axial clearances
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l Geometry of anchor bar allows safe post-expansion performance
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in reinforced l Mechanical drilled hole cleaning: Simple handling, very good drill hole cleaning,
or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 high loads
and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206-1:2000-12 l Reliable installation due to application of prescribed torque on anchorage
l Anchorage with European technical approval in cracked concrete (concrete l High thermal stability (long-term up to +72°C, short-term up to +120°C)
tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) l Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing with sealing cap
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads (e.g. own
weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads (e.g. railings) 3. Properties
l Anchor size M8 to M10: Installation in dry or wet concrete l Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor of electrogalvanized steel
l Anchor size M12 to M24: Installation in dry or wet concrete and in drilling holes in the sizes M8, M10, M12, M16, M20 and M24
filled with water l The force transfer is via the mechanical teeth of individual cones in the
l The temperature in the mortar area may not exceed +50°C or +72°C, composite mortar and also via a combination of retaining and friction forces
and briefly +80°C or +120°C in the anchoring base (concrete)
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone l Galvanized steel: European Technical Approval ETA-04/0095
(without approval) l Dimensioned in accordance with the “European Technical Approval Guideline
l W-VIZ/S (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for use in concrete”, Annex C, dimensioning method A
l Suitable for fastening metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, l Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90 and F120
supports, railings, wood structures, beams etc. fire stress in acc. with DIN 4102-02: 1977-09 (standard temperature time curve)
Setting instructions (cotter-pin mounting):

MWF - 10/09 - 09611 - © •
Make Check cleaning Clean drill hole (2 x blow- Screw mixer onto Before use, press Fill composite Press in anchor Visual inspection Keep to hardening Fit component,
drill hole brush dia. out, 2 x mechanical brush- cartridge out approx. 10 cm mortar starting bar under gentle of the mortar time of the compo- apply assembly
out, 2 x blow-out), blow out cord. Do not use from drill hole rotational move- filling quantity, site mortar torque
with compressed air from mortar flow! base ment as far as the setting depth .
M20 (comp. air nozzle!) drill hole base marking
1257
Injection System W-VIZ/S
M8 to M12 23.1
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] M8 M8 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 12 M12
hef 40 hef 50 hef 60 hef 75 hef 70 hef 80 hef 95 hef 100 hef 110 hef 125
Tensile zone 50°C3) /80°C4) 4.3 6.1 8.0 11.1 10.0 12.3 15.9 17.1 19.8 24.0
Perm. transv. Permissible central tensile
(cracked concrete C20/25 2), 72°C3) /

load1) of a single load1) of a single anchor
2.4 3.6 5.7 5.7 7.6 9.5 9.5 14.3 14.3 14.3
s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) 120°C4)

Pressure zone Nperm. [kN] 50°C3) /80°C4) 3.6 4.3 7.6 9.5 9.5 17.2 14.3 19.1 16.7 19.1
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) =
C20/25 2) 72°C 4)/
3)
minimum axial and edge clearances 2.9 4.3 7.6 7.6 7.6 11.9 11.9 14.3 14.3 14.3
(scr,sp ≥ 3 hef, ccr,sp ≥ 1.5 hef) 120°C
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) 50°C3) / 4.3 8.5 11.2 11.9 14.1 17.2 19.1 24.0 23.8 23.8
maximum load-bearing capacity 80°C4)
(scr,sp and ccr,sp see approval)
Tensile zone
anchor w/o edge
(cracked concrete C20/252), Vperm. [kN] = 8.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4
c ≥ 10 hef )
influence
C20/252)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 8.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4
c ≥ 10 hef )
Permissible bending torque Mperm. [Nm] 17.1 17.1 34.3 34.3 60 60 60 60 60 60
F30 [kN] – 3.0 7.0 – – 10.0 – 10.0 – –
F60 [kN] – 0.3 0.95 – – 2.8 – 2.8 – –
Fire-resistance time
F90 [kN] – – 0.3 – – 1.35 – 1.35 – –
F120 [kN] – – – – – 0.8 – 0.8 – –
Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 80 80 100 110/1005) 110 110 130/125 5) 130 140 160
Minimum axial spacing
smin ≥ [mm] 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 50 55 55 40 55 40 55 50 806) 50 806) 50 806)
cracked concr. uncracked concr.
Minimum edge spacing cmin ≥ [mm] 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 50 55 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 120 150 180 225 210 240 285 300 330 375
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 75 90 112.5 105 120 142.5 150 165 187.5
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 70 80 95 100 110 125
Drill nominal dia. d0 [mm] 10 10 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 10.45 10.45 12.5 12.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5
Drill hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 42 55 65 80 75 85 100 105 115 130
Through-hole in
df [mm] 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14
Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 10 10 20 20 40 40 40 40 40 40
Cleaning brush dia. D ≥ [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
Drilled Hole Cleaning M8 – M16: 2 x blow out, 2 x brush out mechanically, 2 x blow out
Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003
Machine holder Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Extension Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 111
Brush template Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 099
Blow-out pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001
Blow-out pump Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 M8 reduction attachment for the blow-out pump: Art. No. 0905 499 202
Anchor Dimensions
W-VIZ/S M8 M10 M12
15 65
15 80
30 95
45 110
10 85
20 95
30 105
60 135
100 175
20 110
25 115
10 110
25 125
50 150
100 200
125 225
165 265
25 140
25 145
60 180
100 220
25 155
Total length l [mm] 25 170
max. attachment height tfix [mm]
M12-100-100/220
M10-60-100/175
M12-80-100/200
M12-80-125/225
M12-80-165/265
M12-100-25/145
M12-100-60/180
M12-110-25/155
M12-125-25/170
M10-60-30/105
M10-60-60/135
M10-75-20/110
M12-70-25/115
M12-80-10/110
M12-80-25/125
M12-80-50/150
M12-95-25/140
M8-50-45/110
M10-60-10/85
M10-60-20/95
M8-40-15/65
M8-50-15/80
M8-50-30/95
Designation W-VIZ-A/S
10 0905 440 811
10 0905 440 801
10 0905 440 802
10 0905 440 803
10 0905 441 001
10 0905 441 002
10 0905 441 003
10 0905 441 004
10 0905 441 005
10 0905 441 011
10 0905 441 211
10 0905 441 201
10 0905 441 202
10 0905 441 203
10 0905 441 204
10 0905 441 205
10 0905 441 206
10 0905 441 221
10 0905 441 251
10 0905 441 252
10 0905 441 271
Anchor bar W-VIZ-A/S

Art. No.
Special
Special
Galvanized steel
10 order
10 order

WIT-VM 100 mortar cartridge Mortar cartridge 300 ml (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001 P. [Qty.] =1/12
No. of fastening points/cartridge approx. pieces 75 62 42 36 37 30 28 28 27 27
Static mixer Art. No. P. Qty.=10 0903 420 001
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. Qty.=10 0903 420 004
MWF - 10/09 - 09612 - © •
Würth 1) The part safety coefficients of the resistances and a part safety coefficient of the effects of γ F = 1.4 have been taken
3) Maximum long-term temperature.
4) Maximum short-term temperature.
5) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has occurred during drilling (see
ETA-04/0095).
6) Min. axial spacing s
min = 55 mm for edge spacing c ≥ 80 mm.
1258
W-VIZ/S Injection System
M16 to M24 23.1
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24
hef 90 hef 105 hef 125 hef 145 hef 115 hef 170 hef 190 hef 200 hef 225
50°C3) /80°C4) 14.6 18.4 24.0 29.9 21.1 38.0 44.9 48.5 57.9
Perm. transverse Permissible central tensile load 1)
Tensile zone
on a single anchor without

s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) 120°C4) 9.5 14.3 23.8 23.8 14.3 28.6 28.6 35.7 35.7
edge influence
Pressure zone Nperm. [kN] 50°C3) /80°C4) 19.1 23.8 23.8 28.6 29.6 53.2 54.8 67.9 66.7
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) =
minimum axial and edge clearances C20/25 2) 72°C3) /
(scr,sp ≥ 3 hef, ccr,sp ≥ 1.5 hef) 11.9 16.7 23.8 23.8 19.1 35.7 35.7 45.2 45.2
120°C4)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) 50°C3) / 20.5 25.8 33.5 35.7 29.6 53.2 62.9 67.9 81.0
Tensile zone
(cracked concrete C20/252), Vperm. [kN] = 29.3 36.0 36.0 36.0 35.7 76.0 85.1 97.0 101.7
c ≥ 10 hef )
load1)
C20/252)
of a si
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 36.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 35.7 85.1 85.1 101.7 101.7
c ≥ 10 hef )
Permissible bending torque Mperm. [Nm] 152.0 152.0 152.0 152.0 200.0 296.6 296.6 512.0 512.0
F30 [kN] – – 12.0 – – 17.0 – 24.5 –
F60 [kN] – – 6.4 – – 8.8 – 12.7 –
F90 [kN] – – 4.4 – – 6.0 – 8.6 –
F120 [kN] – – 3.4 – – 4.5 – 6.5 –
Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 130 150 170/160 5) 190/180 5) 160 230/220 5) 250/240 5) 270/260 5) 300/290 5)
Minimum axle base
smin ≥ [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 105 80 105
cracked concrete uncracked concrete
Minimum edge clearance
cmin ≥ [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 105 80 105
Axle base scr,N [mm] 270 315 375 435 345 510 570 600 675
Edge clearance ccr,N [mm] 135 157.5 187.5 217.5 172.5 255 285 300 337.5
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 200 225
Drill nominal dia. d0 [mm] 18 18 18 18 22 24 24 26 26
Drill hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 98 113 133 153 120 180 200 215 240
Through-hole in component
to be connected
df [mm] 18 18 18 18 22 24 24 26 26
Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 120 120
Cleaning brush dia. D ≥ [mm] 19 19 19 19 23 25 25 27 27
M16: Blow out twice, brush out mechanically twice, blow out twice
Drill hole cleaning M20 – M24: 2 Blow out with compressed air twice (6 bar), brush out mechanically twice, blow out with compressed air twice (6 bar)
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 004 0905 499 007 7) 0905 499 005 0905 499 006
Machine Holder Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Brush Template Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 099
Blow-Out Pump /
Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compressed-Air Nozzle 6): Art. No. 0905 499 201
Compressed-Air Nozzle
for use with Art. No. 0714 92 13
Anchor dimensions
W-VIZ/S M16 M20 M24
30 145
30 160
30 180
60 210
100 250
165 315
30 200
30 175
25 230
50 255
100 305
50 275
50 290
100 340
Max. attachment height tfix [mm]

M16-125-100/250
M16-125-165/315
M20-170-100/305
M24-200-100/340
M16-105-30/160
M16-125-30/180
M16-125-60/210
M16-145-30/200
M20-115-30/175
M20-170-25/230
M20-170-50/255
M20-190-50/275
M24-200-50/290
M24-225-50/315
M16-90-30/145
Designation W-VIZ-A/S
10 0905 441 611
10 0905 441 621
10 0905 441 601
10 0905 441 602
10 0905 441 603
10 0905 441 604
10 0905 441 631
5 0905 442 001
5 0905 442 002
5 0905 442 003
5 0905 442 021
5 0905 442 401
W-VIZ-A/S Anchor Bar

Galvanized steel Art. No.
Special
Special
Special
5 order
5 order
5 order

WIT-VM 100 Mortar Cartridge Mortar cartridge, 300 mL (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001 P. [Qty.] = 1/12
No. of fastening points/cartridge Approx. pieces 23 20 18 16 12 8 8 7 6
Static Mixer Art. No. P. [Qty.] =10 0903 420 001
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. [Qty.] =10 0903 420 004
1) The part safety coefficients of the resistance regulated in the approval and a part safety coefficient of the effects of
MWF - 07/10 - 10690 - © •
Würth system γ F = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads. for edge influence and
components anchor groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical Aprroval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) The concrete has normal reinforcement. Higher values are possible for higher concrete strenghts.
5) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has ocurred during drilling (see
ETA-04/0095).
6) Compressed-Air Nozzle for blow-out gun Art. No. 0714 92 13.
7) Cleaning brush without M6 connecting thread.
1259
Injection System
23.2 W-VIZ/A4
W-VIZ/HCR
for application with the
or with HandyMax® Art. No. 0891 007
W-VIZ/A4 Stainless steel A4
W-VIZ/HCR Highly corrosion-resistant
steel (material number 1.4529).
For performance data and characteristic
values, see European Technical Approval
ETA-04/0095; available on spcl. order
For the W-VIZ/S injection system, see 23.1
Approvals Test Reports Throug-bolt mounting Drill hole cleaning
(M10 to M24)
Clean drill hole: Blow out 2 x, brush out mechanically 2 x,
European Fire blow out 2 x
Technical resistance From M20 or more, blow out drill hole with compressed air using the
Approval correct compressed air nozzles
Option 1 Direct
for cracked and effect of flames
uncracked concrete
Ring gap between 2. Advantages
anchor bar and l Through-bolt (M10 to M24) and cotter-pin mounting (M8 to M24)
attached part must l High loads, small axle bases and edge clearances
be filled with l Shallow drilling hole depth with deep anchoring depth
WIT-VM 100 mortar. l The injection dowel is suitable for use in cracked concrete (concrete tensile zone)
and uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
l Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge and axial clearances
1. Applications l Geometry of anchor bar allows safe post-expansion performance
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l Mechanical drilled hole cleaning: Simple handling, very good drill hole cleaning,
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in reinforced or non- high loads
reinforced standard concrete with a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most l Safe assembly by applying the specified torque during anchoring
C50/60 in accordance with EN 206:-1:2000-12 l High thermal stability (long-term up to +72°C, short-term up to +120°C)
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete (concrete tensile zone) l Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing with sealing cap
and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads (e.g. own weight, 3. Properties
installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads (e.g. railings) l Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor of stainless steel in the sizes
l Anchor size M8 to M10: Installation in dry or wet concrete
l Anchor size M12 to M24: Installation in dry or wet concrete and in drilling holes filled
M8, M10, M12, M16, M20 and M24
l The force transfer is via the mechanical teeth of individual cones in the
with water
l The temperature in the mortar area may not exceed +50°C or +72°C, and briefly
composite mortar and also via a combination of retaining and friction forces
in the anchoring base (concrete)
+80°C or +120°C l Stainless steel A4: European Technical Approval ETA-04/0095
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval)
l Highly corrosion-resistant steel: European Technical Approval ETA-04/0095
l W-VIZ/A4 (stainless steel A4) can be used in dry interior rooms, outdoors (including
l Dimensioned in accordance with the “European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG)
industrial atmosphere and near the sea) or in damp rooms
l W-VIZ/HCR (HCR highly corrosion resistant steel) can be used under especially aggressive
of Metal Anchors for use in concrete”, Annex C, dimensioning method A
l Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90 and F120
conditions. These conditions include, e.g. constant, changing immersion in salt water or
fire stress in acc. with DIN 4102-02: 1977-09 (standard temperature time curve)
within the splash zone of salt water, atmospheres containing chlorine in indoor swimming
pools or atmospheres with extreme chemical contamination (e.g. flue-gas desulfurization
systems or road tunnels in which de-icing agents are used)
l Suitable for fastening metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports,
railings, wood structures, beams etc.
Setting instructions (cotter-pin mounting):

MWF - 10/09 - 09313 - © •
Make Check cleaning Clean drill hole (2 x blow- Screw mixer onto Before use, press Fill composite Press in anchor Visual inspection Keep to hardening Fit component,
drill hole brush dia. out, 2 x mechanical brush- cartridge out approx. 10 cm mortar starting bar under gentle of the mortar time of the com- apply assembly
out, 2 x blow-out), blow out cord. Do not use from drill hole rotational move- filling quantity, posite mortar torque
with compressed air from mortar flow! base ment as far as the setting depth .
M20 (comp. air nozzle!) drill hole base marking
1260
Injection System W-VIZ/A4/W-VIZ/HCR
M8 to M12 23.2
Performance data W-VIZ/A4 (for W-VIZ/HCR see ETA-04/0095)
Anchor diameter [mm] M8 M8 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 12 M12
hef 40 hef 50 hef 60 hef 75 hef 70 hef 80 hef 95 hef 100 hef 110 hef 125
Tensile zone 50°C /80°C
3) 4) 4.3 6.1 8.0 11.1 10.0 12.3 15.9 17.1 19.8 24.0
Perm. transv. Permissible central tensile

load1) of a single load1) of a single anchor
2.4 3.6 5.7 5.7 7.6 9.5 9.5 14.3 14.3 14.3
s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) 120°C4)

Pressure zone Nperm. [kN] 50°C3) /80°C4) 3.6 4.3 7.6 9.5 9.5 17.2 14.3 19.1 16.7 19.1
(uncracked concrete C20/25 ) 2)
=
minimum axial and edge clearances C20/25 2) 72°C3) / 2.9 4.3 7.6 7.6 7.6 11.9 11.9 14.3 14.3 14.3
(scr,sp ≥ 3 hef, ccr,sp ≥ 1.5 hef) 120°C 4)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) 50°C3) / 4.3 8.5 11.2 11.9 14.1 17.2 19.1 24.0 23.8 23.8
Tensile zone
anchor w/o edge
(cracked concrete C20/252), Vperm. [kN] = 8.6 8.6 13.1 13.1 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4
c ≥ 10 hef )
influence
C20/252)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 8.6 8.6 13.1 13.1 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4
c ≥ 10 hef )
Permissible bending torque Mperm. [Nm] 17.1 17.1 34.3 34.3 60 60 60 60 60 60
F30 [kN] – 3.0 7.0 – – 10.0 – 10.0 – –
F60 [kN] – 0.3 0.95 – – 2.8 – 2.8 – –
F90 [kN] – – 0.3 – – 1.35 – 1.35 – –
F120 [kN] – – – – – 0.8 – 0.8 – –
Characteristic values W-VIZ/A4 (for W-VIZ/HCR see ETA-04/0095)

Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 80 80 100 110/100 5) 110 110 130/125 5) 130 140 160
smin ≥ [mm] 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 50 55 55 40 55 40 55 50 806) 50 806) 50 806)
Minimum edge spacing
cmin ≥ [mm] 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 50 55 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 120 150 180 225 210 240 285 300 330 375
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 75 90 112.5 105 120 142.5 150 165 187.5
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 10.45 10.45 12.5 12.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5
Drill hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 42 55 65 80 75 85 100 105 115 130
Through-hole in
df [mm] 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14
Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 10 10 20 20 40 40 40 40 40 40
Cleaning brush dia. D ≥ [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
Drilled hole cleaning M8 – M16: 2 x blow out, 2 x brush out mechanically, 2 x blow out
Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003
Machine holder Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Brush template Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 099
Blow-out pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001
Blow-out pump Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 M8 reduction attachment for the blow-out pump: Art. No. 0905 499 202
Anchor dimensions W-VIZ /A4 (W-VIZ/HCR available on special order)

W-VIZ/A4 M8 M10 M12
15 65
15 80
30 95
45 110
10 85
20 95
30 105
60 135
100 175
20 110
25 115
10 110
25 125
50 150
100 200
125 225
165 265
25 140
25 145
60 180
100 220
25 155

max. attachment height tfix [mm]
M12-100-100/220
M10-60-100/175
M12-80-100/200
M12-80-125/225
M12-80-165/265
M12-100-25/145
M12-100-60/180
M12-110-25/155
M12-125-25/170
M10-60-30/105
M10-60-60/135
M10-75-20/110
M12-70-25/115
M12-80-10/110
M12-80-25/125
M12-80-50/150
M12-95-25/140
M8-50-45/110
M10-60-10/85
M10-60-20/95
M8-40-15/65
M8-50-15/80
M8-50-30/95
Designation W-VIZ-A/A4
10 0905 450 802
10 0905 450 803

10 0905 450 811
10 0905 450 801
10 0905 451 001
10 0905 451 002
10 0905 451 003
10 0905 451 004
10 0905 451 005
10 0905 451 201
10 0905 451 202
10 0905 451 203
10 0905 451 204
10 0905 451 205
10 0905 451 206
10 0905 451 221
10 0905 451 251
10 0905 451 252
10 0905 451 271

10 0905 451 011
10 0905 451 211
Anchor bar W-VIZ-A/A4

Art. No.
Special
10 Special
Stainless steel A4
10 order
order

WIT-VM 100 mortar cartridge Mortar cartridge 300 ml (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001 P. [Qty.] =1/12
No. of fastening points/cartridge approx. pieces 75 62 42 36 37 30 28 28 27 27
Static mixer Art. No. P. Qty.=10 0903 420 001
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. Qty.=10 0903 420 004
MWF - 10/09 - 09314 - © •
Würth 1) The part safety coefficients of the resistances and a part safety coefficient of the effects of γ F = 1.4 have been taken
5) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has occurred during drilling
(see ETA-04/0095).
6) Min. axial spacing s
min = 55 mm for edge spacing c ≥ 80 mm.
1261
W-VIZ/A4/W-VIZ/HCR Injection System
M16 to M24 23.2
Performance data W-VIZ/A4 (for W-VIZ/HCR see ETA-04/0095)
Anchor diameter [mm] M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24
hef 90 hef 105 hef 125 hef 145 hef 115 hef 170 hef 190 hef 200 hef 225
50°C /80°C
3) 4) 14.6 18.4 24.0 29.9 21.1 38.0 44.9 48.5 57.9
Perm. transverse Permissible central tensile load 1)
Tensile zone
on a single anchor without edge

s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) 120°C4) 9.5 14.3 23.8 23.8 14.3 28.6 28.6 35.7 35.7
Pressure zone Nperm. [kN] 50°C3) /80°C4) 19.1 23.8 23.8 28.6 29.6 53.2 54.8 67.9 66.7
(uncracked concrete C20/252))
influence
=
minimum axial and edge clearances C20/25 2) 72°C /
3)
(scr,sp ≥ 3 hef, ccr,sp ≥ 1.5 hef) 11.9 16.7 23.8 23.8 19.1 35.7 35.7 45.2 45.2
120°C4)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252) ) 50°C3) / 20.5 25.8 33.5 35.7 29.6 53.2 62.9 67.9 81.0
Tensile zone (cracked concrete
of a single anchor
C20/252),c ≥ 10 hef ) Vperm. [kN] = 29.3 36.0 36.0 36.0 42.3 74.9 74.9 89.1 89.1
without edge
influence
load1)
C20/252)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 36.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 43.9 74.9 74.9 89.1 89.1
c ≥ 10 hef )
Permissible bending torque Mperm. [Nm] 152.0 152.0 152.0 152.0 231.6 259.4 259.4 448.0 448.0
F30 [kN] – – 12.0 – – 17.0 – 24.5 –
F60 [kN] – – 6.4 – – 8.8 – 12.7 –
F90 [kN] – – 4.4 – – 6.0 – 8.6 –
F120 [kN] – – 3.4 – – 4.5 – 6.5 –
Characteristic values W-VIZ/A4 (for W-VIZ/HCR see ETA-04/0095)

Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 130 150 170/160 5) 190/180 5) 160 230/220 5) 250/240 5) 270/260 5) 300/290 5)
Minimum axle base
smin ≥ [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 105 80 105
Minimum edge clearance cmin ≥ [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 105 80 105
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 270 315 375 435 345 510 570 600 675
Edge clearance ccr,N [mm] 135 157.5 187.5 217.5 172.5 255 285 300 337.5
Drill nominal dia. d0 [mm] 18 18 18 18 22 24 24 26 26
Drill hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 98 113 133 153 120 180 200 215 240
df [mm] 18 18 18 18 22 24 24 26 26
to be connected
Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 120 120
Cleaning brush dia. D ≥ [mm] 19 19 19 19 23 25 25 27 27
M16: Blow out twice, brush out mechanically twice, blow out twice
Drill hole cleaning M20 – M24: Blow out with compressed air twice (6 bar), brush out mechanically twice, blow out with compressed air twice (6 bar)
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 004 0905 499 007 7) 0905 499 005 0905 499 006
Machine Holder Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Brush Template Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 0905 499 099
Blow-Out Pump /
Compressed-Air Nozzle
for use with Art. No. 0714 92 13 Art. No. P. [Qty.] =1 Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compressed-Air Nozzle 6): Art. No. 0905 499 201
Anchor dimensions W-VIZ/A4 (W-VIZ/HCR available on special order)

W-VIZ/A4 M16 M20 M24
30 145
30 160
30 180
60 210
100 250
165 315
30 200
30 175
25 230
50 255
100 305
50 275
50 290
100 340
50 315
Total length l [mm]
M16-125-100/250
M16-125-165/315
M20-170-100/305
M24-200-100/340
M16-105-30/160
M16-125-30/180
M16-125-60/210
M16-145-30/200
M20-115-30/175
M20-170-25/230
M20-170-50/255
M20-190-50/275
M24-200-50/290
M24-200-50/315
M16-90-30/145
Designation W-VIZ-A/A4
10 0905 451 621
10 0905 451 601
10 0905 451 602
10 0905 451 603
10 0905 451 604
10 0905 451 631
5 0905 452 001
5 0905 452 002
5 0905 452 003
5 0905 452 021
5 0905 452 401

10 0905 451 611
Special order
Special order
Special order
W-VIZ-A/A4 Anchor Bar

Art. No.
Stainless steel A4
5

WIT-VM 100 Mortar Cartridge Mortar cartridge, 300 mL (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001 P. [Qty.] = 1/12
No. of fastening points/cartridge Approx. pieces 23 20 18 16 12 8 8 7 6
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. [Qty.] =10 0903 420 004
1) The part safety coefficients of the resistance regulated in the approval and a part safety coefficient of the effects of
MWF - 07/10 - 10691 - © •
Würth system γ F = 1.4 have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads. for edge influence and
components anchor groups, please refer to the Directive for European Technical Aprroval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) The concrete has normal reinforcement. Higher values are possible for higher concrete strenghts.
5) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has ocurred during drilling (see
ETA-04/0095).
6) Compressed-Air Nozzle for blow-out gun Art. No. 0714 92 13.
1262
23.3 W-VI/S
W-VI/F
Injection System
for application with
or Art. No. 0891 007
Uncracked concrete
W-VI/S
Galvanized steel
W-VI/F
Hot galvanized steel
For W-VI/A4 injection system, see 23.4
For W-VI/HCR injection system, see 23.4

European Fire Cleaning the drill hole: Blow out 2x, brush out mechanically 2 x,
Technical Resistance blow out 2 x
Approval Direct M20 to M30: Blow out drill hole with compressed air using the correct
Option 7 effect of flames compressed-air nozzles
1. Applications l Hardened injection mortar largely seals off the drill hole
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads l Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge and axial
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in rein- clearances
forced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at l High thermal stability (long-term up to +72°C, short-term up to +120°C)
least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206:2000-12 l Mechanical drill hole cleaning: Easy handling, very good drill hole
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in uncracked concrete cleaning, high loads
(concrete pressure zone) l Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads with sealing cap
(e. g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads
(e. g. façades, railings) 3. Properties
l The temperature may not exceed + 50°C or +72°C, or briefly + 80°C l Anchoring through bond between injection mortar, anchor bar and
or +120°C in the mortar area anchoring base. Galvanized steel and hot galvanized steel anchor bars
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone in sizes M8, M10, M12, M16, M20, M24 and M30
(without approval) l Galvanized steel and hot galvanized steel:
l W-VI/S (galvanized steel) and W-VI/F (hot galvanized steel) can be used European Technical Approval ETA-05/0034
in dry interior rooms l Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
l Suitable for fastening metal constructions, metal profiles, brackets, Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete”,
foot plates, supports, wood structures, beams etc. Annex C, dimensioning method A
l Fire resistance: F 30, F 60, F 90 and F120
2. Advantages fire stress in accordance with DIN EN 1363-1: 1999-10
l Heavy loads, small axial and edge distances (UTC, uniform temperature curve)
MWF - 05/08 - 07117 - © •
Create drill hole Check cleaning brush dia. Clean drill hole (blow out 2x, Screw mixer Press out approx. 10 cm Fill composite mortar Press in anchor bar up to Visual check of mortar Comply with hardening Install component,
brush out mechanically 2x, blow onto cartridge bead before use; do not starting from base of drill hole base while turning filling quantity, setting time of composite mortar apply installation torque
out 2x), from M20 drill holes, use first 10 cm! drilled hole slightly depth marking
blow out with compressed air
(compressed-air nozzle!)
1263
Injection System 23.3
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M 20 M 24 M 30
Perm. centr.
50°C3)/
single anchor single anchor
Pressure zone 7.6 11.9 16.7 23.8 45.2 54.8 81.0

load1) of a- load ) of a
w/o edge
influence
80°C4)
tensile
(uncracked concrete Nperm [kN]

1
C20/252), s ≥ 2 hef, = C 20/25 2) 72°C3)/

c ≥ 1 hef) 120°C4) 5.7 7.6 11.9 19.1 28.6 35.7 54.8
transverse
without edge
Pressure zone
influence
(uncracked concrete
Perm.
C20/252), Vperm [kN] = C 20/25 2) 5.1 8.6 12.0 22.3 34.9 50.3 80.0
c ≥ 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque Mperm [Nm] 10.9 21.1 37.1 94.3 185.7 320.6 642.3
Fire-resistance time 3) F 30 [kN] 1.9 4.5 6.0 11.0 16.0 19.83 31.52
Fire-resistance time F 60 [kN] 0.85 2.1 3.0 6.6 9.0 11.49 18.25
F 90 [kN] 0.55 1.35 2.0 4.9 6.4 7.31 11.62
F120 [kN] 0.4 1.0 1.5 4.0 5.0 5.23 8.31
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 160 180 220 250 340 420 540
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105 135
Edge spacingccr,N [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Reduced min. component thickness hmin,red [mm] – 120 140 160 – – –
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 26 32
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Through-hole 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
in the component being connected df [mm]
Torque while installing anchor Tinst = [Nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150 300
Cleaning brush dia. D ≥ [mm] 11 13 15 19 23 27 34
M8 - M16: Blow out twice, brush out mechanically twice, blow out twice
Drill hole cleaning M20 – M30: Blow out twice with compressed air (6 bar), brush out mechanically twice, blow out twice with compressed air (6 bar)
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. =1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 4990076) 0905 499 006 Special order
Machine Holder Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Extension Art. No. P. Qty. =1 0905 499 111
Brush Template Art. No. P. Qty. =1 0905 499 099
Blow-Out Pump/Compressed-Air Nozzle
Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compressed-Air Nozzle5):
Designed for Art. No. 0714 92 13 Art. No. 0905 499 201
Anchor dimensions
Anchor diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M 20 M 24 M 30
20 110
60 150
15 115
30 130
65 165
90 190
10 135
35 160
85 210
10 5915 112 250 W-VI-A/S M12-125/250 125 250
10 5915 112 300 W-VI-A/S M12-175/300 175 300
20 165
45 190
85 230
10 5915 116 250 W-VI-A/S M16-105/250 105 250
10 5915 116 300 W-VI-A/S M16-155/300 155 300
20 220
60 260
10 5915 120 300 W-VI-A/S M20-100/300 100 300
15 260
55 300
Total length l [mm]
10 5915 110 115 W-VI-A/S M10-15/115
10 5915 110 130 W-VI-A/S M10-30/130
10 5915 110 165 W-VI-A/S M10-65/165
10 5915 110 190 W-VI-A/S M10-90/190
10 5915 112 135 W-VI-A/S M12-10/135
10 5915 112 160 W-VI-A/S M12-35/160
10 5915 112 210 W-VI-A/S M12-85/210
10 5915 116 165 W-VI-A/S M16-20/165

10 5915 116 190 W-VI-A/S M16-45/190
10 5915 116 230 W-VI-A/S M16-85/230
10 5915 120 220 W-VI-A/S M20-20/220

10 5915 120 260 W-VI-A/S M20-60/260
5 5915 124 260 W-VI-A/S M24-15/260

5 5915 124 300 W-VI-A/S M24-55/300
10 5915 108 110 W-VI-A/S M8-20/110
10 5915 108 150 W-VI-A/S M8-60/150
Designation
W-VI-A/S Anchor Bar, Art. No.

galvanized steel

WIT-VM 200 Mortar Cartridge Art. No. Mortar Cartridge, 300 ml (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0903 450 001 P. Qty. =1/12
No. of attachment points/cartridge Approx. pieces 47 35 23 14 8 5 3
Application Gun Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Application Gun: Art. No. 0891 003, Art. No. 0891 007
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. Qty. =10 0903 420 004
MWF - 07/10 - 07118 - © •

1
) The part-safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4
have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups,
please refer to the Guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG), Appendix C.
5) Compressed-air nozzle designed for Blow-Out Gun Art. No. 0714 92 13.
6) Cleaning brush without M 6 connecting thread.
1264
23.4 W-VI/A4
W-VI/HCR
Injection System
or Art. No. 0891 007
Uncracked concrete
W-VI/A4
Stainless steel A4
W-VI/HCR
Highly corrosion resistant steel
(Material number 1.4529)
For W-VI/S injection system, see 23.3
For W-VI/F injection system, see 23.3
European Fire Cleaning the drill hole: Blow out 2x, brush out mechanically 2 x,
Technical Resistance blow out 2 x
Approval Direct M20 to M30: Blow out drill hole with compressed air using the correct
Option 7 effect of flames compressed-air nozzles
l Suitable for fastening metal constructions, metal profiles, brackets,
foot plates, supports, wood structures, beams etc.
2. Advantages
l Heavy loads, small axial and edge distances
1. Applications l Attachment with low expansion pressure allows small edge and axial
l Can be used for medium to heavy loads clearances
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in rein- l High thermal stability (long-term up to +72°C, briefly up to +120°C)
forced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at l Mechanical drill hole cleaning: Easy handling, very good drill hole
least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206:2000-12 cleaning, high loads
l Anchorage with European Technical Approval in uncracked concrete l Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing
(concrete pressure zone) with sealing cap
l The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads
(e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads 3. Properties
(e.g. façades, railings) l Anchoring through bond between injection mortar, anchor bar and
l The temperature may not exceed +50°C or +72°C, and briefly +80°C anchoring base. Stainless-steel anchor bars in sizes M 8, M10, M12,
or in the mortar area 120°C M16, M 20, M 24 and M 30
l For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without l Stainless steel A4: European Technical Approval
approval) ETA-05/0034
l W-VI/A4 (stainless steel A4) can be used in dry interior rooms, outdoors l HCR, highly corrosion resistant steel: European Technical Approval
(including industrial atmospheres and near the sea) or in rooms con- ETA-05/0034
taining moisture l Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
l W-VI/HCR (HCR, highly corrosion resistant steel) can be used under Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete”,
especially aggressive conditions. These conditions include, e.g. con- Annex C, dimensioning method A
stant, changing immersion in salt water or within the splash zone of salt l Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90 and F120
water, atmospheres containing chlorine in indoor swimming pools or fire stress in accordance with DIN EN 1363-1: 1999-10
atmospheres with extreme chemical contamination (e.g. flue-gas desul- (UTC, uniform temperature curve)
furization systems or road tunnels in which de-icing agents are used)
MWF - 05/08 - 07119 - © •
Create drill hole Check cleaning brush dia. Clean drill hole (blow out 2x, Screw mixer Press out approx. 10 cm Fill composite mortar Press in anchor bar up to Visual check of mortar fil- Comply with hardening Install component,
brush out mechanically 2x, blow onto cartridge bead before use; do not starting from base of drill hole base while turning ling quantity, setting time of composite mortar apply installation torque
out 2x), from M20 drill holes, use first 10 cm! drilled hole slightly depth marking
blow out with compressed air
(compressed-air nozzle!)
1265
W-VI/A4, W-VI/HCR
Injection System 23.4
Performance data
Perm. centr.
of an individual of an individual
Pressure zone 50°C3)/

edge influence edge influence
7.6 11.9 16.7 23.8 45.2 54.8 81.0

anchor w/o anchor w/o
tensile
80°C4)
load1)
(uncracked concrete Nperm [kN]

C20/252), s 2 hef, = C20/25 2) 72°C3)/
c 1 hef) 120°C4) 5.7 7.6 11.9 19.1 28.6 35.7 54.8
Pressure zone
transverse
Perm.
load )
(uncracked concrete
1
C20/252), Vperm [kN] = C20/25 2) 7.4 11.4 17.1 31.4 49.1 70.3 50.0
c 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque Mperm [Nm] 14.9 29.7 52.6 133.1 259.4 448 401.1
Fire-resistance time 3) F30 [kN] 1.9 4.5 6.0 11.0 16.0 19.83 31.52
F60 [kN] 0.85 2.1 3.0 6.6 9.0 11.49 18.25
F90 [kN] 0.55 1.35 2.0 4.9 6.4 7.31 11.62
F120 [kN] 0.4 1.0 1.5 4.0 5.0 5.23 8.31
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 160 180 220 250 340 420 540
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Reduced min. comp. thickness hmin,red [mm] – 120 140 160 – – –
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 26 32
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Through-hole in the df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Torque during anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150 300
M8 - M16: Blow out 2x, brush out mechanically 2x, blow out 2x
Drill hole cleaning M20 – M30: Blow out 2x with compressed air (6 bar), brush out mechanically 2x, blow out 2x with compressed air (6 bar)
Special order
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. =1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 0076) 0905 499 006
Machine Holder Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Blow-Out Pump/Comp.-Air Nozzle Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Comp.-Air Nozzle5): Art. No. 0905 499 201
Designed for Art. No. 0714 92 13
Anchor dimensions
Anchor diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M 20 M 24 M30
20 110
60 150
15 115
30 130
65 165
90 190
10 135
35 160
85 210
10 5915 212 250 W-VI-A/A4 M12-125/250 125 250
10 5915 212 300 W-VI-A/A4 M12-175/300 175 300
20 165
45 190
85 230
10 5915 216 250 W-VI-A/A4 M16-105/250 105 250
10 5915 216 300 W-VI-A/A4 M16-155/300 155 300
20 220
60 260
10 5915 220 300 W-VI-A/A4 M20-100/300 100 300
15 260
55 300
Total length l [mm]
10 5915 210 115 W-VI-A/A4 M10-15/115
10 5915 210 130 W-VI-A/A4 M10-30/130
10 5915 210 165 W-VI-A/A4 M10-65/165
10 5915 210 190 W-VI-A/A4 M10-90/190
10 5915 212 135 W-VI-A/A4 M12-10/135
10 5915 212 160 W-VI-A/A4 M12-35/160
10 5915 212 210 W-VI-A/A4 M12-85/210
10 5915 216 165 W-VI-A/A4 M16-20/165

10 5915 216 190 W-VI-A/A4 M16-45/190
10 5915 216 230 W-VI-A/A4 M16-85/230
10 5915 220 220 W-VI-A/A4 M20-20/220

10 5915 220 260 W-VI-A/A4 M20-60/260
5 5915 224 260 W-VI-A/A4 M24-15/260

5 5915 224 300 W-VI-A/A4 M24-55/300
10 5915 208 110 W-VI-A/A4 M8-20/110
10 5915 208 150 W-VI-A/A4 M8-60/150
Designation
W-VI-A/A4 Anchor Bar Art. No.

Stainless steel A4

WIT-VM 200 Mortar Cartridge Art. No. Mortar Cartridge 300 ml (incl. 1 Static Mixer) Art. No. 0903 450 001 P. Qty. =1/12
No. of attachment points/cartridge Approx. pieces 47 35 23 14 8 5 3
Application Gun Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Application Gun: Art. No. 0891 003, Art. No. 0891 007
Static Mixer Art. No. P. Qty. =10 0903 420 001
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. Qty. =10 0903 420 004
MWF - 06/09 - 07120 - © •
Würth System Components 1

) The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of
γF = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the
guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
1266
23.5 WIT-C100
Masonry + aerated concrete:
Styrene-free 2-component
special mortar
Individual attachment: Uncracked
concrete, aerated concrete + masonry
of solid and perforated bricks
Coaxial cartridge 330 ml
incl. 1 static mixer
to be applied with the
Application Gun, Art. No. 0891 003 or
HandyMax ®, Art. No. 0891 007
Masonry + aerated concrete:
WIT-AS Anchor Bar
Galvanized steel/stainless steel A4
WIT-IG Internal Screw Thread Sleeve
Uncracked concrete:
WIT-SH Plastic Sieve Sleeve
Uncracked concrete:
W-VI-A/S; W-VI-A/A4 Anchor Bar
Evidence of Performance
Application Gun Assortment Case Good to know: Drill hole cleaning
Drill perforated Masonry + aerated concrete:
and hollow blocks Blow out 2x, brush out 2x, blow out 2x
in rotating gear Uncracked concrete:
(without impact Blow out 2x, brush out mechanically 2x, blow out 2x
mechanism)
‘ higher loading From M 20 drilled hole, blow out with compressed
capacities. air using the correct compressed-air nozzles
Art. No. 0891 003 Art. No. 0964 903 424

l Suitable for attachment of non-approval relevant applications:
1. Applications e.g. fence posts, hanging cupboards, screens, plumbing objects, lamps, etc.
l The injection dowel may be anchored in the following anchoring bases:
solid brick, solid sand-lime bricks, vertically perforated bricks, 2. Advantages
perforated sand-lime bricks, hollow blocks of lightweight concrete, l Styrene-free injection mortar
hollow blocks of concrete, aerated concrete and uncracked concrete l No spreading effect, enabling compliance with small edge and axial distances
l Carry out anchoring in solid bricks (MB and CS) and uncracked concrete l Cartridges can be used up to expiration of the best before date by replacing
without sieve sleeve the static mixer or by being closed again with sealing cap
l Carry out anchoring in perforated bricks (VPB, PSLB, HBLC and HBC)
and aerated concrete with sieve sleeve 3. Properties
l Anchor bar or internal screw thread sleeve of steel may be used in closed rooms, l Thermally stable from 50°C, briefly up to 80°C
e.g. apartments, offices, schools, hospitals and sales rooms l Application temperature of mortar: At least +5°C
l Anchor bar or internal screw thread sleeve of stainless steel A4 may be used l Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): +5°C to +25°C
outdoors or in damp rooms l Minimum shelf life when stored properly: 18 months
Setting
Instructions
Perforated
bricks +
aerated
concrete: Create drill hole Clean drilled hole Push in sieve Screw mixer Press out approx. Fill completely with composite Press in anchoring element Comply with Mount component;
(blow out 2x/brush sleeve onto cartridge 10 cm bead before mortar starting from end of up to bottom of sleeve while hardening time maximum torque
out 2x/blow out 2x) using sieve sleeve (see encl. leaflet) turning slightly of comp. mortar may not be exceeded
Solid bricks:
Create drill hole Clean drilled hole Screw mixer onto Press out approx. Fill with composite mortar Press in anchoring element Conduct visual check of Comply with harden- Mount component;
(blow out 2x/brush cartridge 10 cm bead starting from drill hole base up to bottom of sleeve while mortar filling quantity, ing time of com- maximum torque
out 2x/blow out 2x) before using (see enclosed leaflet) turning slightly setting depth marking posite mortar may not be exceeded
Uncracked
concrete:
MWF - 10/09 - 04280 - © •
* Clean drilled hole:

blow out 2x, brush out
mechanically 2x, blow out 2x),
from M20 drilled hole, Create drill hole Check cleaning Clean drilled hole * Screw mixer onto Press out approx. 10 cm Fill with composite mortar Press in anchor bar Visual check of mortar Comply with harden- Mount component;
blow out with compressed air brush dia. cartridge bead before use, do not starting from drill hole up to drill hole base filling quantity, setting ing time of composite maximum torque may
use first 10 cm! base (see enclosed leaflet) while turning slightly depth marking mortar not be exceeded
1267
WIT-C 100
23.5
WIT-C 100 Injection Mortar: Masonry (perforated and solid brick), uncracked concrete
WIT-C 100 Mortar Cartridge Art. No. Mortar Cartridge 330 ml (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0903 430 301 P. Qty. 1/12
Application Gun Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Application gun: Art. No. 0891 003 HandyMax®: Art. No. 0891 007
Static mixer Art. No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 420 001
Extension for static mixer Art. No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 420 004
Masonry (perf. and solid brick, aerated concr.): WIT-C 100 + WIT-AS Anchor Bar or WIT-IG Internal Screw Thread Sleeve
WIT-AS Anchor Bar WIT-IG Internal Screw Thread Sleeve
Dowel Diameter
M8 M10 M12 M6 M8
w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH
Plastic sieve sleeve
WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95
Solid brick Frec [kN] ≥ Mz 12 1.7 – 1.7 – 1.7 – 1.7 – 1.7 –
Solid sand-lime brick Frec [kN] ≥ KS 12 1.7 – 1.7 – 1.7 – 1.7 – 1.7 –
Vertically perforated brick Frec [kN] ≥ HLz 6 – 0.4 – 0.4 – 0.4 – 0.4 – 0.4
Perforated sand-lime brick Frec [kN] ≥ KSL 6 – 0.6 – 0.6 – 0.6 – 0.6 – 0.6
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 100
Installation depth of sieve sleeve hnom = [mm] – 95 – 95 – 95 – 95 – 95
Ēective anchoring depth hef [mm] 93
Torque during anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 8
WIT-AS Anchor Bar WIT-IG Internal Screw Thread Sleeve
Anchor Diameter
M8 M10 M12 M6 M8
0903 451 081 10 110
0903 452 081 10 110
0903 451 082 20 120
0903 452 082 20 120
0903 451 083 40 140
0903 452 083 40 140
0903 451 101 16 120
0903 452 101 16 120
0903 451 102 36 140
0903 452 102 36 140
0903 451 103 56 160
0903 452 103 56 160
0903 451 121 20 125
0903 452 121 20 125
0903 451 122 40 145
0903 452 122 40 145
0903 451 123 60 165
0903 452 123 60 165
0903 451 124 120 225
0903 452 124 120 225

Total length l [mm]
93
93
93
93
–
Anchor bar
0903 461 061
0903 462 061
0903 461 081
0903 462 081

WIT-AS, galvanized steel
WIT-AS A4, stainless steel A4
Art. No. P. Qty. = 10
Internal screw thread sleeve
WIT-AS, galvanized steel
WIT-AS A4, stainless steel A4
Plastic sieve sleeve WIT-SH 18/95 Art. No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 44 180
Drill Hole Cleaning blow out 2x, brush out 2x, blow out 2x
Perf. brick + aerated concrete: Anchoring with sieve sleeve WIT-SH 18/95 M8/M10/M12: 0905 499 024
Solid brick: Anchoring w/o sieve sleeve WIT-SH 18/95 M8: 0905 499 021
Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1
M10: 0905 499 022
M12: 0905 499 023
Handle Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 103
Blow-out pump Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0903 990 001
Uncracked Concrete: WIT-C 100 + W-VI-A/S Anchor Bar or W-VI-A/A4

Anchor diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Recommended central tensile load
Nrec. [kN] = C20/25 6.8 10.7 15.0 21.4 40.7 49.3
(individual anchor, uncracked concrete)
Recommended transverse load
Vrec. [kN] = C20/25 4.6 7.7 10.8 20.1 31.4 45.3
(individual anchor, uncracked concrete)
Drill nominal dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 26
Drilled hole depth/Anchoring depth h0/hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
5915 208 110 5915 108 110 20 110
5915 208 150 5915 108 150 60 150
5915 210 115 5915 110 115 15 115
5915 210 130 5915 110 130 30 130
5915 210 165 5915 110 165 65 165
5915 210 190 5915 110 190 90 190
5915 212 135 5915 112 135 10 135
5915 212 160 5915 112 160 35 160
5915 212 210 5915 112 210 85 210
5915 212 250 5915 112 250 125 250
5915 212 300 5915 112 300 175 300
5915 216 165 5915 116 165 20 165
5915 216 190 5915 116 190 45 190
5915 216 230 5915 116 230 85 230
5915 216 250 5915 116 250 105 250
5915 216 300 5915 116 300 155 300
5915 220 220 5915 120 220 20 220
5915 220 260 5915 120 260 60 260
5915 220 300 5915 120 300 100 300
5915 224 260 5915 124 260 15 260
5915 224 300 5915 124 300 55 300

Total length l [mm]
W-VI-A/S Anchor Bar

Art. No.
Galvanized steel
W-VI-A/A4 Anchor Bar

Art. No.
Stainless steel A4
Packing unit P. Qty. 10 5

Drill hole cleaning M8 – M16: Blow out 2x, brush out mechanically 2x, blow out 2x
M20 – M24: Blow out 2x with compressed air (6 bar), brush out mechanically 2x, blow out 2x with compressed air (6 bar)
Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 0072) 0905 499 006
Machine holder Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus insertion shaft: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Blow-out pump/Compr.-air nozzle Compressed-air nozzle1):
Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Blow-out pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001
Suitable for Art. No. 0714 92 13 Art. No. 0905 499 201

MWF - 04/09 - 04281 - © •
) Compressed-air nozzle designed for Blow-Out Gun Art. No. 0714 92 13

1
) Cleaning brush without connecting thread M6

2
1268
23.6 WIT-PE 500
Injection System
Galvanized steel, option1
With WIT-PE 500 Injection Mortar
To be processed with
Galvanized steel
WIT-PE 500, subsequently

mortared-in reinforcement
connections, see 29.1
Approvals Subsequently mortared-in Drill hole cleaning

reinforcement connections
Clean drill hole: Blow out twice, brush out mechanically twice, blow
European out twice
Technical
With M20 or larger drill hole, blow out with compressed air using the
Approval appropriate compressed-air nozzles.
Option 1
for cracked and
uncracked concrete
2. Advantages
G Variable anchoring depth
See approval Z-21.8-1834 G The injection anchor is suitable for use in cracked concrete (concrete
tensile zone) and uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
G WIT-PE 500 Injection Mortar can be used for subsequently mortared-in
1. Applications reinforcement connections (ETA-07/0313, Z-21.8-1834)
G Can be used for medium to heavy loads G Hardened injection mortar largely seals off the drill hole
G With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in G Attachment with low expansion pressure allows close axial spacing
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of at and edge clearances
least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206: 2000-12 G Mechanical drill hole cleaning: Easy handling, very good drill hole
G Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete cleaning, high loads
(M12 to M24 – concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete G Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing
(M8 to M30 – concrete pressure zone) with sealing cap
G The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads
(e. g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads 3. Features
(e .g. railings) G Anchoring through bond between injection mortar, anchor rod and
G Installation in dry or wet concrete and in drill holes filled with water anchoring base.
G The temperature may not exceed +24°C or +43°C, or briefly +40°C, G Bonded anchor for anchoring in cracked and uncracked concrete:
+60°C or +72°C European Technical Approval ETA-09/0040
G For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone G Measured in accordance with EOTA Technical Report TR 029
(without approval) “Design of Bonded Anchors”
G Galvanized steel can be used in dry interior rooms G Anchor rod cut to length, with acceptance test cert. 3.1 as per EN 10204
G Suitable for fastening metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot G Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): +5°C to +25°C
plates, supports, railings, wood structures, beams etc. G Minimum shelf life when stored properly: 24 months
MWF - 03/10 - 12627 - © •
Drill hole Clean drill hole (blow out twice, brush out Screw mixer to Mark setting depth Before using, press Fill composite mortar Press in anchor rod up Visual check of Comply with Install component,
mechanically twice, blow out twice, blow cartridge; use on anchor rod out about 10 cm of starting from base of to drill hole base while mortar quantity, hardening time of apply installation
out with compressed air in case of M20 application gun product (not into the drill hole turning slightly setting depth marking composite mortar torque
drill hole or larger) drill hole)
1269
WIT-PE 500
Injection System, galvanized steel, option1 23.6
Performance Data
hef 60 –96 hef 60 –120 hef 70 – 144 hef 80 –192 hef 90 –240 hef 96 –288 hef 120 – 360
Tensile zone 43°C3)/60°C4) 4.7 – 9.7 6.4 – 15.3 6.7 – 18 8.6 – 25.9
Perm. trans- Perm. tens.
single anchor
(cracked concrete C20/252), – – –

verse load 1) load1) of a
w/o edge
influence
s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) Nperm. [kN] 43°C3)/72°C4) 4.2 – 8.6 5.6 – 13.4 5.8 – 15.4 7.4 – 22.2
Pressure zone = C 20/25 2) 43°C3)/60°C4) 5.7 – 8.6 7.1 – 13.8 9.4 – 19.4 13.6 – 32.6 14.7 – 41 16.2 – 55.4 22.6 – 86.6
(uncracked concrete C20/252),
s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) 43°C )/72°C )
3 4
5.1 – 8.1 6.4 – 12.7 8.4 – 17.2 12 – 28.7 13.5 – 35.9 16.2 – 51.7 22.6 – 75
Tensile zone 43°C3)/60°C4)
anchor without
edge influence
(cracked concrete – – 11.3 – 12 15.3 – 22.3 18.8 – 34.9 24.1 – 50.3 –

of a single
C20/252), c ≥ 10 hef) Vperm [kN] 43°C3)/72°C4)

Pressure zone = C 20/25 2) 43°C3)/60°C4)
(uncracked concrete 5.1 8.6 12 22.3 34.9 45.2 – 50.3 63.2 – 80
C20/252), c ≥ 10 hef) 43°C3)/72°C4)
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2d0
Setting and drill hole depth range hef [mm] 60 – 96 60 – 120 70 – 144 80 – 192 90 – 240 96 – 288 120 – 360
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35
Through-hole df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Torque while installing anchor Tinst ≤ [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 200
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. =1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 005 0905 499 0085) Special order
Machine Holder Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Hex.: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art. No. 0905 499 102
WIT-DD Compr.-Air Nozzle: Art. No. 0905 489 217
Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compr.-Air
Blow-Out Pump Art. No. P. Qty. =1 M8 Reduction Attachment for blow-out pump: Nozzle Threaded Connection:
Art. No. 0905 499 202 Art. No. 0903 489 291
WIT-SDD Compr.-Air Hose: Art. No. 0699 903 7
Anchor Dimensions
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] – 80 – 90 – 110 – 125 – 170 – 210
1000
20 110
60 150
1000
5915 110 115 M10-90-15/115 15 115
5915 110 130 M10-90-30/130 30 130
5915 110 165 M10-90-65/165 65 165
5915 110 190 M10-90-90/190 90 190
1000
5915 112 135 M12-110-10/135 10 135
5915 112 160 M12-110-35/160 35 160
5915 112 210 M12-110-85/210 85 210
5915 112 250 M12-110-125/110 125 250
5915 112 300 M12-110-175/300 175 300
1000
5915 116 165 M16-125-20/165 20 165
5915 116 190 M16-125-45/190 45 190
5915 116 230 M16-125-85/230 85 230
5915 116 250 M16-125-105/250 105 250
5915 116 300 M16-125-155/300 155 300
1000
5915 120 220 M20-170-20/220 20 220
5915 120 260 M20-170-60/260 60 260
5915 120 300 M20-170-100/300 100 300
1000
5915 124 260 M24-210-15/260 15 260
5915 124 300 M24-210-55/300 55 300
Total length l [mm]

5915 108 110 M8-80-20/110
5915 108 150 M8-80-60/150
M20 x 1,000
M24 x 1,000
M10 x 1,000
M12 x 1,000
M16 x 1,000
M8 x 1,000
Designation
Anchor Rod
Art. No.
Galvanized steel, 5.8
5916 008 999 –
5916 010 999 –
5916 012 999 –
5916 016 999 –
5916 020 999 –
5916 024 999 –
Threaded Rod cut to length,

with acceptance test cert. 3.1
as per EN 10204 Art. No.
Galvanized steel, 5.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
5
5
5

WIT-PE 500 Mortar Cartridge Art. No. Mortar Cartridge, 385 mL (incl. 1 static mixer): Art. No. 0903 480 001 P. Qty. =1/12
Application Gun Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Application Gun for 385 mL cartridge: Art. No. 0891 009
0903 488 122 P. Qty. = 20
0903 488 121 P. Qty. = 20 dia. 16 mm, L = 2 m
Mixer Extension and dia. 10 mm, L = 2 m
Injection Adapter Art. No. Injection Adapter
for M 20: 0903 488 051 P. Qty. = 10
for M 24: 0903 488 052 P. Qty. = 10
MWF - 05/10 - 12628 - © •

1
) The part-safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of
γF = 1.4 have been taken into account. With a combination of tensile and transverse loads, with edge influence and anchor
groups, please observe EOTA Technical Report TR029.
3
) Maximum long-term temperature.
4
) Maximum short-term temperature.
5
) Cleaning brush without M6 connecting thread.
1270
23.7 WIT-PE 500
Injection System
A4, option1
With WIT-PE 500 Injection Mortar
To be processed with
Stainless steel A4
WIT-PE 500, subsequently

mortared-in reinforcement
connections, see 29.1
Approvals Subsequently mortared-in Drill hole cleaning

reinforcement connections
Clean drill hole: Blow out twice, brush out mechanically twice, blow
European out twice
Technical
With M20 or larger drill hole, blow out with compressed air using the
Approval appropriate compressed-air nozzles.
Option 1
for cracked and
uncracked concrete G Suitable for fastening metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates,
supports, railings, wood structures, beams etc.
2. Advantages
G Variable anchoring depth
See approval Z-21.8-1834 G The injection anchor is suitable for use in cracked concrete
(concrete tensile zone) and uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
G WIT-PE 500 Injection Mortar can be used for subsequently mortared-in
1. Applications reinforcement connections (ETA-07/0313, Z-21.8-1834)
G Can be used for medium to heavy loads G Hardened injection mortar largely seals off the drill hole
G With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in G Attachment with low expansion pressure allows close edge and axial
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of spacing
at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN 206: 2000-12 G Mechanical drill hole cleaning: Easy handling, very good drill hole
G Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete cleaning, high loads
(M12 to M24 – concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete G Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing with
(M8 to M30 – concrete pressure zone) sealing cap
G The anchor may be used for anchorage with primarily static loads
(e. g. own weight, installations, support materials) or quasi-static loads 3. Features
(e .g. railings) G Anchoring through bond between injection mortar, anchor rod and
G Installation in dry or wet concrete and in drill holes filled with water anchoring base.
G The temperature may not exceed +24°C or +43°C, or briefly +40°C, G Bonded anchor for anchoring in cracked and uncracked concrete:
+60°C or +72°C European Technical Approval ETA-09/0040
G For use in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone G Measured in accordance with EOTA Technical Report TR 029
(without approval) “Design of Bonded Anchors”
G Stainless steel A4 can be used in dry interior rooms, outdoors G Anchor rod cut to length, with acceptance test cert. 3.1 as per EN 10204
(including industrial atmosphere and near the sea) or in damp rooms G Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): +5°C to +25°C
G Minimum shelf life when stored properly: 24 months
MWF - 03/10 - 12629 - © •
Drill hole Clean drill hole (blow out twice, brush out Screw mixer to Mark setting depth Before using, press Fill composite mortar Press in anchor rod up Visual check of Comply with Install component,
mechanically twice, blow out twice, blow cartridge; use on anchor rod out about 10 cm of starting from base of to drill hole base while mortar quantity, hardening time of apply installation
out with compressed air in case of M20 application gun product (not into the drill hole turning slightly setting depth marking composite mortar torque
drill hole or larger) drill hole)
1271
WIT-PE 500
Injection System A4, option1 23.7
Performance Data
hef 60 –96 hef 60 –120 hef 70 – 144 hef 80 –192 hef 90 –240 hef 96 –288 hef 120 – 360
Tensile zone 43°C3)/60°C4) 4.7 – 9.7 6.4 – 15.3 6.7 – 18 8.6 – 25.9
Perm. trans- Perm. tens.
single anchor
(cracked concrete C20/252), – – –

verse load 1) load1) of a
anchor w/o edge w/o edge
influence
Nperm [kN] 43°C3)/72°C4) 4.2 – 8.6 5.6 – 13.4 5.8 – 15.4 7.4 – 22.2
s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) = C 20/25 2)
Pressure zone 43°C3)/60°C4) 5.7 – 9.1 7.1 – 14.2 9.4 – 19.4 13.6 – 32.6 14.7 – 41 16.2 – 55.4 22.6 – 70.2
(uncracked concrete C20/252),
s ≥ 3 hef, c ≥ 1.5 hef) 43°C )/72°C )
3 4
5.1 – 8.1 6.4 – 12.7 8.4 – 17.2 12 – 28.7 13.5 – 35.9 16.2 – 51.7 22.6 – 70.2
Tensile zone 43°C3)/60°C4)
(cracked concrete – – 11.3 – 13.7 15.3 – 25.2 18.8 – 39.4 24.1 – 56.8 –
of a single
influence
C20/252), c ≥ 10 hef) Vperm [kN] 43°C3)/72°C4)

= C 20/25 2)
Pressure zone 43°C3)/60°C4) 39.4
(uncracked concrete 6 9.2 13.7 25.2 45.2 – 56.8 42
C20/252), c ≥ 10 hef) 43°C3)/72°C4) 37.7
Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2d0
Setting and drill hole depth range hef [mm] 60 – 96 60 – 120 70 – 144 80 – 192 90 – 240 96 – 288 120 – 360
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35
Through-hole df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Torque while installing anchor Tinst ≤ [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 200
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. =1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 005 0905 499 0085) Special order
Machine Holder Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Hex.: Art.-Nr. 0905 499 101 SDS-plus: Art.-Nr. 0905 499 102
WIT-DD Compr.-Air Nozzle: Art. No. 0905 489 217
Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compr.-Air
Blow-Out Pump Art. No. P. Qty. =1 M8 Reduction Attachment for blow-out pump: Nozzle Threaded Connection:
Art. No. 0905 499 202 Art. No. 0903 489 291
WIT-SDD Compr.-Air Hose: Art. No. 0699 903 7
Anchor Dimensions
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] – 80 – 90 – 110 – 125 – 170 – 210
1000
20 110
60 150
1000
5915 210 115 M10-90-15/115 15 115
5915 210 130 M10-90-30/130 30 130
5915 210 165 M10-90-65/165 65 165
5915 210 190 M10-90-90/190 90 190
1000
5915 212 135 M12-110-10/135 10 135
5915 212 160 M12-110-35/160 35 160
5915 212 210 M12-110-85/210 85 210
5915 212 250 M12-110-125/110 125 250
5915 212 300 M12-110-175/300 175 300
1000
5915 216 165 M16-125-20/165 20 165
5915 216 190 M16-125-45/190 45 190
5915 216 230 M16-125-85/230 85 230
5915 216 250 M16-125-105/250 105 250
5915 216 300 M16-125-155/300 155 300
1000
5915 220 220 M20-170-20/220 20 220
5915 220 260 M20-170-60/260 60 260
5915 220 300 M20-170-100/300 100 300
1000
5915 224 260 M24-210-15/260 15 260
5915 224 300 M24-210-55/300 55 300
Total length l [mm]

5915 208 110 M8-80-20/110
5915 208 150 M8-80-60/150
M20 x 1,000
M24 x 1,000
M10 x 1,000
M12 x 1,000
M16 x 1,000
M8 x 1,000
Designation
Anchor Rod
Art. No.
Stainless steel A4-70
–
–
5916 108 999
5916 120 999
5916 124 999

5916 110 999
5916 112 999
5916 116 999
Threaded Rod cut to length,

with acceptance test cert. 3.1
as per EN 10204 Art. No.
Stainless steel A4-70
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
10
10
10
5
5
5

WIT-PE 500 Mortar Cartridge Art. No. Mortar Cartridge, 385 mL (incl. 1 static mixer): Art. No. 0903 480 001 P. Qty. =1/12
Application Gun Art. No. P. Qty. =1 Application Gun for 385 mL cartridge: Art. No. 0891 009
0903 488 122 P. Qty. = 20
0903 488 121 P. Qty. = 20 dia. 16 mm, L = 2 m
Mixer Extension and Art. No. dia. 10 mm, L = 2 m Injection Adapter
Injection Adapter for M 20: 0903 488 051 P. Qty. = 10
for M 24: 0903 488 052 P. Qty. = 10
MWF - 03/10 - 12630 - © •

1
) The part-safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4
have been taken into account. With a combination of tensile and transverse loads, with edge influence and anchor groups,
please observe EOTA Technical Report TR029.
4
) Maximum short-term temperature.
1272
W-VIZ-IG/S INJECTION SYSTEM With WIT-VM 100
23.8 injection mortar
Galvanized steel
For application with the
Injection Gun Art. No. 0891 003 or
Handy Max®* Art. No. 0891 007
For the W-VIZ-IG/A4 Injection System, see 23.9

* HandyMax ® is a registered trademark of SORATON SA
Drill hole cleaning: • The temperature in the mortaring area may not exceed +50°C/+72°C
Approvals (or briefly +80°C/+120°C)
• Clean drill hole:
European Technical Approval • Can be used in concrete < C20/25 and pressure-resistant natural stone (without approval)
Blow out 2 x, brush out • W-VIZ-IG/S (galvanized steel) may be used in dry inside rooms
Option 1 mechanically 2 x, blow out 2 • Suitable for fastening metal structures, metal profiles, brackets, foot plates, supports, railings,
x. For M16 or larger drill hole,
for cracked and uncracked blow out with compressed
wood structures, beams etc.
concrete air using the appropriate 2. Advantages

compressed-air nozzles. • Conventional threaded rods and screws (for requirements, see ETA-04/0095) can be used
• High load-bearing capacity
• Can be set flush with surface: Attached parts can be removed/mounted again at any time
• The injection anchor is suitable for cracked concrete (concrete tensile zone) and uncracked
concrete (concrete pressure zone)
• Hardened injection mortar seals the drill hole to the greatest degree possible
• Low spreading-pressure fastening enables small edge and axial spacing
• The geometry of the anchor rod enables safe subsequent spreading
• Mechanical drill hole cleaning: Easy to handle, very good drill hole cleaning, high load-bearing
capacity
• High temperature resistance (long term up to +72°C, briefly up to +120°C)
• Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing with sealing cap
3. Properties
• Force-controlled/torque-controlled spreading anchor made of electrogalvanized steel in sizes
1. Areas of application M6, M8, M10, M12, M16 and M20
• Can be used for medium to heavy loads • Force is transferred via the mechanical teeth of individual cones in the composite mortar and also
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used in reinforced or non-reinforced via a combination of retaining and friction forces in the anchoring base (concrete)
standard concrete of a strength class of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with • Galvanized steel European Technical Approval ETA-04/0095
EN 206: 2000-12 • Dimensioned in accordance with the "Guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal
• Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete (concrete tensile zone) and in Anchors for Use in Concrete", Appendix C, Measurement Process A
uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone)
• For anchoring with primarily static loads (e.g. own weight, installations, support materials) or
quasi-static loads (e.g. railings)
• Anchor sizes M6 through M8: Installation in dry or wet concrete
• Anchor sizes M10 through M20: Installation in dry or wet concrete and in drilling holes filled with
water
Drill hole Check cleaning Clean drill hole (blow out 2 Screw mixer onto Before use, press out approx.
brush dia. x, brush out mechanically cartridge 10 cm of material. Do not use
2 x, blow out 2 x), with this initial mortar!
M16 and larger, blow
out with compressed air
(compressed-air nozzle)
KR - 03/11 - 15157 - ©
Fill composite mortar Push in female-thread Carry out visual check Remove extruded Install component; maximum
starting from base of anchor while turning and comply with mortar and protective torque may not be exceeded
drill hole slightly composite mortar cap
hardening time
1273
W-VIZ-IG/S INJECTION SYSTEM, M6 TO M10
23.8
Performance data
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
Female thread [mm]
hef 40 hef 50 hef 60 hef 75 hef 70 hef 80
50°C 3)/
4.3 6.1 8.0 11.1 10.0 12.3
single anchor with-
Tensile zone
out edge influence
Permissible centric
80°C 4)
tensile load1) on a

s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 72°C 3)/
2.4 3.6 5.7 5.7 7.6 9.5
N perm [kN] 120°C 4)
Pressure zone = C20/252) 50°C 3)/
4.3 7.6 9.0 13.8 14.1 16.7
(uncracked concrete C20/252)) 80°C 4)
Minimum axial and edge spacing 72°C 3)/
(s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 2.9 4.3 7.6 7.6 7.6 11.9
120°C 4)
anchor without edge
Tensile zone
(cracked concrete C20/252), 4.6 4.6 5.4 8.6 10.3 10.3
Perm. transverse
load1) on a single
c 10 hef)
Vperm [kN] =
C20/252)
influence
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 4.6 4.6 5.4 8.6 10.3 10.3
c 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque M perm. [Nm] 6.9 6.9 17.1 17.1 34.3 34.3
Minimum component thickness h min [mm] 80 80 100 110 110 110
s min [mm] 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 50 55 55 40 55
Cracked concrete Uncr. concrete
c min [mm] 40 40 40 40 40 50 40 50 55 55 50 55
Edge spacing ccr,N [in mm] 60 75 90 112.5 105 120
Drill hole depth h 0 [mm] 42 55 65 80 80 85
Through-hole in the component being connected d f [mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12
Torque while installing anchor T inst [Nm] 8 8 10 10 15 15
Cleaning brush dia. D [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0
Drill hole cleaning M6 - M10: Blow out 2 x, brush out mechanically 2 x, blow out 2 x
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 001 0905 499 002 0905 499 003
Machine Mount Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 / SDS-plus Mount: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Extension Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 111
Brush Template Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 099
Blow-Out Pump Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001
Anchor dimensions
W-VIZ-IG/S Dia. M6 M8 M10
Total length l [in mm] 41 52 63 78 74 84
Thread length Lth [in mm] 12 12 16 16 20 20
Minimum screw-in depth L sdmin [in mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12
Designation W-VIZ-IG/S 40 M6 x 41 50 M6 x 52 60 M8 x 63 75 M8 x 78 70 M10 x 74 80 M10 x 84
W-VIZ-IG/S Female-Thread Anchor
Art. No. 5916 106 041 5916 106 052 5916 108 063 5916 108 078 5916 110 074 5916 110 084
Galvanized steel
Packing unit P. Qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10
WIT-VM 100 Mortar Cartridge Mortar Cartridge, 300 mL (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001 P. Qty. = 1/12
Number of attachment points/cartridges Approx. pc. 62 52 36 30 32 24
Static Mixer Art. No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 420 001

1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the ēects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into
account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Guideline for European
Technical Approval (ETAG), Appendix C.
5) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has occurred during drilling (see ETA-04/0095).
KR - 03/11 - 15158 - ©
1274
W-VIZ-IG/S INJECTION SYSTEM, M12 TO M20
23.8
Performance data
M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20
Female thread [mm]
hef 90 hef 105 hef 125 hef 115 hef 170 hef 170
50°C 3)/
Tensile zone 14.6 18.4 24.0 21.1 38.0 38.0
Permissible centric
80°C 4)
tensile load1) on
a single anchor
s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 72°C 3)/

9.5 14.3 23.8 14.3 28.6 35.7
without edge
Nperm [kN] 120°C 4)

= C20/252) 50°C 3)/
influence
Pressure zone 20.5 25.8 31.9 24.8 53.2 51.4

(uncracked concrete C20/252)) 80°C 4)
Minimum axial and edge spacing 72°C 3)/
(s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 11.9 16.7 23.8 19.1 35.7 45.2
120°C 4)
Tensile zone
Perm. transverse
load1) on a single
(cracked concrete C20/252), 19.4 19.4 19.4 14.9 36.0 30.9

anchor without
edge influence
c 10 hef)
Vperm [kN]
= C20/252)
Pressure zone
(uncracked concrete C20/252), 19.4 19.4 19.4 14.9 36.0 30.9
c 10 hef)
Permissible bending torque M perm [Nm] 60.0 60.0 60.0 121.1 152.0 296.6
170 230 230
Minimum component thickness h min [mm] 130 150 160
1605) 2205) 2205)
s min [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80
c min [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80
Edge spacing ccr,N [in mm] 135 157.5 187.5 172.5 255 255
Drill hole depth h 0 [mm] 98 113 133 120 180 185
Through-hole in the component being connected d f [mm] 14 14 14 18 18 22
Torque while installing anchor T inst [Nm] 25 25 25 50 50 80
Cleaning brush dia. D [mm] 19 19 19 23 25 27
Drill hole cleaning M12: Blow out 2 x, brush out mechanically 2 x, blow out 2 x
M16 - M20: Blow out with compressed air (6 bar) 2 x, brush out mechanically 2 x, blow out with compressed air (6 bar) 2 x
Cleaning Brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 004 0905 499 0077) 0905 499 005 0905 499 006
Machine Mount Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101/SDS-plus Mount: Art. No. 0905 499 102
Brush Template Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 099
Blow-out pump/compressed-air nozzle
Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Blow-Out Pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compressed-Air Nozzle6): Art. No. 0905 499 201
designed for Art. No. 0714 92 13
Anchor dimensions
W-VIZ-IG/S Dia. M12 M16 M20
Thread length Lth [in mm] 24 24 24 32 32 40
Minimum screw-in depth L sdmin [in mm] 14 14 14 18 18 22
Designation W-VIZ-IG/S 90 M12 x 94 105 M12 x 109 125 M12 x 130 115 M16 x 120 170 M16 x 180 170 M20 x 182
W-VIZ-IG/S Female-Thread Anchor
Art. No. 5916 112 094 5916 112 109 5916 112 130 5916 116 120 5916 116 180 5916 120 182
Galvanized steel
WIT-VM 100 Mortar Cartridge Mortar Cartridge, 300 mL (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001 P. Qty. = 1/12
Number of attachment points/cartridges Approx. pc. 18 16 14 10 6 6
Static Mixer Art. No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 420 001

1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the ēects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into
account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the Directive for European
Technical Approval (ETAG), Appendix C.
KR - 03/11 - 15159 - ©
5) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has occurred during drilling (see ETA-04/0094).
7) Cleaning brush without connection thread M6.
1275
WIT-VM 200 + WIT-SH 12/50 SIEVE SLEEVE Styrene-free 2-component
24.1 Special Mortar
Individual Fastening:
Masonry of solid and perforated bricks
Static Mixture Cartridge, 300 ml,

WIT-AS Anchor Bar

Galvanized steel, blue passivated
Stainless steel A4
HCR highly corrosion resistant steel
WIT-SH 12/50 Plastic Sieve Sleeve
Approvals Good to know: • WIT-AS A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used outdoors (including industrial
• Drill perforated and atmosphere and near the sea) or in damp rooms
hollow blocks in • WIT-AS HCR (highly corrosion-resistant steel HCR) may be used in areas with
Masonry: very high corrosion loading (e.g. indoor pool atmosphere, street tunnels, poorly
rotating gear (without
Solid and impact mechanism). ventilated car parks or parts in seawater and in marine atmosphere)
• Suitable for securing metal profiles, brackets, plumbing objects, pipes, cable
perforated bricks conduits, etc.
2. Advantages
Z-21.3-1771 • Reliable anchoring in solid and perforated bricks
• The anchor may also be anchored in masonry joints
• No spreading ēect, enabling small edge and axial distances to be complied
with
• Cartridges can be used up to expiration of the best before date by replacing the
static mixer or by being closed again with sealing cap
1. Applications
• Can be used for medium-load range 3. Features
• The injection anchor may be anchored in the following anchoring materials with • Anchoring through bond and positive locking between injection mortar, sieve
a general construction permit: sleeve, anchor bar or internal screw thread sleeve and anchoring base
Solid brick ( MB 10) according to DIN 105 • Galvanized steel, stainless steel A4, HCR highly corrosion resistant steel:
Solid sand-lime brick ( CS 10) according to DIN 106 General construction permit Z-21.3-1771
Vertically perforated brick ( VPB 4) according to DIN 105 • Dimensioning: See permit Z-21.3-1771
Perforated sand-lime brick ( PSLB 10) according to DIN 106 • Temperature resistant up to 50°C, briefly up to 80°C
• Anchoring in solid bricks (MB and CS) may be carried out with and without • Application temperature of mortar: at least +5°C
sieve sleeve • Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): +5°C to +25°C
• Anchoring in perforated bricks (VPB and PSLB) must be carried out with sieve • Minimum shelf life when stored properly: 18 months
sleeve
• WIT-AS (galvanized steel, blue passivated) may be used in closed rooms, e.g.
apartments, o̅ces, schools, hospitals and sales rooms
Setting
instructions
Anchoring Base:
Perforated Bricks:
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Insert sieve bush Screw mixer onto Before use, press out Completely fill with Press in anchoring Comply with Mount component;
(blow out 2x/ cartridge approx. 10 cm cord compoite mortar from element up to bottom hardening time of maximum torque may
brush out 2x/ end of sieve sleeve of sleeve while turning composite mortar not be exceeded
blow out 2x) (see enclosed leaflet) slightly
Anchoring Base:
Solid Brick:
MWF - 08/11 - 12410 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Screw mixer onto Before use, press out Fill with composite Press in anchoring Visual check of mortar Comply with Mount component;
(blow out 2x/ cartridge approx. 10 cm cord mortar starting from element up to drill hole filling quantity, setting hardening time of maximum torque may
brush out 2x/ drill hole base (see base while turning depth marking composite mortar not be exceeded
blow out 2x) enclosed leaflet) slightly
1276
WIT-VM 200 + SIEBHÜLSE WIT-SH 12/50
24.1
Leistungsdaten
Ankerstange WIT-AS
Dübel-Durchmesser
M6/50 M8/50
Kunststoff-Siebhülse ohne Siebhülse WIT-SH 12/50 ohne Siebhülse WIT-SH 12/50
Umgebungsbedingungen Innen- / Außenbereich Innen- / Außenbereich Innen- / Außenbereich Innen- / Außenbereich
Fzul [kN] Mz 10 0,4 / 0,3 0,4 / 0,3 0,4 / 0,3 0,4 / 0,3
(Zug, Querlast, und Schrägzug unter
Fzul [kN] Mz 20 0,6 / 0,5 0,6 / 0,5 0,6 / 0,5 0,6 / 0,5
Vollziegel
Fzul [kN] Mz 28 0,7 / 0,6 0,7 / 0,6 0,7 / 0,6 0,7 / 0,6
Fzul [kN] Mz 36 0,8 / 0,7 0,8 / 0,7 0,8 / 0,7 0,8 / 0,7
Fzul [kN] KS 10 0,4 / 0,4 0,4 / 0,4 0,4 / 0,4 0,4 / 0,4
Kalksandvollstein Fzul [kN] KS 20 0,6 / 0,5 0,6 / 0,5 0,6 / 0,5 0,6 / 0,5
Fzul [kN] KS 28 0,7 / 0,6 0,7 / 0,6 0,7 / 0,6 0,7 / 0,6
Fzul [kN] HLz 4 – 0,3 / 0,3 – 0,3 / 0,3
Zulässige Last
Hochlochziegel Fzul [kN] HLz 6 – 0,4 / 0,4 – 0,4 / 0,4

jedem Winkel)
Fzul [kN] HLz 12 – 0,5 / 0,5 – 0,5 / 0,5

Fzul [kN] KSL 10 – 0,3 / 0,2 – 0,3 / 0,2
Kalksandlochstein Fzul [kN] KSL 12 – 0,4 / 0,3 – 0,4 / 0,3
Fzul [kN] KSL 16 – 0,4 / 0,4 – 0,4 / 0,4
Kennwerte
Achsabstand / min. Achs-
a / min a [mm] Mz, KS, HLz, KSL = 100 / 50
abstand (Dübelgruppe)
Mindestzwischenabstand
az [mm] 250
(zwischen Dübelgruppen)
Randabstand a r [mm] Mz, KS = 250, HLz, KSL = 200
Randabstand bei besonderen
a r [mm] Mz, KS = 60, HLz, KSL = 50
Bedingungen2)
Mindestbauteildicke d = [mm] 110
Verankerungstiefe hef = [mm] 49
Einbautiefe der Siebhülse hnom = [mm] – 50 – 50
Bohrernenn-Ø1) d 0 = [mm] 8 12 10 12
ohne Siebhülse / mit Siebhülse
Bohrlochtiefe t [mm] 55
Durchgangsloch
d Bau [mm] 7 9
im anzuschließenden Bauteil
Max. Drehmoment
T inst [Nm] 2
beim Befestigen
Reinigungsbürsten-Ø d B [mm] 9 13 11 13
Bohrlochreinigung 2 x ausblasen, 2 x ausbürsten, 2 x ausblasen (Keine Bohrlochreinigung: HLz, vorausgesetzt, dass für jedes Bohrloch Hohlkammern angebohrt werden)
Reinigungsbürste (Stahl)
Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 1 0905 499 020 0905 499 022 0905 499 021 0905 499 022
mit Anschlussgewinde M6
Handgriff Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 1 0905 499 103
Maschinenaufnahme Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 1 Sechskantaufnahme: Art.-Nr. 0905 499 101 SDS plus-Aufnahme: Art.-Nr. 0905 499 102
Ausblaspumpe Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 1 Ausblaspumpe: Art.-Nr. 0903 990 001 Reduzierungsaufsatz für die Ausblaspumpe: Art.-Nr. 0905 499 202
Kennwerte, Dübelabmessungen, Zubehörteile

Dübel-Durchmesser M6/50 M8/50
Gesamtlänge l [mm] 65 65
max. Befestigungshöhe t fix [mm] 10 10
Ankerstange
WIT-AS
Stahl verzinkt, blau passiviert Art.-Nr. 0903 451 061 0903 452 061 0903 451 071 0903 452 071
WIT-AS A4
Nichtrostender Stahl A4
Verpackungseinheit VE [Stück] 10
Kunststoffsiebhülse
Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 10 0903 44 121
WIT-SH 12/50
WIT-VM 200 Mörtelkartusche Art.-Nr. Mörtelkartusche 300 ml (inkl. 1 Statikmischer) Art.-Nr. 0903 450 001 VE [St.] 1/12
Anzahl Befestigungspunkte/Kartusche (300 ml = 160 mm Skalierung)
Lochstein mit Siebhülse ca. Stück 20 20
Vollstein ohne Siebhülse ca. Stück 60 40
Vollstein mit Siebhülse ca. Stück 40 40
Auspresspistole Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 1 Auspresspistole: Art.-Nr. 0891 003
Statikmischer Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 10 0903 420 001
Verlängerung für Statikmischer Art.-Nr. VE [St.] = 10 0903 420 004
* HandyMax ® ist eine eingetragene Marke der Firma SORATON SA
MWF - 08/11 - 12411 - ©
Würth Systemkomponenten
1) Die Mauerbohrer aus Hartmetall müssen den Angaben des Merkblattes des Deutschen Instituts für Bautechnik und des Fach-
verbandes Werkzeugindustrie e.V. über die „Kennwerte, Anforderungen und Prüfungen von Mauerbohrern mit Schneidköpfen aus
Hartmetall, die zur Herstellung der Bohrlöcher von Dübelverankerungen verwendet werden“ entsprechen. Die Würth Mauer-
bohrer entsprechen den Angaben des Merkblattes.
2) Gilt für Mauerwerk mit Aufl ast oder Kippnachweis. Gilt nicht für zum freien Rand gerichtete Abscherlast.
1277
WIT-VM 200 + WIT-SH 18/95 SIEVE SLEEVE Styrene-free 2-component
24.2 special mortar
Individual Attachment:
Masonry of solid and perforated bricks and aera-
ted concrete
StaticMixture Cartridge, 300ml, incl. 1
StaticMixer
WIT-AS Anchor Bar
Galvanised steel, blue passivated
Stainless steel A4
HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel
WIT-IG Internal Screw Thread Sleeve
Galvanised steel, blue passivated
Stainless steel A4
HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel
WIT-SH 18/95 Plastic Sieve Sleeve
• WIT-AS orWIT-IG(galvanised steel, blue passivated)may be used in closed rooms, e.g.
Approvals Test Reports Good to know:
flats, o̅ces, schools, hospitals and sales rooms
• Drill perforated
• WIT-AS A4 orWIT-IG A4 (stainless steel A4) may be used outdoors (including
Masonry: Fire and hollow industrial atmosphere and near the sea) or in damp rooms
resistance blocks in rotating
solid and gear (without
• WIT-AS HCR orWIT-IG HCR (HCR highly corrosion-resistant steel) may be used in
areas with very heavy corrosion loading (e.g. public indoor pools, street tunnels,
perforated direct impact poorly ventilated car parks or parts in seawater and a sea atmosphere)
bricks, aerated ēect of flames mechanism) • Suitable for securing facades, projecting roofs, wooden structures, metal structures,
ˈ greater permissible metal profiles, brackets, railings, screens, plumbing objects, pipes, cable conduits
concrete loads. etc.
Z-21.3-1771
2. Advantages
• Reliable anchoring in solid and perforated blocks-high load-bearing capacities
• The dowel may also be anchored in masonry joints
• Aerated concrete: anchoring in cylindrical drill hole – no special tools required
• No spreading ē ect, enabling small edge and axial distances to be complied with
• Cartridge can be used up to expiration of the best before date by replacing the static
1. Applications mixer or by being closed again with sealing cap
• Can be used for medium-load range
• The injection dowel may be anchored in the following anchoring bases with a general
construction permit: 3. Properties
Solid brick ( MB 12) according to DIN 105 • Anchoring through bond and positive locking between injection mortar, sieve sleeve,
Solid sand-lime brick ( CS 12) according to DIN 106 anchor bar or internal screw thread sleeve and anchoring base
Vertically perforated brick ( VPB 4) according to DIN 105 • Galvanised steel, stainless steel A4, HCR highly corrosion resistant steel: General
Perforated sand-lime brick ( PSLB 4) according to DIN 106 construction permit Z-21.3-1771
Hollow bricks of lightweight concrete ( HBLC 2) according to DIN 18151 • Dimensions: See Permit Z-21.3-1771
Hollow bricks of concrete ( HBC 4) according to DIN 18153 • Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90 and F120 (anchoring base: solid brick, solid sand-lime
Aerated concrete bricks according to DIN 4165 and Wall components brick, vertically perforated brick, perforated sand-lime brick, hollow pumice)
made of aerated concrete according to DIN 4223 (Cleaning brush Art. No. 0905 499 024 fire load according to DIN EN1363-1-1999-10 (standard temperature-time curve)
must be used) • Thermally stable up to 50°C, briefly up to 80°C
• Anchoring in solid bricks (MB and CS) may be carried out with and without sieve • Application temperature of mortar: At least +5°C
sleeve • Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): +5°C to +25°C
• Anchoring in perforated bricks (VPB, PSLB, HBLC and HBC) and aerated concrete • Minimum shelf life when stored properly: 18 months
must be carried out with sieve sleeve (Cleaning brush Art. No. 0905 499 024 must be used)
Setting
instructions
Anchoring
base:
perforated
bricks, aerated Create Clean drilled hole Push in sieve sleeve Screw mixer onto Press out Fill completelywith Press in anchoring Visual monitoring of Mount component;
concrete drilled hole (blow out 2x/ cartridge approx.10 cm bead composite mortar element up to bottom mortar filling quantity, maximum torque may
brush out 2x/ before using starting of sleeve while turning setting depth marking not be exceeded
blow out 2x) fromend of sieve sleeve slightly
(see enclosed leaflet)
Anchoring
base:
solid bricks
MWF - 08/11 - 07101 - ©
Create Clean drilled hole Screw mixer onto Press out Fill with composite Press in anchoring Visual monitoring of Visual monitoring of Mount component,
drilled hole (blow out 2x/ cartridge approx.10 cm bead mortar starting from element up to bottom mortar filling quantity, mortar filling quantity, maximum torque may
brush out 2x/ before using base of drilled hole of drilled hole while setting depth marking setting depth marking not be exceeded
blow out 2x) (see enclosed leaflet) turning slightly
1278
WIT-VM 200 + SIEVE SLEEVE WIT-SH 18/95
24.2
Performance data (Gas concrete: for permissible loads see approval Z-21.3-1771)
WIT-AS Anchor Bar WIT-IGInt. ScrewThread Sleeve
Dowel diameter
M8 M10 M12 M6 M8
w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH w/o WIT-SH
Plastic sieve sleeve
WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95 WIT-SH 18/95
Solid brick Fperm [kN] Mz 12 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7
oblique pull under every angle)
Solid sand-lime brick Fperm [kN] KS 12 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7
Fperm [kN] HLz 4 – 0,3/0,6 –
1) 0,3/0,61) – 0,3/0,61) – 0,3/0,6 –
1) 0,3/0,61)
Vertically perforated brick Fperm [kN] HLz 6 – 0,4/0,81) – 0,4/0,81) – 0,4/0,81) – 0,4/0,81) – 0,4/0,81)
(tensile, transverse and
Fperm [kN] HLz 12 – 0,8/1,01) – 0,8/1,01) – 0,8/1,01) – 0,8/1,01) – 0,8/1,01)

Permissible load
Fperm [kN] KSL 4 – 0,4/0,61) – 0,4/0,61) – 0,4/0,61) – 0,4/0,61) – 0,4/0,61)

Perforated sand-lime brick Fperm [kN] KSL 6 – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81)
Fperm [kN] KSL 12 – 0,8/1,41) – 0,8/1,41) – 0,8/1,41) – 0,8/1,41) – 0,8/1,41)
Fperm [kN] Hbl 2 – 0,3/0,51) – 0,3/0,51) – 0,3/0,51) – 0,3/0,51) – 0,3/0,51)
Hollow brick of lightweight concrete
Fperm [kN] Hbl 4 – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81)
Hollow brick of concrete Fperm [kN] Hbn 4 – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81) – 0,6/0,81)
Fire-resistance duration5) F30 [kN] 1,67 – 1,78 – 1,92 – 0,81 – 1,67 –
Anchoring base: F60 [kN] 0,8 – 0,85 – 0,92 – 0,29 – 0,8 –
Solid brick Mz12 F90 [kN] 0,51 – 0,54 – 0,58 – 0,12 – 0,51 –
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 F120 [kN] 0,36 – 0,39 – 0,42 – 0,03 – 0,36 –
Characteristic values (Gas concrete: for characteristic values see approval Z-21.3-1771)
Axial spacing/min. axial spacing (dowel group) a / min a [mm] Mz, KS, HLz, KSL = 100 / 50 Hbl, Hbn = 200 / –
Min. interm. spacing (individual dowel) az [mm] 250
Edge spacing a r [mm] Mz, KS = 250 HLz, KSL, Hbl, Hbn = 200
Edge spacing under special conditions 3) ar [mm] Mz, KS = 60 HLz, KSL, Hbl, Hbn = 50
Minimum component thickness d = [mm] 110
Anchoring depth hef = [mm] 93
Installation depth of sieve sleeve hnom = [mm] – 95 – 95 – 95 – 95 – 95
Nom. drill dia.2) w/o sieve sleeve/with sieve sleeve d 0 = [mm] 10 18 12 18 14 18 14 18 14 18
Drill hole depth t [mm] 100
Through-hole in the component to be connected dconstruction [mm] 9 12 14 7 9
Thread screw-in depth s [mm] – – – 8–20 8–20
Max. torque when securing T inst [Nm] 8 4)
Cleaning brush dia. d B [mm] 11 19 13 19 15 19 15 19 15 19
Drill hole cleaning Blow out 2x, brush out 2x, blow out 2x (No cleaning of drilled hole: VPB, provided that hollow chambers are spot-drilled for each drilling hole)
0905 499 024
0905 499 022
0905 499 024
0905 499 024
0905 499 024
0905 499 024

0905 499 023
0905 499 023
0905 499 023

0905 499 021
Cleaning brush (steel)

Art.-No. P. Qty. = 1
with connection thread M6
Handle Art.-No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 103

Machinemounting Art.-No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art.-No. 0905 499 101 SDS plus: Art.-No. 0905 499 102
Blow-out pump Art.-No. P. Qty. = 1 0903 990 001
Characteristic values, dowel dimensions, accessory parts

Dowel diameter M8 M10 M12 M6 M8
0903 451 124 120 225
0903 452 124 120 225
0903 451 122 40 145
0903 452 122 40 145
0903 451 083 40 140
0903 452 083 40 140
0903 451 102 36 140

0903 452 102 36 140
0903 451 103 56 160
0903 452 103 56 160
0903 451 123 60 165

0903 452 123 60 165
0903 451 082 20 120
0903 452 082 20 120
0903 451 101 16 120

0903 452 101 16 120
0903 451 121 20 125

0903 452 121 20 125
0903 451 081 10 110
0903 452 081 10 110
93
93
93
93
Total length l [mm]
max. securing height t fix [mm]
–
–
–
–
Anchor bar
WIT-AS
Galvanised steel, blue passivated Art.-No.
–
–
–
–
WIT-AS A4
Stainless steel A4
0903 462 081
0903 462 061
0903 461 081
Internal screw thread sleeve

0903 461 061
WIT-IG
Galvanised steel, blue passivated Art.-No.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WIT-IG A4
Stainless steel A4
Plastic sieve sleeve WIT-SH 18/95 Art.-No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 44 180
WIT-VM 200 Mortar Cartridge Art.-No. Mortar cartridge 300 ml (incl. 1 static mixer) Art.-Nr. 0903 450 001 P. Qty. 1/12
Number of fastening points/cartridge (300 ml = 160 mm scale)
Perforated brick with sieve sleeve approx. P. 7 7 7 7 7
Solid brick without sieve sleeve approx. P. 46 28 20 20 20
Solid brick with sieve sleeve approx. P. 10 11 12 12 12
Application gun Art.-No. P. Qty. = 1 Application gun: Art.-No. 0891 003
Staticmixer Art.-No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 420 001
Extension for staticmixer Art.-No. P. Qty. = 10 0903 420 004
1) Increased value only applies if drilling is carried out in rotating gear; in PSLB bricks it must also be proven that the
MWF - 08/11 - 07102 - ©
outer bars of the blocks are at least 30 mm (old blocks).

Würth SystemComponents 2) The carbide masonry drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the “Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik”
(German Institute for Building Technology) and the “FachverbandWerkzeugindustrie e.V” (Professional Association
of the Tool Industry) on the “Characteristics, requirements and tests of masonry drills with carbide cutting heads used
for producing drilled holes of dowel anchors”. TheWürth masonry drills comply with the specifications of the information
leaflet.
3) Applies to masonry with extra load or tipping certifi cate. Does not apply to shear-ō load directed toward clear edge.
4) 2 Nm for anchor plate on anchoring base that does not make contact.
5) Fire resistance: Anchoring base vertically perforated brick VPB 12 (pursuant to DIN105); perforated sand-lime brick PSLB 12
(pursuant to DIN106) and hollow pumice stone 40mm (pursuant to DINV 18151-100) see Fire-Protection Test ReportNo.
(3480/9725)-CM(3480/9725)-CM.
1279
WIT-VM 200 ACCESSORIES
24.3
Application Gun HandyMax®*Application Gun ORSY® 200 Assortment Case
Art.-No. 0891 003 VE/St. 1 Art.-No. 0891 007 VE/St. 1 Art.-No 0964 903 424 VE/St. 1
* HandyMax ® is a registered trademark of company Contents: Blow-out pump = 1 pc.,

SORATON SA Deep-drawn insert = 2 pc. = 3 parts
Sieve Sleeve
Designa- Dimensions Art. No. Illustration P. Drilling Drilling Suitable for Mortar con-
tion [mm] Qty. dia. hole Threaded Internal tent [mm]
depth rod (see graduation
[mm] screw thr. on cartridge)
[mm] sleeve
12 x 50 0903 44 121 20 12 55 M6 M6 6
Sieve slee-
ve 16 x 85 0903 44 160 10 16 90 M8, M10 – 12
Plastic
without 16 x 135 0903 44 161 10 16 140 M8, M10 – 16
permit
20 x 85 0903 44 200 10 20 90 M12 M10, M12 20
Sieve slee- 11 x 1000 0903 44 1281) 1 12 – M6 – –
ve
Metal 14 x 1000 0903 44 1681) 1 16 – M8, M10 – –
without
permit 20 x 1000 0903 44 2081) 1 20 – M10, M12 – –
1) ForWIT-VM 200 andWIT-C 150
Internal Screw Thread Sleeves

Designation Dimensions Art. No. Illustration Thread screw- Suitable for sieve sleeve
[mm] in depth [mm]
M6 x 50 0903 46 06 6–18 Plastic 12 x 50
Internal screw thread P. Qty. = 10 Art.-Nr. 0903 44 121
sleeve 0903 46 10 Plastic 20 x 85
M10 x 80 P. Qty. = 10 10–22 Art.-Nr. 0903 44 200
Steel, galvanized
without permit M12 x 80 0903 46 12 12–25 Plastic 20 x 85
P. Qty. = 10 Art.-Nr. 0903 44 200
StaticMixer, Extension for StaticMixer

Designation Dimensions Art. No. Illustration P. Qty.
StaticMixer 0903 420 001 10
Extension for StaticMixer 10 x 200 [mm] 0903 420 004 10
MWF - 08/11 - 07103 - ©
1280
25 WIT-C 150
2-componenten EA universal
mortar in plastic cartridge
Static mixing cartridge 330 ml
for processing with special gun
Art. No. 0891003
Static mixing cartridge 150 ml
and ejection plunger
for processing with normal Silicon gun
Accessories not illustrated
see Product Info:
23 WIT-C 100 concrete, solid brick,
foam mortar, lightweight concrete
24 WIT-C 200 hollow bricks
Performance
1. Areas of application • Watertight bonding, i.e. no water is able to penetrate the borehole
• Heavy load attachment in hollow bricks, solid bricks, concrete, between the joined surfaces.
foam mortar and lightweight concrete. • No “re-wetting” edge forming around the borehole, thus preventing
• Also suitable for repairs and as adhesive mortar for concrete adhesion of dust or dirt around the bonded joint.
components.
• Marble, granite, headstones. 3. Characteristics
• Use in hollow bricks only possible with perforated sleeves.
2. Advantages • Temperature stability to + 80 °C; briefly to +110 °C.
• All purpose uses in many materials. • Processing temperature of the cartridge min. +20 °C.
• Cartridge can be used up until expiry of best-before date • Storage temperature + 5 °C to max. +25 °C.
by exchanging the static mixer or reclosing the sealing cap. • Min. shelf life 12 months.
• The 150 ml cartridge can be used with any commercially available
cartridge gun.
Setting
instructions
Material:
hollow bricks
Drill hole. Insert perforated Insert the application tube all the Insert the anchor rod or threaded Install component,
sleeve. way into the perforated sleeve sleeve into the mortar while slowly apply torque.
and fill completely while lifting out turning. Note setting time.
in even strokes.
Material:
concrete,
solid bricks
Drill hole. Clean borehole. Screw mixer Prior to application, Fill borehole from Insert reinforcing Check mortar Note setting time. Install component,
onto cartridge. expel a bead of the bottom up. iron or threaded filling quantity apply torque.
about 10 cm. rod while turning. visually.
Material:
foam mortar,
lightweight
concrete
MWF - 07/03 - 09042 - © •
Drill hole. Clean borehole. Screw mixer Prior to application, Insert mixer tip Fill borehole from Insert reinforcing iron or Install component,
onto cartridge. expel a bead of into borehole. the bottom up. threaded rod while turning. apply torque.
about 10 cm. Note setting time.
1281
WIT-C 150
25
Performance
Plug diameter [mm] M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
HLZ4; KSL4;
0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 – –
LHLZ4
for all load directions
Recommended load
HLZ6; KSL6 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 – –

HLZ12; KSL12 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 – –
HBL4; HBN4 Frecomm [kN] 0.5 0.65 0.65 0.65 – –
Concrete ≥ B15 – 2.0 2.8 4.0 5.6 7.0
(pressure zone)
Concrete ≥ B25 – 2.8 4.0 5.8 8.0 10.0
(pressure zone)
Foam mortar
– 0.8 0.8 0.8 – –
≥ PB2
Characteristic values, plug dimensions, accessories
For use of WIT-C150 in hollow bricks please refer to the specifications in Product Info 24 WIT-C 200
For use of WIT-C150 in solid building materials please refer to the specifications in Product Info 23 WIT-C 100
Plug dimensions
Art. No.: Static mixing cartridge 150 ml Static mixing cartridge 330 ml
WIT-C 150 0903 415 150 0903 415 300
incl. 1 static mixer Pack Qty. = 1 / 12 Pack Qty. = 1 / 12
Static mixer 0903 420 001 Pack Qty. = 10
Special applications
Attachment in masonry with insulating plaster Attachment in double wall masonry

For example, attachment of awning where compressive forces For example, attachment of awning where compressive forces
are transmitted to the insulating plaster. are transmitted to facing masonry.
Cut the metal screen sleeve to the appropriate length!
Place hexagon nut
and washer where the
wooden beam contacts
the wall in order to
transmit the compressive
forces through the
threaded rod into the
masonry and to prevent
any damage to the
plaster and insulation
layers.
Wooden beam
Hollow brick masonry Insul. Insu- Air Clinker
Exterior plaster Hollow brick masonry lation space masonry Wooden beam

MWF - 11/02 - 09043 - © •
1282
WIT INJECTION TECHNOLOGY
23.1 / 23.3 / 24.1 /
28.1 29.1 23.5 25
23.2 23.4 24.2
Injection mortar WIT-VM 100 WIT-VM 200 Injection WIT-PE 500
Injection Mortar Mortar Injection
Mortar WIT-C 100 WIT-C 150
Injektion system W-VIZ/S W-VIZ/S W-VI/S WIT-VM WIT-PE 500 Injection Injection
W-VIZ/A4 dynamic W-VI/A4 200 Mortar Mortar²)
W-VIZ/HCR W-VIZ/HCR W-VI/HCR
Properties dynamic
Fatigue-relevant effect¹)
– dynamic (cracked and X
uncracked concrete)
With ETA¹), Option 1
(cracked and uncracked X Xʤ)
concrete)
With ETA¹), Option 7
X
(uncracked concrete)
Subsequent reinforcement
connection¹) (ETA, general X
construction permit)
General construction
permit¹) (masonry: solid and X
perforated stone)
Without permit X X
Styrene-free X X X X X X
Drill hole cleaning
X X X X X
with machine
Drill hole cleaning by hand X X X
Cotter-pin mounting X X X X X X
Pass-through mounting X³) X
Anchoring surface
Cracked concrete of at least
˞ ˞ ˞
C20/25, and maximum C50/60
Uncracked concrete
of at least C20/25, ˞ ˞ ˞ ˞ ˟ ˟
and maximum C50/60
Aerated concrete ˞ ˟ ˟
Lightweight concrete ˟ ˟ ˟
Solid brick MB 12 ˞ ˟ ˟
Solid sand-lime brick CS 12 ˞ ˟ ˟
Vertically perforated brick
˞ ˟ ˟
VPB 4
Perforated sand-lime brick
˞ ˟ ˟
PSLB 4
Hollow blocks of lightweight
˞ ˟ ˟
concrete HBLC 2
Hollow blocks
˞ ˟ ˟
of concrete HBC 4
Natural stone ˟ ˟ʥ)
˞ = with approval
˟ = suitable
¹) Permitted only in conjunction with suitable anchor rods and cleaning accessory parts.
²) Attention: A styrene odor will be detected if the initial mortar is not discarded and is instead injected directly into the drilled hole.
³) Only M10 to M24.
MWF - 02/11 - 07121 - ©
ʤ) Only M12 to M24.

ʥ) Does not discolor natural stone.
1283
WIT-FIX
26.1
Liquid anchor
Secondary fastening
WIT-FIX cartridge, 25 ml incl. 2 positive mixers,

2 extensions and 2 sieve sleeves 10 x 45
2. Advantages
• Easy, fast application
Sieve Sleeve WIT-SH 12 x 50 • Cures quickly, resulting in short waiting times until mounting (3-5 minutes at room
Art. No. 0903 44 121
temperature)
• WIT-FIX can also be used as a repair compound for all wood materials
1. Applications • Screws can be screwed directly into the cured compound
• WIT-FIX may be used in the following anchoring materials: Concrete, masonry • WIT-FIX can be painted over and sanded
of solid and perforated brick, aerated concrete, sheet materials (gypsum plaster- • Also suitable for di̅cult, decayed building materials
board, gypsum fiberboard) (renovation work and old buildings)
• For fastening light components, repairing and filling out drilled holes which have • Fastening free of spreading pressure
broken out were drilled too large, or as a repair compound for all wooden mate-
rials 3. Features
• Due to its slightly expanding property, an optimum pressing into the application • WIT-FIX is a two-component polyurethane injection system
surface is achieved and it can also be used in hollow and perforated materials • Cartridge temperature during application must be at least
with a sieve sleeve +10°C; +20°C is optimal
• Suitable for fastening towel bars, curtain rails, light shelving, pictures, mirrors • Ambient temperature following curing: –10°C to +40°C
and lamps; repair compound for all wood building materials • Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): store in a cool, dry,
• Anchoring in perforated bricks and sheet building materials must be carried out dark place at +10°C to +30°C
with a sieve sleeve • Minimum shelf life when stored properly: 12 months
• Curing time at room temperature: 3-5 minutes
Characteristic values/Anchor dimensions
WIT-FIX Art. No. 0903 470 001 WIT-FIX cartridge, 25 ml
Liquid anchor P. Qty. [Pc.] = 1/12 (incl. 2 positive mixers, 2 extensions and 2 sieve sleeves 10 x 451)
Positive Mixer Art. No. 0891 486 P. Qty. [Pc.] = 25
Solid stone Drill dia. [mm] Drilled hole depth [mm] Anchoring depth [mm] Screw dia. [mm]
6 50 45 2-4
8 50 45 2-5
10 50 45 2-6
perforated stone Sieve sleeve type Drill dia. [mm] Drilled hole depth [mm] Anchoring depth [mm] Screw dia. [mm]
(only with sieve sleeve)
Sieve sleeve 10 x 451) 10 50 45 2-6
WIT-SH 12 x 50 12 55 50 2-6
Art. No. 0903 44 121
1) Sieve sleeve 10 x 45 is included with WIT-FIX, Art. No. 0903 470 001
Drill drilled hole and Screw mixer and mixing Check flow as to whether Fill drilled hole with Following a curing time of 3-5 min.,
remove sealing cap extension onto injection it has a uniform mixing material from base up the attached part can be fastened with
cartridge color a screw
MWF - 07/10 - 12363 - ©
Drill drilled hole and Screw mixer and mixing A sieve sleeve must be Check flow as to whether it Completely fill with mortar Following a curing time
remove sealing cap extension onto injection used with hollow-cham- has a uniform mixing color compound from end of of 3-5 min., the attached
cartridge ber bricks, perforated sieve sleeve part can be fastened with
bricks or sheet materials a screw
1284
W-VIZ/S DYNAMIC AND W-VIZ/HCR DYNAMIC 28.1
INJECTION SYSTEMS
With WIT-VM 100 Injection Mortar
for use with Application Gun
Art. No. 0891 003 or HandyMax®*
Art. No. 0891 007
Fatigue-relevant ēect (dynamic)
W-VIZ/S dynamic
Galvanized steel
W-VIZ/HCR dynamic
(material number 1.4529)
Approvals Drill hole cleaning 2. Advantages

Clean drill hole: Blow out 2 x, brush out • Through-bolt mounting
General mechanically 2 x, blow out 2 x
construction permit • Easy mounting: Anchor is supplied prefabricated (no laborious assembly of
Dynamic M20 drill hole with compressed air using the anchor components required).
appropriate compressed-air nozzles. • In contrast to previous systems, the W-VIZ dynamic Injection System enables
considerably more cost-e̅cient anchoring measurement (for axial and oblique
Z-21.3-1909 1. Areas of Application pull, considerably greater loads are permissible; a dīerentiation can be made
• Can be used for applications with a fatigue- between static and non-static loads, and greater loads may be transferred with
relevant ēect a limited number of load alterations)
• With a general construction permit, the anchor • Hardened injection mortar seals the drill hole to the greatest degree possible
may be used in reinforced or non-reinforced • Low expansion-pressure attachment enables minimal edge and axial clearances
normal concretes of minimum strength class C20/25 and maximum strength class • The geometry of the anchor bar enables safe post-expansion performance
C50/60 • Mechanical drill hole cleaning: Easy handling, very good drill hole cleaning,
• Anchorage with a general construction permit in cracked concrete (concrete high loads
tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) • Cartridge can be reused by replacing static mixer or by reclosing with sealing
• The anchor may be used for anchoring under predominantly static (e.g. cap
own weight, installations, support materials) and under loads which are
not predominantly static (fatigue-relevant ēect – dynamic) 3. Properties
• The temperature in the mortar area may not exceed +50°C (or +80°C briefly) • Force-controlled/torque-controlled expanding anchor made of
• W-VIZ/S dynamic (galvanized steel) can be used in dry rooms indoors electrogalvanized steel in sizes M12, M16, M20 or highly corrosion-resistant
• W-VIZ/HCR dynamic (highly corrosion-resistant steel) may be used outdoors, in steel (HCR, 1.4529) M16
damp rooms and in especially aggressive conditions (e.g. atmospheres • Force is transferred via the mechanical teeth of individual cones in the composite
containing chlorine in indoor swimming pools, atmospheres with extreme mortar and also via a combination of retaining and friction forces in the
chemical contamination, road tunnels etc.) anchoring base (concrete)
• Suitable for the attachment of slewing cranes, crane rails, guide rails in elevators, • General Construction Permit Z-21.3-1909
ventilation fans, machines, welding robots, conveying systems, street and • Dimensioned in accordance with the "European Technical Approval Guideline
highway tra̅c signs, gantries, attachment in road and railway tunnels etc. (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete" Appendix C as per ETA-
04/0095 and in accordance with General Construction Permit Z-21.3-1909
MWF - 01/11 - 12438 - ©
Create drill hole Check cleaning Clean drill hole Screw mixer onto Before use, press Fill composite Press in anchor Comply with After the hardening 1. Apply installation torque
brush dia. (blow out 2 x, brush out cartridge out approx. 10 cm mortar starting bar up to drill hole hardening time of time, remove 2. Screw on lock nut, then
mechanically 2 x, blow out 2 x), of material. from base of drill base while turning composite mortar extruded mortar tighten ¼ to ½ turn with
with M20 and larger, blow out Do not use this hole slightly wrench
with compressed air initial mortar!
(compressed-air nozzle)
1285
W-VIZ/S DYNAMIC AND W-VIZ/HCR 28.1
DYNAMIC INJECTION SYSTEMS
Performance data(according to measurement process I & II, see general construction permit Z-21.3-1909)
W-VIZ/S dynamic W-VIZ/S dynamic W-VIZ/HCR dynamic W-VIZ/S dynamic
Anchor diameter [mm] Load cycles [n]
M12 hef 100 M16 hef 125 M16 hef 125 M20 hef 170
1 21.1 29.5 29.5 46.7
Permissible central tensile load ¨Nzul [kN] 103 17.9 25.0 25.0 39.7
of a single anchor (individual attachment) without axial and
edge influence 104 16.5 23.1 23.1 36.7
cracked and uncracked concrete C20/252) 105 15.3 21.3 21.3 33.7
> 106 14.1 19.7 19.7 31.2
1 27.2 50.0 50.0 78.4
Permissible transverse load ¨Vzul [kN] 103 21.6 42.5 42.5 71.5
of a single anchor (individual attachment) without axial and
edge influence 104 14.2 27.9 27.9 49.0
> 106 6.1 11.1 11.1 15.6
1 17.6 24.5 24.5 39.0
Permissible central tensile load ¨Nzul [kN] 103 14.9 20.9 20.9 33.1
of a single anchor (multiple attachment) without axial and
edge influence 104 13.8 19.3 19.3 30.6
> 106 11.4 16.4 16.4 24.5
1 22.6 42.0 42.0 65.0
Permissible transverse load ¨Vzul [kN] 103 18.0 35.4 35.4 59.5
of a single anchor (multiple attachment) without axial and
edge influence 104 11.8 23.2 23.2 41.0
> 106 4.7 8.5 8.5 12.0
Minimum component thickness h min [mm] 130 170/1603) 170/1603) 230/2203)
s min [mm] 50 80 60 60 60 60 80 80
cracked concrete/uncracked concrete
Minimum edge spacing c min [mm]
cracked concrete/uncracked concrete 50 55 60 60 60 60 80 80
Axial spacing scr,N [mm] 300 375 375 510
Edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 150 190 190 255
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 100 125 125 170
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 14 18 18 24
Drill hole depth h 0 [mm] 105 133 133 180
Through-hole in the component being connected d f = [mm] 15 19 19 25
Torque while installing anchor Tinst = [Nm] 30 50 50 80
Cleaning brush dia. D [mm] 15 19 19 25
Cleaning drilled hole M12/M16: 2 x blow-out, 2 x mechanical brush-out, 2 x blow-out

M20: 2 x blow-out with compressed air (6 bar, oil-free), 2 x mechanical brush-out, 2 x blow-out with compressed air (6 bar, oil-free)
Cleaning brush (steel) Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 0905 499 003 0905 499 004 0905 499 004 0905 499 005
Machine holder Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Hexagon: Art. No. 0905 499 101 SDS plus mount: Art. No. 0905 499,102
Blow-out pump Art. No. P. Qty. = 1 Blow-out pump: Art. No. 0903 990 001 Compressed air nozzle 4):
Art. No. 0905 499 201
Anchor dimensions
W-VIZ/S dynamic M12 M16 HCR M16 M20
Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 100 125 125 170
Total length l [in mm] 155 180 195 215 185 210 275
Max. attachment height t fix [mm] 25 50 30 50 25 50 50
W-VIZ-A/S dyn W-VIZ-A/S dyn W-VIZ-A/S dyn W-VIZ-A/S dyn W-VIZ-A/HCR dyn W-VIZ-A/HCR dyn W-VIZ-A/S dyn
Description
M12-25/155 M12-50/180 M16-30/195 M16-50/215 M16-25/185 M16-50/210 M20-50/275
Anchor bar W-VIZ-A/S dyn. Available on Available on
Art. No. 0905 481 201 0905 481 202 0905 481 601 0905 481 602 0905 482 001
galvanized steel special order special order
Packing unit P. Qty. 10 10 10 10 – – 5
WIT-VM 100 mortar cartridge Mortar cartridge, 300 ml (incl. 1 static mixer) Art. No. 0905 440 001P. Qty.=1/12
Number of attachment
approx. pc. 27 26 16 15 16 15 8
points/cartridges
Mortar filling quantity
[mm] 6 7 10 11 10 11 20
(graduation on cartridge)
Static mixer Art. No.P. Qty = 10 0903 420 001
Extension for static mixer Art. No.P. Qty = 10 0903 420 004
MWF - 01/11 - 12439 - ©

1) The part safety coe̅cients for the resistances regulated in the permit, a part safety coe̅cient for the ē ects of fatigue ƤF,fat, and fatigue factors ƤFN
and ƤFV have been taken into account. For the combination of tensile and transverse loads, edge influence, and anchor groups, please refer to
Appendix C of the European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG).
3) The back of the concrete component must be checked to ensure that no chipping has occurred during drilling (see Z-21.3-1909).
4) Compressed air nozzle designed for blow-out gun Art. No. 0714 92 13.
1286
WIT-PE 500
29.1
Injection mortar for subsequent
mortared-in reinforcement attachments
385 mL and 1,400 mL cartridges
incl. one static mixer
for processing with extrusion device
Manual Pneumatic Pneumatic
385 mL cartridge 385 mL cartridge 1,400 mL cartridge
Art.-No. 0891 009 Art.-No. 0891 017 Art.-No. 0891 015

Reinforcement rods BSt 500 S Rod
diameter ds= 8 to 28 mm
For performance data and characteristic values,
see European Technical Approval ETA-07/0313
W-ZA Stay M12, M16, M20
Stainless steel A4 and
HCR, highly corrosion-resistant steel
For performance data and characteristic values,
see European Technical Approval ETA-07/0313,
available on special order
Approvals Test reports Good to know:

European General con struction Fire • No brushing out of the drill hole with hammer and compressed-air
Techn. Approval permit resistance drilled holes. Just blow out four times using special Würth compressed air
for subsequent for subsequent for subsequent technology in accordance with approval.
reinforcement attachment reinforcement attachment reinforcement attachment • With W-ZA stay, apply installation torque according to approval after the
hardening time: Tinst [Nm] 50 (M12), 100 (M16), 150 (M20).
Z-21.8-1834 • For overhead mounting: Securing of the reinforcement rods to prevent falling out.
• You must study the mounting instructions before use.
• Use WIT-REBAR software for measurement.
1. Applications • WIT-REBAR training for installers Safe and easy installation

• Can be used for subsequent reinforcement attachment • The drill holes can be created using the hammer and compressed-air procedure or the
• The reinforcement attachment may be used in standard concrete from minimum strength diamond drill procedure
class C12/15 (B15) to maximum C50/60 (B55) • Very large anchoring lengths (up to 2.80 m with rod diameter 14 - 28 mm and
• BST 500 S may be used for primarily static and primarily non-static loads, whereas mortar temperature 20°C)
W-ZA stay may only be used for primarily static loads • Versatile mounting: horizontal, vertical downward and upward (overhead)
• The temperature near the mortar may not exceed +50°C or briefly +80°C
• Suitable for structural expansions, ceiling and wall attachments, bearing structure 3. Properties
expansions, bearing structure reinforcement, attachment of balconies and projecting • Anchoring through bond between injection mortar and reinforcement rod
roofs, closing ō of temporary openings and in case reinforcement rods are “forgotten” • Measurement as with straight cemented-in reinforcement rods as per the relevant steel
concrete standard DIN 1045-1:2001-07 or EN 1992-1-1:2004
2. Advantages • General construction permit Z-21.8-1834
• Flexible and reliable subsequent expansion of attachment reinforcement • European Technical Approval ETA-07/0313
• Approved complete system for rod diameters from 8 to 28 mm and W-ZA stay M12, • Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90, F120 and F180 included in permit Z-21.8-1834
M16 and M20 • Thermal stability up to +50°C, briefly up to +80°C
• Long processing times • Minimum component temperature: +5°C
• Transport and storage temperature (cartridge): +5°C to +25°C
• Minimum shelf life with proper storage: 24 months
Hammer/
Compressed-air
drilling procedure:
Create drill hole Clean drill hole: Make setting depth Screw mixer onto Before use, press out Mount injection units, Insert reinforcement Visual check of the Attach component
Blow out four times marking on rod and cartridge approx. 10 cm of fill composite mortar rod up to the marking mortar fill quantity, after complying with
with compressed air check drill hole depth Use application gun product, but not in the starting from the base while turning slightly note maximum hardening time
Diamond drilling procedure: > 6 bar kontrollieren drill hole of drill hole verfüllen processing time
MWF - 07/10 - 11110 - ©
Create drill hole Clean drill hole: Clean drill hole: Make setting depth Screw mixer onto Before use, press out Mount injection units, Insert reinforcement Visual check of the Attach component
Break out drill core Rinse with water twice (until clear water Blow out twice/ marking on rod cartridge approx. 10 cm of fill composite mortar rod up to the mar- mortar fill quantity, after complying with
comes out)/Brush out twice/Rinse with Brush out twice/ and check drill hole Use application gun product, but not in starting from the king while turning note maximum hardening time
water twice (until clear water comes out) Blow out twice depth the drill hole base of drill hole slightly processing time
1287
WIT-PE 500
29.1
Performance data Injection mortar

Reinforcement rod diameter [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28
W-ZA Stay M12 M16 M20
Nominal drill-bit diameter d0 [in mm] 12 14 16 18 20 25 32 35
WIT-PE 500 Mortar Cartridge Art. No. (incl.1static mixer) – 385 mL: 0903 480 001, P. Qty. = 1/12 – 1,400 ml: 0903 480 002, P. Qty. = 1/5
Static Mixer Art. No. 0903 488 101 P. Qty. = 10
Drill hole cleaning Hammer drilling procedure: Blow out at least four times with compressed air (> 6 bar)
Compressed-air procedure: Blow out at least four times with compressed air (> 6 bar)
Diamond drilling procedure: Break out drill core;
rinse with tap water (until clear water comes out), brush out mechanically at least twice,
rinse with tap water (until clear water comes out),
blow out at least twice with compressed air (> 6 bar);
brush out mechanically at least twice; blow out at least twice with compressed air (> 6 bar)
Reinforcement rod diameter [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28
Compressed-Air Nozzle, WIT-DD Art. No.
0903 489 227

WIT-DD 16-20
0903 489 210
0903 489 214
0903 489 217
WIT-DD 25-28
WIT-DD 12-14
WIT-DD 8-10
Outer dia.
dia. 10 mm
dia. 14 mm
dia. 17 mm
dia. 27 mm
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
Designation
Compressed-Air Hose, WIT-SDD Art. No. 0699 903 7 P. Qty. = 1 0699 903 13 P. Qty. = 1
(pre-mounted) Outer dia. dia. 10 mm dia. 20 mm
Designation WIT-SDD 8-20 WIT-SDD 25-28
Compr.-Air Nozzle Thread Conn. Art. No. 0903 489 291 P. Qty. = 1 0903 489 292 P. Qty. = 1
Hand Slide Valve (pre-mounted) Art. No. 0699 903 38 P. Qty. = 1
Cleaning Brush Art. No.
0903 489 008
0903 489 020
0903 489 025
0903 489 028

0903 489 010
0903 489 012
0903 489 014
0903 489 016

dia. 15,5 mm
dia. 17,5 mm
dia. 19,5 mm
Color yellow
Color brown
Color
Color green
Color black
Color white
dia. 22 mm
dia. 27 mm
dia. 34 mm
dia. 37 mm
dia. 13 mm
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
P. Qty. = 1
Color gray
Color blue
Outer dia.
Color red
Brush Template Art. No. 0903 489 099 P. Qty. = 1
Cleaning Brush Extension Art. No. 0903 489 111 P. Qty. = 2
SDS plus Machine Holder Art. No. 0903 489 101 P. Qty. = 1
Injection accessories
Reinforcement rod diameter [in mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28
Manual Application Gun Art. No. 0891 009 P. Qty. = 1 uses 385 mL cartridge
Pneumatic Extrusion Device Art. No. 0891 017 P. Qty. = 1 uses 385 mL cartridge
0891 015 P. Qty. = 1 uses 1,400 mL cartridge
Mixer Extension, WIT-MV Art. No. 0903 488 121 P. Qty. = 20 0903 488 122 P. Qty. = 20
Outer dia. dia. 10 mm, L = 2 m dia. 16 mm, L = 2 m (L= 2.80 m as special order)
Designation WIT-MV 8-12 WIT-MV 14-28
Mixer Extension, WIT-MV Art. No. 0903 488 123 P. Qty. = 10 –
flexible Outer dia. dia. 10 mm, L = 2 m
Injection Adapter, WIT-IA Art. No.
0903 488 008
0903 488 010
0903 488 012
0903 488 014
0903 488 016
0903 488 020
0903 488 025
0903 488 028

Color yellow
Color brown
Color
P. Qty. = 20
P. Qty. = 20
P. Qty. = 20
P. Qty. = 20
P. Qty. = 20
P. Qty. = 10
P. Qty. = 10
P. Qty. = 10
Color green
Color black
Color white
dia. 24 mm
dia. 31 mm
dia. 34 mm
dia. 13 mm
dia. 15 mm
dia. 17 mm
dia. 19 mm
dia. 11 mm
Color gray
Color blue
WIT-IA 12
WIT-IA 14
WIT-IA 16
WIT-IA 20
WIT-IA 25
WIT-IA 28
Outer dia.
WIT-IA10
Color red
WIT-IA 8
Designation
Case contents • Cleaning brushes dia. 13 mm, dia. 15.5 mm, • Bow saw
WIT-REBAR System Case Drilling: dia. 17.5 mm, dia. 19.5 mm, dia. 22 mm, Miscellaneous:
for rod diameter 8 mm through 28 mm • Drilling aid dia. 27 mm, dia. 34 mm, dia. 37mm • Mounting log
Art. No. 0964 903 480 P. Qty. = 1 • 17 mm combination wrench • Brush template • Mounting instructions
Drill hole cleaning accessories: • Cleaning brush extension • Adhesive tape
• Compressed-air nozzle hose (pre-mounted) • SDS plus machine holder • Safety goggles
for rod diameter 8 - 20 mm Injection accessories: • Measuring tape
• Compressed-air nozzle hose (pre-mounted) • Manual application gun • Temperature measurement device
for rod diameter 25 and 28 mm • Static mixer • Fine-dust mask
• Compressed-air nozzle dia. 10 mm, dia. 14 • Injection adapter dia. 11mm, dia. 13
mm, dia. 17mm, dia. 27mm mm, dia. 5 mm, dia. 17mm, dia. 19 mm,
• Hand slide valve (pre-mounted) dia. 24 mm, dia. 31mm, dia. 34 mm
WIT-REBAR System Case accessories

Foam Parts Art. No. Top layer: Bottom layer:
for WIT-REBAR System Case 0955 903 480 P. Qty. = 1 0955 903 481 P. Qty. = 1
Drilling aid Art. No. 0903 489 401 P. Qty. = 1
MWF - 08/11 - 11111 - ©
1288
W-DS QUICK-FIXING CEILING ANCHOR
31
White galvanized steel
Type O with ring eyelet
• Can be used in concrete B25 (C 20/25) • Easy setting without tools
• Can be used in hard natural stone, solid sand-lime brick, solid brick • Anchor anchors itself when subjected to tensile stress
(without permit) • Minimal axial and edge spacing
• For anchoring suspended ceilings, light strips and lightweight • Can be loaded immediately
components with several points of attachment
• Anchor may only be used under conditions of dry rooms 3. Properties
• The anchor may not be used in rooms subject to moisture or in • General construction permission for light ceiling coverings, joist
atmospheres containing chlorine (public pools) constructions and comparable static attachments with max. 0.8 kN for
type O per anchor; max. 1 kN/m2
MWF - 06/12 - 04284 - ©
Create drill hole Insert anchor Can be loaded

immediately
1289
W-DS QUICK-FIXING CEILING ANCHOR
31
Performance data
Anchor type O
Ceiling applications
(cracked and uncracked
concrete) purs. to DIN 18 168 Fperm [kN] B25 0.8
Permissible load
Steel, galv. Zn
Axial spacing a [mm] 200
Edge spacing ar [mm] 100
Drill hole depth t [mm] 53
Anchoring depth hv [mm] 43
Min. comp. thickness d [mm] 100
Thread dia. dThr [mm] –
Nom. drill dia. ** ddrill [mm] 8
Hole dia. in comp. dconstr [mm] –
Anchor dimensions
max. attachment height da [in mm] –
Designation W-DS Type O
Art. No. Steel, galv. (5 m) 0905 56
Can be stored in ORSY® system
MWF - 06/12 - 04285 - ©
Würth System Components ** The confirmation of permission specifies the use of monitored carbide hammer drills pursuant to the
information leaflet of the IfBT. Würth hammer drills correspond to the specifications of the IfBT information
leaflet on carbide hammer drills and are monitored by the Versuchs- und Prüfanstalt für Werkzeuge e. V. (Tool
Testing Institute) in Remscheid, Germany.
1290
32 Quick-Action
Anchor W-ZS 6-5
Multiple attachment of non load-
bearing systems:
galvanized steel
Approvals Test Reports l Suitable for securing metal profiles, perforated strips, ring eyelets,
European Fire resistance Fire resistance vernier suspenders, suspended ceilings etc.
Technical Technical Report TR Direct flame effect 2. Advantages
Approval 020
R30 - R120 l Through-bolt mounting
Multiple attachment of l Shallow drilled hole depth
non load-bearing l Small drilling diameter
systems in concrete
l Easy setting: Knock in projecting sleeve with hammer until flush
l No special drilling or setting tools required
l With European Technical Approval, can be used in C12/15
concrete
3. Properties
1. Applications l Anchoring through friction engaging – distance-controlled
l Can be used for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems in spreading anchor
concrete, anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions l Approval:
l Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems: Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems in
Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete concrete: European Technical Approval ETA-06/0241
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete l Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
pressure zone) Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete”,
l With European technical approval, the anchor may be used in Appendix C, Measurement Process C
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class l Resistance to fire:R30, R60, R90, R120 (anchoring base
of minimum C12/15 and maximum C50/60 in accordance with concrete C20/25 to C50/60): Technical Report TR 020
EN 206:2000-12 “Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete with Regard to Fire
l The anchor may be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting Resistance” (contained in ETA-06/0241);F30, F60, F90, F120
or quasi-resting loads (anchoring base concrete C20/25 to C50/60): Fire load
l Can be used in pressure-resistant natural stone and solid sand-lime according to DIN 4102-02: 1977-09 (Standard temperature-time
brick (without permit) curve)
l W-ZS (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms
MWF - 04/07 - 04286 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Insert anchor Knock in sleeve until
through component flush
1291
Ceiling Anchor 32
W-ZS 6-5
Performance Data
Anchor size [mm] 6
Multiple attachment of Fperm [kN] ≥ C20/25
non-load-bearing and ≤ C50/601) 1.0
systems in concrete
(for all loading directions) Fperm [kN] = C12/151) 0.8
Perm. load when subject R30; Fperm [kN] 2)
0.2
to fire stress
(Technical Report TR 020) R60; Fperm [kN] 2) 0.2
For axial and edge distances, R90; Fperm [kN] 2)
0.1
see European Technical
Approval ETA-06/0241 R120; Fperm [kN] 2)
0.1
F30 [kN] 0.45
F60 [kN] 0.3
F90 [kN] 0.2
F120 [kN] 0.15
Installation Parameters
Minimum axial spacing scr [mm] 200
Minimum edge spacing ccr [mm] 150
Minimum comp. thickness hmin [mm] 80
Effective hef [mm] 30
anchoring depth
Nominal diameter of drill bit 3) d0 [mm] 6.0
Cutting diameter of drill bit 3) dcut ≤ [mm] 6.4
Depth of drill hole h0 ≥ [mm] 35
Diameter of clearance
in the fixture df ≤ [mm] 7
Dimensions/Product Range
Max. mounting height tfix [mm] 5
Designation W-ZS 6-5
Ceiling Anchor W-ZS

Art. No. 0905 365 005
Galvanised steel
Package quantity P. Qty. 200
1)
The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and transverse
loads, for edge influence and dowel groups, please refer to the guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients for the load-bearing capacity when subject to fire stress of γ
M,fi = 1.0 and the part-safety coefficients of the effects of
γF = 1.0.
3) The carbide masonry drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the “Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik” (German Institute for Building Technology) and the
“Fachverband Werkzeugindustrie e. V” (Professional Association of the Tool Industry) on the “Characteristics, requirements and tests of masonry drills with carbide cutting bodies
used for producing drilled holes of dowel anchors”. Würth hammer drills meet the stipulations of the code of practice.
MWF - 04/07 - 04287- © •
1292
W-AN
33.1
Anchor Nail
non-load-bearing systems:
Galvanized steel
Approvals
European Fire
TR 020 2. Advantages
Multiple attachment of R30 - R120
non load-bearing systems l Through-bolt mounting
in concrete l Shallow drilled hole depth
l Easy setting: Knock in projecting pin with hammer until flush
l No special drilling or setting tools required
l With European Technical Approval, can be used in concrete
C20/25 to C50/60
1. Applications
l Can be used for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems in
concrete, anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions 3. Properties
l Multiple attachment of non load-bearing systems: l Anchoring through friction engaging – distance-controlled
Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete spreading anchor
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure l Approval:
zone) Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
l With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in rein- in concrete:
forced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of European Technical Approval ETA-08/0071
at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with l Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
EN 206-1:2000-12 Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete”,
l The anchor may be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting Annex C, dimensioning method C
or quasi-resting loads l Resistance to fire:
l W-AN (galvanized steel) may only be used in dry interior rooms R30, R60, R90, R120 (anchoring base concrete C20/25 to C50/60):
l Suitable for securing metal profiles, perforated strips, ring eyelets, Technical Report TR 020 “Assessment of anchoring in
vernier suspenders, suspended ceilings etc. concrete with regard to the fire resistance” (included in ETA-08/0071)
MWF - 02/08 - 11007 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Insert anchor Knock in pin

through component until flush
1293
W-AN
Anchor Nail 33.1
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 6
Multiple attachment
of non-load-bearing Fperm [kN] ≥ C20/25
1.2
systems in concrete and C50/601)
(for all loading directions)
Perm. load when subject R30; Fperm [kN] 2)
0.6
to fire stress
(Technical Report TR 020) R60; Fperm [kN] 2) 0.5
For axial and edge distances, R90; Fperm [kN] 2)
0.4
see European Technical
Approval ETA-08/0071 R120; Fperm [kN] 2)
0.3
Minimum axial spacing scr [mm] 200
Minimum edge spacing ccr [mm] 150
Min. component thickness hmin [mm] 80
Effective hef [mm] 32
anchoring depth
Drill nominal dia. 3) d0 [mm] 6
Drill cutting dia. 3)
dcut [mm] 6.4
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 50
Through-hole in
component to be df [mm] 7
connected
Anchor dimensions
Max. mounting height tfix [mm] 5 35
Designation W-AN 6-5 W-AN 6-35
W-AN Anchor Nail

Art. No. 0905 366 005 0905 366 035
Galvanized steel
1)
The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of ?F = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and transverse
loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2)
The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients for the load-bearing capacity when subject to fire stress of ?M,fi = 1.0 and the part-safety coefficients of the effects of
?F = 1.0.
3
) The carbide hammer drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the “Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik” (German Institute for Building Technology) and the
“Fachverband Werkzeugindustrie e.V.” (Professional Association of the Tool Industry) on the “Characteristics, requirements and tests of masonry drills with carbide cutting bodies
used for producing drilled holes of dowel anchors”. Würth hammer drills meet the stipulations of the code of practice.
MWF - 10/08 - 11008 - © •
1294
W-SD
34.1
Nail Anchor
Through-bolt mounting anchor
for wood, metal and plate
materials
non-load-bearing systems:
W-SD M6 and W-SD M6L

with hexagon nut + washer
galvanized steel
SDS collared bit
Approvals
M6, M6L, M8 M6L, M 8
European Fire 2. Advantages
Technical Resistance • Through-bolt mounting
Approval Technical Report • Low borehole depth (W-SD 6: 32 mm; W-SD 6L: 42 m; W-SD 8:
Multiple attachment of TR 020 43 mm)
non load-bearing systems R30 - R120
• Low minimum component thickness (hmin = 80 mm)
in concrete
• Small borehole diameter
• Easy setting
• Collared bits must be used. ‘ The anchors and collared bits form a
precisely coordinated system. This system unit does not allow
mounting errors and guarantees proper attachment.
• No mounting torque required
1. Applications
• Can be used for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems in
concrete, anchoring of light ceiling coverings and joist constructions 3. Properties
• Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems: • Anchoring through friction engaging – distance-controlled spreading
Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete (con- anchor
crete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) • Approval:
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class of in concrete:
at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with EN European Technical Approval ETA-07/0138
206:2000-12. • Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European Tech-
• The anchor may be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting nical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete”,
or quasi-resting loads Appendix C, Dimensioning Method A
• W-SD (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms • Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 through C50/60):
• Suited for the attachment of ceiling substructures with eyelet wire, R30, R60, R90, R120 (W-SD M6L, W-SD M8):
vernier suspenders, perforated steel strips, suspended ceilings, Technical Report TR 020 “Evaluation of Anchorage in Concrete with
sliding ceiling connections, roof battens, structural timber, fire Regard to Fire Resistance” (contained in ETA-07/0138)
protection plates, and so on.
¿ ¡
MWF - 12/07 - 04290 - © •
Create drill Clean drill hole Put setting tool Set anchor in Installed Create drill Clean drill hole Put setting tool Setting of Installed
hole onto collared bit place hole onto collared bit anchor with
suspender
1295
W-SD
Nail Anchor 34.1
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 6 6L
non-load-bearing Fperm [kN] ≥ C20/25
systems in concrete and ≤ C50/60 1) 0.8 1.4
(for all load directions)
Perm. bending torque Mperm [Nm] 2.1 4.4
R30; Fperm [kN] 2) – 0.8
Perm. load under fire
stress (Technical Report TR R60; Fperm [kN] 2) – 0.5
020) Axial and edge distances,
see European Technical R90; Fperm [kN] 2) F90 = 0.35 contained in Z-21.1-917 0.3
Approval ETA-07/0138
R120; Fperm [kN] 2) – 0.2
Minimum axial spacing scr [mm] 200 200
Minimum edge spacing ccr [mm] 150 150
Min. component thickn. hmin [mm] 80 80
Effective hef [mm] 26 36
anchoring depth
Nominal drill dia. 3) d0 [mm] 6.0 6.0
Drill cutting dia. 3) dcut ≤ [mm] 6.4 6.4
Drilled hole depth h1 = [mm] 32 42
Through-hole in com- df ≤ [mm] 7 7
ponent to be connected
Anchor dimensions
Anchor diameter [mm] 6 6L
Total length l [mm] 38 64 84 114 48
Max. mounting height tfix [mm] 4 30 50 80 4
Designation of anchor W-SD M6x4/38 W-SD M6x30/64 W-SD M6x50/84 W-SD M6x80/114 W-SD M6Lx4/48
W-SD Nail Anchor
with hexagon nut + washer Art. No. 0905 700 400 0905 700 406 0905 700 407 0905 700 408 0905 700 404
Galvanized steel
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 100 100 100 100
Designation of collared bit SDS 1 SDS 3 SDS 4 SDS 5 SDS 2

Collared bit with SDS Art. No. 0905 700 001 0905 700 003 0905 700 004 0905 700 005 0905 700 002
Drilling length up to collar ldrl [mm] 32 62 82 112 42
Setting tool, mason’s mallet Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet:
SWM-H SWM-H SWM-H Mason’s mallet: SWM-H
Hammer drill: Hammer drill: Hammer drill: SWM-H Hammer drill:
Setting tool, hammer drill
SWM-SM SWM-SM 50 SWM-SM 50 SWM-SM
Setting tool Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet:
Mason’s mallet 0905 700 505 0905 700 505 0905 700 505 Mason’s mallet: 0905 700 505
Art. No.
Setting tool Hammer drill: Hammer drill: Hammer drill: 0905 700 505 Hammer drill:
Hammer drill 0905 700 491 0905 700 492 0905 700 492 0905 700 491
1) The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and
MWF - 01/08 - 04291 - © •
transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) The approval takes account of the recommended part-safety coefficients for the load-bearing capacity under fire stress of γM,fi = 1.0 and the part-safety coefficient of the
effects of γF = 1.0.
3) The carbide masonry drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the “Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik” (German Institute for Building Techno-
logy) and the “Fachverband Werkzeugindustrie e.V” (Professional Association of the Tool Industry) on the “Characteristics, requirements and tests of masonry drills with
carbide cutting bodies used for producing drilled holes of dowel anchors”. Würth hammer drills meet the stipulations of the code of practice.
1296
W-SD
34.2
Nail Anchor
Inner and outer thread
non- load-bearing systems:
W-SD
with connecting thread M6 and M8
galvanized steel
W-SD-IG
with inner thread M8, M10, M12
Galvanized steel
SDS collared bit
Approvals
M6, M6L, M8 M6L, M 8
European Fire
Approval Technical Report 2. Advantages
Multiple attachment of TR 020 • Low borehole depth
non load-bearing systems R30 - R120
• Small borehole diameter
in concrete
• Low minimum component thickness (hmin = 80 mm)
• Easy setting
• Collared bits must be used. ‘ The anchors and collared bits form
a precisely coordinated system. This system unit does not allow
mounting errors and guarantees proper attachment.
• No mounting torque required
1. Applications
• Can be used for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
in concrete, anchoring of light ceiling coverings and subceilings 3. Properties
• Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems: • Anchoring through friction engaging – distance-controlled spreading
Anchorage with European Technical Approval in cracked concrete anchor
(concrete tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (concrete pressure • Approval:
zone) Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor can be used in in concrete:
reinforced or non-reinforced standard concrete of a strength class European Technical Approval ETA-07/0138
of at least C20/25 and at most C50/60 in accordance with • Dimensioned in accordance with the “Guideline for European
EN 206:2000-12. Technical Approval (ETAG) of Metal Anchors for Use in Concrete”,
• The anchor may be used in anchorages primarily subject to resting Appendix C, Dimensioning Method A
or quasi-resting loads. • Fire resistance (anchoring base: concrete C20/25 through C50/60):
• W-SD (galvanized steel) can be used in dry interior rooms R30, R60, R90, R120 (W-SD M6L, W-SD M8):
• Suited for the attachment of ceiling structures with threaded rods, Technical Report TR 020 “Evaluation of Anchorage in Concrete
suspension of threaded rods, cable and pipe clamps, cable and with Regard to Fire Resistance” (contained in ETA-07/0138)
ventilation ducts, and so on.
Outside thread Inner thread
MWF - 12/07 - 04292 - © •
Create drill Clean drill hole Put setting tool Set anchor Installed Create drill Clean drill hole Put setting tool Set anchor Installed
hole onto collared bit in place hole onto collared bit in place
1297
W-SD
Nail Anchor 34.2
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 6L 8
non-load-bearing Fperm [kN] ≥ C20/25
systems in concrete and ≤ C50/60 1) 1.4 1.4
(for all load directions)
Perm. bending torque Mperm [Nm] 4.4 10.3
Perm. load under fire R30; Fperm [kN] 2) 0.8 1.4
stress (Technical Report TR R60; Fperm [kN] 0.5
2) 1.0
020) Axial and edge distances,
see European Technical Approval R90; Fperm [kN] 0.3 0.6
2)
ETA-07/0138 R120; Fperm [kN] 2)0.2 0.4
Minimum axial spacing scr [mm] 200 200
Minimum edge spacing ccr [mm] 150 150
Minimum comp. thickness hmin [mm] 80 80
Effective hef [mm] 36 36
anchoring depth
Nominal drill dia. 3) d0 [mm] 6.0 8.0
Drill cutting dia.3) d cut ≤ [mm] 6.4 8.45
Drilled hole depth h1 = [mm] 42 43
Through-hole in compo- df ≤ [mm] 7 9
nent to be connected (only outer thread) (only outer thread)
Anchor dimensions
Outer thread Inner thread
Anchor diameter [mm] 6L 8 6L 8
Outer or inner threads M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 /M10 M 12
Total length l [mm] 45 51 51 52,5 61 56
Length of connecting or inner thread lth [mm] 5 15 15 15 10/10 15
Length of protrusion lp [mm] 5 15 15 15 25 20
Designation of anchor W-SD 6L-5/5 W-SD 6L-15/15 W-SD 8-15/15 W-SD 6L-IG M8 W-SD 8-IG M8/M10 W-SD 8-IG M12
W-SD Nail Anchor
Inner and outer threads Art. No. 0905 700 104 0905 700 108 0905 700 110 0905 700 200 0905 700 210 0905 700 212
Galvanized steel
Designation of collared bit SDS 2 SDS 2 SDS 8x43 SDS 2 SDS 8x43 SDS 8x43
Collared bit with SDS Art. No. 0905 700 002 0905 700 002 0905 700 009 0905 700 002 0905 700 009 0905 700 009
Drilling length up to collar ldrl [mm] 42 42 43 42 43 43
Setting tool, mason’s mallet Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet:

EWA 6x5 Hammer drill: Hammer drill: SMu 8H Hammer drill: Hammer drill:
Hammer drill: EWA 6x15-SM EWA 8x15-SM Hammer drill: Si 8-SM Si 12-SM
Setting tool, hammer drill
EWA 6x5-SM SMu 8-SM
Setting tool Mason’s mallet: Mason’s mallet:
Mason’s mallet 0905 700 105 Hammer drill: Hammer drill: 0905 700 201 Hammer drill: Hammer drill:
Art. No.
Setting tool Hammer drill: 0905 700 192 0905 700 193 Hammer drill: 0905 700 292 0905 700 293
Hammer Drill 0905 700 191 0905 700 291
1) The approval takes account of the part-safety coefficients of the resistances and a part-safety coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4. For the combination of tensile and
MWF - 12/07 - 04293 - © •
transverse loads, for edge influence and anchor groups, please refer to the guideline for European Technical Approval (ETAG) Appendix C.
2) The approval takes account of the recommended part-safety coefficients for the load-bearing capacity under fire stress of γM,fi = 1.0 and the part-safety coefficient of the
effects of γF = 1.0.
3) The carbide masonry drills must comply with the specifications of the information leaflet of the “Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik” (German Institute for Building Techno-
logy) and the “Fachverband Werkzeugindustrie e.V” (Professional Association of the Tool Industry) on the “Characteristics, requirements and tests of masonry drills with
carbide cutting bodies used for producing drilled holes of dowel anchors”. Würth hammer drills meet the stipulations of the code of practice.
1298
W-SD
34.3
Drive-in Plug
Sound-insulating suspension
systems and mounting rail plug
Type WSS 1/L
Type WSS 2/L-35
Type WSS 3/L-150
General construction permits

Ceiling
suspended ceiling
and comparable static
attachments
Z-21.1-917
1. Applications • Can be loaded immediately - no wait time

• WSS 1/L: suitable for attachment of punched tape, eyelet • Minimal suspension height
or hook wire, vernier suspensions etc.
• WSS 2/L-35: Quick-mounting system for suspending 3. Properties
threaded bars M 8 • General construction permission Z-21.1-917
• WSS 3/L-70 –250: suitable for direct attachment of • General construction permission for light ceilingcoverings and joist
ventilation ducts constructions pursuant to DIN 18168 and for comparable static
attachments, max. 0.8 kN per plug / max. 1 kN/m2
2. Advantages • Plugs and collared bits form a perfectly matched system. The
• WSS: premounted unit (plug, insulation part and suspension) collared bit must be used. This systemunit does not allow mounting
guarantees quick and easy setting errors and guarantees proper attachment
• Sound decoupling directly on the raw ceiling ensures continuous • The permit specifies the use of a collared bit
and technically proper fulfilment of DIN 4109
WSS 1/L, 3/L … suspension system WSS 2/L / WSS 3/L-150 suspension system
MWF - 02/01 - 04294 - © •
Drill hole Knock in plug Mount Drill hole Knock in plug Mount
with setting tool component with setting tool component
until flush until flush
1299
W-SD
Drive-in Plug 34.3
Performance data
WSS WSS WSS
Plug diameter [mm]
1/L 2/L-35 3/L-150
Ceiling applications
(cracked and uncracked concrete)
pursuant to DIN 18168 Fper [kN] ≥ B25 0.80 0.80 0.80
Permissible load
Steel, galv. Zn, A4
Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 200 200 200
Edge spacing se ≥ [mm] 100 100 100
Drill hole depth d ≥ [mm] 42 42 42
Anchoring depth ha ≥ [mm] 40 40 40
Minimum component thickness t ≥ [mm] 100 100 100
Thread dia. dthr [mm] 6 6 6
Nom. drill dia. ** ddrl [mm] 6 6 6
Thread length Lthr [mm] – – –
Slot width
≤ [mm] – – –
of mounting rail
Plug dimensions
Designation WSS 1/L WSS 2/L-35 WSS 3/L-150

Art. No.
Steel, white galvanised 0905 700 500 0905 700 510 0905 700 506
(5 µm)
Setting tool Size 6 Size 6 Size 6
Art. No. 0905 700 501 0905 700 501 0905 700 501
Collared bit SDS 2 SDS 2 SDS 2
Art. No. 0905 700 002 0905 700 002 0905 700 002

MWF - 11/02 - 04295 - © •
** The confirmation of permission specifies the use of the collared bit suitable for the plug. See table above.
1300
WE 10, R10
41 Plastic Frame-
Fixing Anchor
Multiple attachment of facade
coverings: Concrete and solid stone
WD 10
Multiple attachment of facade
coverings: Perforated bricks
WE 10 with countersunk head screw:
Galvanized steel
with hexagon screw:
Galvanized steel, stainless steel A4
R 10 with countersunk head screw:

Galvanized steel
WD 10 without screw
Approvals Important information for experts:
Facade Facade • Drill perforated and hollow blocks in rotating gear

covering covering (without impact mechanism).
• Drilling dust must be removed from the drill hole.
WE 10 R 10 • For anchoring in solid brick and solid sand-lime brick,
we recommend that you perform pull-out tests due to
Z-21.2-523 Z-21.2-241 the differences in brick manufacturing.
• General construction permits for multiple attachments
of facade coverings only govern fastening in DIN stones.
1. Applications • The galvanized screw may be used outdoors and in industrial atmospheres
• The anchor may be used for multiple attachment of facade coverings and near the sea if the area near the screw head is protected against
if general construction permits are granted moisture so that penetration of moisture into the anchor shaft is not possible
• WE 10 may be anchored in following anchoring bases: (suitable paint or plastic caps).
Standard concrete • Suitable for the attachment of facade substructures (made of wood or steel),
Masonry walls (solid bricks, solid sand-lime bricks) wood beams, wood laths, metal rails, angle brackets, profiles, etc.
Cladding of triple-layer exterior wall panels made of standard concrete
• R 10 may be anchored in following anchoring bases: 2. Advantages
Standard concrete • Through-bolt mounting
Masonry walls (solid bricks, solid sand-lime bricks) • Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
• WD 10 may be anchored in following anchoring bases: • Anchor sleeve and screw are optimally matched
Masonry walls (solid sand-lime bricks, vertically perforated bricks, • The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading of the anchor during
hollow blocks of lightweight concrete, solid stones and solid blocks of installation
lightweight concrete, no-fines lightweight concrete (TGL))
Cladding of triple-layer exterior wall panels made of standard concrete
3. Features
• Anchoring via friction engaging between anchor sleeve and anchor surface
• Installation temperature: Temperature in anchoring base ≥ 0°C
• WE 10 (galvanized steel, stainless steel):
• Stainless-steel screw may be used outdoors, in industrial atmospheres,
General Construction Permit Z-21.2-523
and near the sea.
• R 10 (galvanized steel): General Construction Permit Z-21.2-241
• The anchor sleeve is made of high-quality polyamide
WE 10, R10 concrete and solid stone: WD 10 perforated stone:
MWF - 01/10 - 04296 - © •
Create drill hole Clean drill hole Set anchor in Screw in screw Screw in screw Create drill hole Clean drill hole Set anchor in Screw in screw Screw in screw
place until flush place until flush
1301
WE 10, R 10, WD 10
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor 41
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] WE 10 R 10 WD 10
Concrete8) Fperm [kN] ≥ B15 0.8 0.8 –
(tensile, transverse and oblique
Solid brick2) Fperm [kN] ≥ Mz 12 0.6 2) 0.6 2) -–

Permissible load 1)
Solid sand-lime brick2) Fperm [kN] ≥ KS 12 0.6 2) 0.6 2) –

pull at any angle)
Vertically perforated brick Fperm [kN] ≥ Hlz – – max. 0.63%.

Perforated sand-lime brick Fperm [kN] ≥ KSL 6 – – max. 0.63%.
Solid stones and solid blocks
of lightweight concrete Fperm [kN] ≥ V2 – – max. 0.53%.
Hollow blocks of lightwght. concrete 6) Fperm [kN] ≥ Hbl 2 – – max. 0.53%.
No-fines lightweight concrete (TGL) Fperm [kN] – – 0.3
Cladding Fperm [kN] ≥ B15 0.3 – 0.3
Permissible bending torque 4) Tensile force Fz = 0 kN: 6.6 / 5.4 Tensile force Fz = 0 kN: 6.9 / 6.0 Tensile force Fz = 0 kN: 11.5 / 9.4
Steel, galv., yellow chromated/ Tperm [Nm]
Stainless steel A4 Tensile force Fz = 0.8 kN: 6.0 / 4.8 Tensile force Fz = 0.8 kN: 6.5 / 5.6 Tensile force Fz = 0.6 kN: 11 / 8.9
Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 100 100 –
Individual
Concrete
Edge spacing ar ≥ [mm] 50 50 –

Axial spacing ai ≥ [mm] 50 50 –
Anchor pair
Dist. anchor pair ag ≥ [mm] 150 150 –
Minimum component thickness d ≥ [mm] 100 100 –
Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 100 100 100/250 5)
Edge spacing Non-mortar-filled
ar ≥ [mm] 100 100 100
with extra load, joints
Masonry
and edge Mortar-filled ar ≥ [mm] 30 30 30

spacing to joints
Edge spacing without extra load if
ar ≥ [mm] 250 250 250
no tipping test is performed
Minimum component thickness d [mm] 115 115 175
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 10 10
Drill hole depth t ≥ [mm] 60 60 100
Anchoring depth 6) hv ≥ [mm] 50 50 90
Through-hole in component being connected tf ≤ [mm] 10.5 10.5 10.5
Anchor Dimensions
WE R WD Special anchor screw
Screw length = anchor length + 5 mm
10 60
30 80
WE 10 x 100/50 50 100
WE 10 x 115/65 65 115
WE 10 x 135/85 85 135
WE 10 x 160/110 110 160
R 10 x 200/150 150 200
R 10 x 240/190 190 240
WD 10 x 100/10 10 100
WD 10 x 135/45 45 135
WD 10 x 160/70 70 160

Countersunk head screw
Max. mounting height da [mm] with Phillips head Z (PZD), size 4
Designation Dimen- Galv. steel Galvanized Stainless
WE 10 x 60/10
WE 10 x 80/30
sion with drilled head steel steel

Dia. d x L hole, 3 mm A4
[mm] Art. No. Art. No. Art. No.
7 x 85 0160 17 85 0160 27 85 0161 27 85
7 x 105 0160 17 105 0160 27 105 0161 27 105
0912 010 100
0912 010 115
0912 010 135
0912 010 160
0912 310 100

0912 310 135
0912 310 160
Art. No. 7 x 120 0160 17 120 0160 27 120 0161 27 120

0912 010 60
0912 010 80
WE 10, WD 10 Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor, 7 x 140 0160 17 140 0160 27 140 0161 27 140
(without screw), P. [Qty.] = 100 7 x 165 0160 17 165 0160 27 165 0161 27 165
–
–
(without permit)
Countersunk-head screw w/ drive TX 40
Dimension
Dia. d x L Galvanized steel Stainless steel
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 – 100 [mm] A4
Art. No. Art. No.
0912 510 100
0912 510 115
0912 510 135
0912 510 160
0912 510 200
0912 510 240
Art. No.
0912 510 80
WE 10, R 10 Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor 7 x 85 0160 37 85 0161 37 85

with countersunk head screw drive TX 40 7 x 105 0160 37 105 0161 37 105
–
–
–
–
Galvanized steel 7 x 120 0160 37 120 0161 37 120

7 x 140 0160 37 140 0161 37 140
7 x 165 0160 37 165 0161 37 165
100 0912 410 60 0912 710 60
Art. No. Hexagon screw, head DIN 571, 13 mm

WE 10 Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor Dimension
with countersunk head screw DIN 571 Size 13 Dia. d x L Galvanized steel Stainless steel
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Galvanized steel [mm] A4

Art. No. Art. No.
7 x 85 0160 47 85 0161 47 85
Art. No. 7 x 105 0160 47 105 0161 47 105
WE 10 Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor 7 x 120 0160 47 120 0161 47 120
with countersunk head screw DIN 571 Size 13 7 x 140 0160 47 140 0161 47 140
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Stainless steel A4 7 x 165 0160 47 165 0161 47 165
Dimension Safety screw, Cover Caps

Dia. d x L TX40 drive
50
50
50
50
50
25
25

–
–
–
[mm] and sealing plug

Galvanized steel
MWF - 01/10 - 04297- © •
1 3
) A constant tensile load (e.g. from self-weight) ) Maximum permissible load if the permissible pairs if the permissible load is reduced by half
is only permissible as oblique pull. This oblique load is determined via tests on the building. and the spacing to other anchors is at least 25 Art. No.
tensile load must form an angle of at least 10° 4) For loads between the two values (e.g. FZ = 0 kN cm. Linear interpolation may be used between
with the axis of the anchor. and FT = 0.8 kN), the relevant permissible these two limit values. 7 x 85 0265 27 85 white 0590 008
2
) The permissible load may be increased to
5
bending torques may be linearly interpolated. 6
) The anchoring depth may only be exceeded if 7 x 105 0265 27 105 black 0590 08
0.8 kN if non-perforated solid brick or non- ) For anchoring in VPB and PSLB (h > 11.3 cm, the effect of deeper setting on the permissible 7 x 120 0265 27 120 gray 0590 098
perforated solid sand-lime brick (no grip pocket) perforation proportion > 15%) and HBLC, the load is checked via tests on the building.
is used. axial spacing must be at least 25 cm. The axial
spacing may be reduced to 10 cm for anchor Packing unit [P. Qty.] 200 ea.
1302
PLASTIC FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR W-UR8 Multiple attachment of non
42.1 load-bearing systems: Con-
crete, solid and perforated bricks
and aerated concrete
W-UR 8 with countersunk screw

Galvanized steel
Stainless steel A4
W-UR F 8
with hexagon screw + pressed-on washer
Galvanized steel
Stainless steel A4
W-UR F 8 with panhead screw

Galvanized steel
Stainless steel A4
W-UR F 8 with connecting thread M6 + M8

Galvanized steel
Stainless steel A4
Approvals Test Reports Good to know:

• Drill perforated and hollow blocks in rotating gear (without impact
European Technical Facade Fire mechanism).
Approval Covering • For anchoring in solid brick and solid sand-lime brick, we recommend that
Multiple attachment of non Resistance
you perform pull-out tests due to the dīerences in brick manufacturing.
load-bearing systems in W-UR 8, Concrete • Drilling dust is to be removed from the drill hole.
concrete and masonry W-UR F 8
W-UR (F) 8 and masonry
• Minimal insertion torque of the anchor screw ˈ “Slight” spreading of the anchor, almost no
turning of the anchor sleeve
Z-21.2-1838
• 2 setting depths (hnom = 50 + 70 mm): Concrete C12/15; Solid brick Mz 10 ( NF);
Vertically perforated brick HLz 8 ( 2DF); Solid sand-lime brick KS 10 (
NF); Perforated sand-lime brick KS L 6 ( 2DF); Perforated sand-lime brick
KS L 6 ( 12DF); Normal concrete solid bricks Vbn 10 ( NF); Lightweight
concrete solid bricks V 2 ( NF)
• Spreading in four directions ˈ High loads
• Improved power transmission: Even, continuous load distribution across the entire spreading
1. Applications area
• The anchor may be used with a European technical approval for the multiple attachment of • Universal frame-fixing anchor (concrete, masonry of perforated and solid brick, aerated
non-load-bearing systems (e.g. facade, suspended ceiling, etc.) concrete)
• W-UR, W-UR F may be anchored in the following anchoring bases: • The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading of the anchor during installation
normal concrete • The anchor sleeve and special screw are pre-mounted ˈ Less mounting ēort
masonry walls (solid bricks, solid sand-lime bricks, vertically perforated bricks, perforated • Anchor type W-UR F means an additional washer is not required and prevents contact corro-
sand-lime bricks, hollow blocks made of lightweight concrete, solid stones and solid blocks of sion
lightweight concrete, masonry stones made of concrete) • Improved transmission of force in solid and hollow construction materials
Brick ceilings, hollow pre-stressed concrete panels, reinforced concrete,
gypsum wall panels 3. Properties
• Installation temperatures: • Anchoring via friction engaging between anchor sleeve and anchor surface
Temperature in anchoring base: –40°C • W-UR 8, W-UR F 8 (galvanized steel, stainless steel):
Temperature of anchor sleeve: 0°C General construction permit Z-21.2-1838
• The stainless-steel screw may be used outdoors and in industrial atmospheres and near the sea • W-UR 8 and W-UR F 8 (galvanized steel, stainless steel):
• The galvanized screw may be used outdoors or in damp rooms (careful installation) if the area European Technical Approval ETA-08/0190
near the screw head is protected against moisture or driving rain so that penetration of moi- • The anchor sleeve is made of high-quality polyamide
sture into the anchor shaft is not possible (suitable paint). • Fire resistance W-UR 8:
• Suitable for the attachment of facade, ceiling, or roof substructures (made of wood or steel), Concrete: Tensile and transverse load, R30, R60, R90, R120
wood beams, wood laths, metal brackets, metal rails, suspended ceilings, cable routes, angle (based on Technical Report TR 020)
brackets, profiles, wall-mounted cabinets, shelf units, etc. Masonry: Tensile load: F30 (solid sand-lime bricks, solid bricks, perforated sand-lime
bricks)
2. Advantages Transverse load: F30, F60, F90, F120 (vertically perforated bricks, perforated
• Through-bolt mounting sand-lime bricks, solid bricks, aerated
• Can be loaded immediately – no waiting time concrete)
Setting Instructions I Setting Instructions II

MWF - 11/10 - 10843 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled Set anchor and Screw in screw Screw in screw Drill hole Clean drilled Set anchor and Screw in screw Screw in screw
hole screw until flush hole screw until flush
1303
PLASTIC FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR W-UR 8
42.1
Mounting characteristic values for concrete and masonry

Anchor diameter [mm] W-UR 8
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [mm] 8
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 8.45
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 607) 80
Setting depth of the anchor sleeve h nom [mm] 507) 70
Through-hole in attachment part d f [mm] 8.5
Concrete: ETA-08/0190, Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems

30°C 2)/50°C 3) 1.2 1.6
N perm = C12/15 [kN]
Central tensile load1) for single 50°C 2)/80°C 3) 1.0 1.4
anchor or anchor group 30°C 2)/50°C 3) 1.8 2.4
N perm C16/20 [kN]
50°C 2)/80°C 3) 1.4 2.0
Transverse load1)
Galvanized steel
Vperm C12/15 [kN] 3.37 3.16 3,37 3,16
Stainless steel A4
for single anchor or anchor group
Masonry4): ETA-08/0190, Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems (temperature range: 50°C2)/80°C3))

Other brick types, raw densities, minimum compressive strengths or temperature ranges can be found in the ETA-08/0190 approval.
Raw density class Minimum compressive Fperm [kN]5) (for single anchors or anchor groups)
Brick format [mm]
[kg/dm 3] strength [N/mm2] W-UR 8 h ef= 50 to 69 mm/h ef= 70 mm
Clay brick Mz, 28 0.71 0.86
NF ( 240 x 115 x 71) 1.8
EN 771-1, DIN 105 36 1.0 1.14
10 0.43 0.43
Solid sand-lime brick KS, 20 0.57 0.71
NF ( 240 x 115 x 71) 2.0
EN 771-2, DIN 106
28 0.86 1.0
10 0.43 0.43
Solid normal concrete brick Vbn,
EN 771-3, DIN 18152 NF ( 240 x 115 x 71) 2.0 20 0.71 0.71
28 1.0 1.0
Vertically perforated brick HLz 6), 8 0.14 0.21
EN 771-1, DIN 105-1 2DF ( 240 x 115 x 113) 1.2 12 0.21 0.26
e.g. Wienerberger, Schlagmann 20 0.34 0.43
Vertically perforated brick POROTON
S11-36.5 6),
248 x 365 x 249 0.9 6 – 0.57
EN 771-1, Z-17.1-812
Wienerberger, Schlagmann
Vertically perforated brick UNIPOR 10 – 0.17
WS14, UNIPOR WS12 CORISO 10DF 0.8
EN 771-1, Z-17.1-883 ( 247 x 300 x 249) 12 – 0.21
Unipor-Ziegel Marketing GmbH
10 0.26 0.57
2DF ( 240 x 115 x 113) 1.6 12 0.26 0.71
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6), 16 0.34 0.71
EN 771-2, DIN 106-1
e.g. Xella 10 – 0.26
8DF ( 249 x 240 x 238) 1.4 12 – 0.34
16 – 0.43
Lightweight concrete hollow block 3K 2 – 0.11
Hbl, 16DF
EN 771-3, DIN 181516) ( 498 x 240 x 238) 0.7 4 – 0.26
e.g. Liapor 6 – 0.34
Lightweight concrete hollow block 16DF 2 – 0.17
0.8
Liapor-Super-K6), EN 771-3, Z-17.1-501 ( 495 x 240 x 238) 4 – 0.34
2 – 0.14
Aerated concrete AAC
7 – 0.85
Anchor dimensions
Total length l [mm] 60 80 100 120 140 160
Max. attachment height, h nom = 50 mm7) / 70 mm t fix [mm] 107) / – 307) / 10 507) / 30 707) / 50 907) / 70 1107) / 90
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor W-UR 8 Art. No.
0912 808 402 0912 808 403 0912 808 404 0912 808 405 0912 808 406 0912 808 407
with countersunk screw, galvanized steel Drive AW® 30
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor W-UR 8 A4 Art. No. Available via Available via
with countersunk screw, stainless steel A4 0912 808 502 0912 808 503 – –
Drive AW® 30 S-Procurement S-Procurement
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor W-UR F 8 Art. No.
with countersunk screw and pressed-on washer, Drive AW® 25, 0912 808 602 0912 808 603 0912 808 604 0912 808 605 – –
galvanized steel 10 mm
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor W-UR F 8 A4
Art. No. Available via Available via
with countersunk screw and pressed-on washer, 0912 808 702 0912 808 703 – –
stainless steel A4 10 mm S-Procurement S-Procurement
with pan head screw, galvanized steel Drive AW® 30 0912 808 802 0912 808 803 – – – –
0912 808 902 0912 808 903 – – – –
with pan head screw, stainless steel A4 Drive AW® 30
0912 808 202 0912 808 203 – – – –
with M6 stud screw, galvanized steel 10 mm
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor W-UR F 8 Art. No. 0912 808 302 0912 808 303 – – – –
with M6 stud screw, stainless steel A4 10 mm
0912 808 252 0912 808 253 – – – –
with M8 stud screw, galvanized steel 10 mm
MWF - 10/10 - 10844 - ©
Packing unit P. Qty. [pieces] 50 50 50 50 50 50

1) The part safety coe̅cients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coe̅cient of the 5) The brick geometry should be compared with the ETA-08/0190 approval.
ē ects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. In case of a combination of tensile and transverse loads, 6) If the drill hole is created through impacting or hammering, the permissible load is to be determined via tests on
please observe ETAG 020 Appendix C. the building.
2) Maximum long-term temperature. 7 ) 2. Setting depth applies for the following anchoring bases: Concrete C12/15; Solid brick
3) Maximum short-term temperature. Mz 10 ( NF); Vertically perforated brick HLz 8 ( 2DF); Solid sand-lime brick KS 10 (
4) Other brick types, raw densities, minimum compressive strengths and temperature ranges can be found in the NF); Solid sand-lime brick KS L 6 ( 2DF); Perforated sand-lime brick KS L 6 ( 12DF);
ETA-08/0190 approval. Solid normal concrete brick Vbn 10 ( NF); Solid lightweight concrete brick V 2 ( NF).
1304
42.2
Multiple fastenings of non-load-

bearing systems:
Concrete, solid and perforated brick and
aerated concrete
W-UR 10 with countersunk screw

Galvanized steel
Stainless steel A4
W-UR F 10 with hexagon screw and

pressed-on washer
Galvanized steel
Stainless steel A4
Approvals Test reports Good to know:

• Drill perforated and hollow blocks in rotating gear (without impact
European Facade Fire mechanism).
Technical Approval covering • For anchoring in solid brick and solid sand-lime brick, we recommend
Multiple attachment of resistance
that you perform pull-out tests due to the dī erences in brick
non-load-bearing systems W-UR 10, Concrete and manufacturing.
in concrete and masonry W-UR F 10 • Drilling dust must be removed from the drill hole.
W-UR (F) 10 masonry
2. Advantages
Z-21.2-1838
• Minimum insertion torque of the anchor screw ˈ "Slight" spreading of the anchor, almost no
turning of the anchor sleeve
• Very strong twist lock
• Spreading in four directions ˈ High load-bearing capacities
• Improved power transmission: Even, continuous load distribution across the entire
1. Applications spreading area
• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be used for multiple attachment of • Universal frame-fixing anchor (concrete, masonry made of perforated and solid stone,
non-load-bearing systems (e.g. facade, suspended ceiling etc.) aerated concrete)
• W-UR, W-UR F may be anchored in the following anchoring bases: • The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading of the anchor during installation
Standard concrete • The anchor sleeve and special screw are pre-mounted ˈ Less mounting ēort
Masonry walls (solid brick, solid sand-lime brick, vertically-perforated brick, perforated • Anchor type W-UR F means an additional U-washer is not required and prevents contact
sand-lime brick, hollow blocks made of lightweight concrete, solid stone and solid blocks corrosion
made of lightweight concrete, masonry stone made of concrete) • Improved transmission of force in solid and hollow construction
Aerated concrete
• Installation temperatures:
Temperature of anchoring base: –20°C 3. Properties
Temperature of anchor sleeve: 0°C • Anchoring via friction engaging between anchor sleeve and anchor surface
• The stainless-steel screw may be used outdoors and in industrial atmospheres and near the • W-UR 10 and W-UR F 10 (galvanized steel, stainless steel):
sea General construction permit Z-21.2-1838
• The galvanized screw may be used outdoors or in damp rooms (careful installation) if the • W-UR 10 and W-UR F 10 (galvanized steel, stainless steel):
area near the screw head is protected against moisture so that penetration of moisture into European Technical Approval ETA-08/0190
the anchor shaft is not possible (suitable paint) • The anchor sleeve is made of high-quality polyamide
• Suitable for the attachment of facade, ceiling and roof substructures (made of wood or • Fire resistance of W-UR 10:
steel), wood beams, wood lath, metal brackets, metal rails, false ceilings, cable routes, Concrete: Tensile and transverse loads, R30, R60, R90, R120
angle brackets, profiles, hanging cabinets, shelves etc. (in accordance with Technical Report TR 020)
MasonryTensile load: F30 (solid sand-lime brick, solid brick, perforated sand-lime brick)
Transverse load: F30, F60, F90, F120 (vertically-perforated brick, perforated
sand-lime brick, solid brick,aerated
concrete)
MWF - 09/10 - 12406 - ©
Drill hole Clean drill hole Set anchor and Screw in the Screw in screw Drill hole Clean drill hole Set anchor and Screw in the Screw in screw
screw screw until flush screw screw until flush
1305
42.2
Mounting characteristic values for concrete and masonry
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [mm] 10
Drill cutting dia. dcut [mm] 10.45
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 80
Setting depth of the anchor sleeve h nom [mm] 70
Through-hole in attachment part d f [mm] 10.5
Concrete: ETA-08/0190, Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems

30°C2)/50°C 3) 1.0
Central tensile load1) N perm = C12/15 [kN]
50°C2)/80°C 3) 1.0
for single anchor or
anchor group 30°C2)/50°C 3) 1.6
N perm C16/20 [kN]
50°C2)/80°C 3) 1.4
Transverse load1)
Galvanized steel
Vperm C12/15 [kN] 5.37 4.99
Stainless steel A4
for single anchor or anchor group
Masonry4): ETA-08/0190, Multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems (temperature range: 50°C2)/80°C3))

Other brick types, raw densities, minimum compressive strengths or temperature ranges can be found in the ETA-08/0190 approval
Raw density class Minimum compressive Fperm [kN]5) (for single anchor or anchor
Brick format [mm]
[kg/dm3] strength [N/mm2] group) W-UR 10
Clay brick Mz, 28 0.86
NF ( 240 x 115 x 71) 1.8
EN 771-1, DIN 105 36 1.14
10 0.43
Solid sand-lime brick KS,
NF ( 240 x 115 x 71) 2.0 20 0.71
EN 771-2, DIN 106
28 1.0
10 0.57
Solid brick, normal concrete Vbn,
NF ( 240 x 115 x 71) 2.0 20 0.86
EN 771-3, DIN 18152
28 1.29
Vertically-perforated brick HLz 6), 8 0.21
EN 771-1, DIN 105-1 2DF ( 240 x 115 x 113) 1.2 12 0.34
e. g. Wienerberger, Schlagmann 20 0.57
Vertically-perforated brick POROTON
T8-30 6), 248 x 300 x 249 0.6 6 0.26
EN 771-1, Z-17.1-982 Wienerberger, Schlagmann
Vertically-perforated brick POROTON S11-
36.56), 248 x 365 x 249 0.9 6 0.43
EN 771-1, Z-17.1-812 Wienerberger, Schlagmann
10 0.43
2DF ( 240 x 115 x 113) 1.6 12 0.57
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6), 16 0.71
EN 771-2, DIN 106-1
e.g. Xella 10 0.34
8DF ( 249 x 240 x 238) 1.4 12 0.43
16 0.57
Hollow block of lightweight concrete 3K 2 0.09
Hbl, 4 0.17
16DF ( 498 x 240 x 238) 0.7
EN 771-3, DIN 181516)
e.g. Liapor 6 0.26
Vertically-perforated brick made of light- 2 0.17
weight concrete 16DF ( 495 x 240 x 238) 0.8
Liapor-Super-K 6) , 4 0.34
EN 771-3, Z-17.1-501
2 0,21
Aerated concrete AAC
7 0,88
Anchor dimensions
130 200
0912 810 410 220 290

100
0912 810 409 190 260

0912 810 408 160 230
0912 810 411 250 320

160
115 185
135
115
Total length l [mm]

80
Max. attachment height t fix [mm]

45
90
65
30
10
0912 810 404

0912 810 403
0912 810 504
0912 810 406

0912 810 402
0912 810 503
0912 810 405
0912 810 506
0912 810 407

0912 810 502
0912 810 505
0912 810 507

0912 810 401
0912 810 501
Art. No.
Plastic frame-fixing anchor W-UR 10 W-UR 10 and
with countersunk screw W-UR 10 A4:
Galvanized steel Drive AW® 40
Stainless steel A4
Packing unit P. Qty. [pieces] 50
Art. No.
0912 810 604
0912 810 603
0912 810 606
0912 810 608

0912 810 602
0912 810 605

0912 810 704
0912 810 607

0912 810 703
0912 810 702
0912 810 705

0912 810 601
0912 810 701
W-UR F 10:
Plastic frame-fixing anchor W-UR F 10 Drive AW® 40
with hexagon bolt and pressed-on and 13 mm
–
washer
Galvanized steel W-UR F 10 A4:
Stainless steel A4 13 mm
MWF - 09/10 - 12407 - ©

1) The part-safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part- 4) Other brick types, raw densities, minimum compressive strengths and temperature
safety coefficient of the effects of γF = 1.4 have been taken into account. ranges can be found in the ETA-08/0190 approval.
In case of a combination of tensile and transverse loads, please observe ETAG 020 5) The brick geometry should be compared with the ETA-08/0190 approval.
Appendix C. 6) If the drill hole is created through impacting or hammering, the permissible load is to
2) Maximum long-term temperature. be determined via tests on the building.
1306
W-UR 6 SYMCON PLASTIC FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR Multiple attachment
42.3 of non-load-bearing
systems:
Concrete
W-UR 6 SymCon
with countersunk screw
Galvanized steel
W-UR F 6 SymCon
with panhead screw
Galvanized steel
Approvals
Good to know:
European Technical
Approval • Drilling dust is to be removed from the
Multiple attachment of drill hole.
non-load-bearing systems
in concrete
W-UR (F) 6 SymCon
1. Areas of use subsequent expansion behavior

• With European Technical Approval, the anchor may be • SymCon screw: When screwing in the SymCon screw,
used for multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems the plastic of the anchor sleeve is optimally compressed
(e.g. suspended ceiling etc.) (almost no undercut)
• Anchoring base with approval: • Improved power transmission: Even, continuous load
Standard concrete C12/15 distribution across the entire spreading area
• Anchoring bases without approval:Solid bricks, solid sand- • The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading of the
lime bricks, vertically perforated bricks, perforated sand-lime anchor during installation
bricks, hollow blocks made of lightweight concrete, solid stones • The anchor sleeve and special screw are pre-
and solid blocks of lightweight concrete mountedˈ Less mounting effort
• Installation temperatures:
Temperature in anchoring base: –20°C 3. Properties
Temperature of the anchor sleeve: 0°C • Anchoring via friction engaging between anchor sleeve
• Suitable for the attachment of ceiling substructures (made of and anchor surface
wood or steel), wood laths, metal rails, suspended ceilings, • W-UR 6 SymCon and W-UR F 6 SymCon (galvanized
cable routes, angle brackets, profiles etc. steel):European Technical Approval ETA-11/0309
• The anchor sleeve is made of high-quality polyamide
2. Advantages
• SymCon screw: Geometry of anchor screw allows safe
MWF - 11/11 - 11393 - ©
Drill hole Clean the drilled Set anchor and Screw in the screw Screw in screw
hole screw until flush
1307
W-UR 6 SYMCON PLASTIC FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR
42.3
Anchor dimensions: W-UR 6 SymCon Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor with countersunk-head screw, galv. steel
Bit: AW® 20
Designation Fastening Total Setting Nom. Drilled ETA Art. No. P. Qty.
height length depth drill dia. hole approval
tfix L hnom d0 depth h1 for multiple
[in mm] [in mm] [in mm] [in mm] [in mm] attachment
W-UR 6 x 60 SymCon 10 60 50 0912 806 402
6 60 (+tfix) ETA-11/0309 100
W-UR 6 x 80 SymCon 30 80 50 0912 806 403
Storable in ®ORSY
Anchor dimensions: W-UR 6 SymCon Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor with panhead screw, galv. steel
Bit: AW® 20
Designation Fastening Total Setting Nom. Drilled ETA Art. No. P. Qty.
height length depth drill dia. hole approval
tfix L hnom d0 depth h1 for multiple
[in mm] [in mm] [in mm] [in mm] [in mm] attachment
W-UR F 6 x 60 SymCon 10 60 50 0912 806 802
6 60 (+tfix) ETA-11/0309 100
W-UR F 6 x 80 SymCon 30 80 50 0912 806 803
Storable in ®ORSY
Installation values: Concrete

Anchor diameter [in mm] W-UR 6 SymCon
Nominal drill dia. d0 [in mm] 6
Drill cutting dia. dcut [in mm] 6.4
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] 60
Setting depth of the anchor sleeve hnom [in mm] 50
Through-hole in attachment part df [in mm] 6.5
Performance data: Concrete, multiple attachment of non-load-bearing systems in concrete

Anchor diameter [in mm] W-UR 6 SymCon
Setting depth of the anchor sleeve hnom [in mm] 50
Central tensile load1) for Nperm = C12/15 [in kN] 30°C2)/50°C3) 0.79
single anchor or anchor group
Nperm C16/20 [in kN] 30°C2)/50°C3) 0.79
Transverse load1) for single Vperm [in kN] 2.05
anchor or anchor group
Minimum component hmin [in mm] 90
thickness
Minimum axle base4) smin [in mm] C12/15 60
C16/20 40
Minimum edge clearance4) cmin [in mm] C12/15 60
C16/20 40
Characteristic ccr,N [in mm] C12/15 60
edge clearance C16/20 40
1) The part safety coefficients of the resistances regulated in the approval and a part safety coefficient of the 2) Maximum long-term temperature.
effects of ƤF = 1.4 have been taken into account. In case of a combination of tensile and transverse loads, 3) Maximum short-term temperature.
please observe ETAG 020 Appendix C. 4) Permissible load must be reduced.
MWF - 11/11 - 11394 - ©
1308
W-RD
43
Plastic
Framing Anchor
with long expansion zone
dia. 6 without/with collar

dia. 8 without/with collar
dia.10 without collar
• For the industries of construction, building expansion, metal • High-quality polyamide
machining and working, repair: squared timber, wood laths, metal • Long expansion zone for secure hold
brackets, metal profiles, sheet metal, coverings • Bridges any add-on pieces, non-load-bearing plaster layers,
• For the electrical/installation industries: clips, boxes, switches, lights insulation and hollow points with the long shaft
• For the industries of heating, sanitation, air-conditioning, • Temperature-neutral from – 40 to + 100 °C
ventilation: pipe clamps, brackets • Fully resistant to rotting, weather and aging
• Secondary attachments where no construction permit is required, • Chemical-resistant
but reliability and a secure hold are needed
Important information for experts

2. Advantages • You must conduct test loading on the construction object with
• For use in through-bolt mounting hollow-chamber stones – contact our field service for more
information.
• By using HM multi-purpose bits, you can achieve a clearly better
drill hole in perforatedstones and much higher pull-values.
• The rotation-prevention mechanism stops the plug turning
in the drill hole.
• As the bit is ground sharp, you can drill through the wood
substructure easily and cleanly.
• Hollow-chamber stones are generally drilled without percussion.
MWF - 01/01 - 04300 - © •
Drill hole Set plug in place Insert screw Screw in screw

until flush
1309
W-RD Plastic
Framing Anchor 43
Performance data
Plug diameter [mm] 6 8 10
Hollow blocks
0.10 0.15 0.20
load/transverse load1)
Recommended tensile
HblZ
Solid stone made of
0.15 0.20 0.35
lightw. concrete VZ
Vertically perfor.
Frec[kN] 0.15 0.25 0.35
brick HLZ12
Perfor. sand-lime
0.20 0.30 0.5
brick KSL6
PB2 0.10 0.15 0.25
Aer. concr.
≥ PB4 0.15 0.20 0.30
Permissible Steel, galv.< Zn Tper [Nm] – – –
bending
torques A4 Tper [Nm] – – –
Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 50 50 100
with extra load 50 50 100
Edge
se ≥ [mm]
spacing
without extra load 100 100 250
Drill hole depth d ≥ [mm] 60 70 100
Setting depth hs ≥ [mm] 50 60 90
Min. component thickn. t ≥ [mm] 70 100 175
Screw dia. dthr [mm] 5 6 7
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 6 8 10
Hole dia. in comp. dcmp [mm] 6.5 8.5 11
Plug dimensions
60
60
80
80
100
100
120
120
100
Total length l [mm]
max. attachment dependent upon length of
10
10
20
20
40
40
60
60
height da [mm] screw

W-RD 8x100
W-RD 8x100
W-RD 8x120
W-RD 8x120
W-RD 6x60
W-RD 6x60
W-RD 8x80
W-RD 8x80
WD 10 x 99
Designation
0903 080 100
0903 080 120
0912 310 099

0903 060 60
0903 080 80
0903 08 100
0903 08 120
0903 06 60
0903 08 80
Art. No.
with collar
with collar
with collar
with collar
no collar
no collar
no collar
no collar
no collar
Frame-fixing anchor
with screw
100
100
100

50

MWF - 07/03 - 04301 - © •
1
) Plastic plugs may not be constantly loaded with central pull. A transverse load of at least 10° must be exerted on the plug.
1310
43.1 W-RD Plastic
Frame-Fixing
Anchor
Secondary attachments:
concrete and masonry of solid
and perforated bricks
W-RD 6 with/without collar

W-RD 8 with/without collar
W-RD 10 without collar
Test Reports Good to know:
l Drill perforated and hollow blocks in rotating gear
Performance
(without impact mechanism).
data determined l Drilling dust is to be removed from the drill hole.
in Würth test l Screw length = anchor length + 1x screw dia.
laboratory l Use wood or particle board screws WITHOUT
optimized thread tip (drilling tip, counter thread,
ring thread, etc.).
l Universal plastic frame-fixing anchor for low and medium load l Through-bolt mounting
range l Can be loaded immediately – no waiting time
l W-RD may be anchored in following anchoring bases: Standard l Minimal insertion torque of the screw ‘ “slight” spreading of the
concrete, masonry walls (solid bricks, solid sand-lime bricks, anchor, almost no turning of the anchor sleeve
vertically perforated bricks, perforated sand-lime bricks, hollow l Strong twist lock
blocks made of lightweight concrete, solid stones and solid blocks l 4x spreading ‘ high load-bearing capacity
of lightweight concrete) l Improved power transmission: Even, continuous load distribution
l Installation temperatures: across the entire spreading area
Temperature in anchoring base: ≥ -20°C, l The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading of the anchor
Temperature of dowel sleeve: ≥ 0°C during installation
l Suitable for fastening wardrobes, curtain rails, wall shelves, light
hanging cabinets, wall-mounted cabinets, mirrors, picture frames,
cable clamps, electrical switches, wash basins, wooden beams, 3. Properties
wooden laths, metal rails, angle brackets, profiles, information l Anchoring via friction engaging and positive locking
signs, etc. (perforated block) between anchor sleeve and anchor surface
l For fastening components in conjunction with a wood or particle l The anchor sleeve is made of high-quality polyamide
board screw without optimized thread tip (e.g.: drilling tip, counter l Halogen and silicone-free
thread, ring thread, etc.) l Temperature-neutral from – 40 °C to +80 °C
l Can be used outside or in rooms subject to moisture in conjunction
with a stainless-steel screw

MWF - 09/09 - 12527 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled Set anchor Screw in screw Screw in screw Drill hole Clean drilled Set anchor Screw in screw Screw in screw
hole and screw until flush hole and screw until flush
1311
W-RD 43.1
Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] 6 8 8 10
Anchoring depth hef [mm] 50 50 70 70
Concrete Frec [kN] ≥ C20/25 1) 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5
Solid brick Mz,
EN 771-1, DIN 105 Frec [kN] ≥ Mz 361) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3
≥ NF (≥ 240 x 115 x 71)
(tensile, transverse and oblique pull at every angle)
Solid sand-lime brick KS,

EN 771-2, DIN 106 Frec [kN] ≥ KS 20 1) 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5
≥ NF (≥ 240 x 115 x 71)
Solid bricks and solid blocks
Recommended load 1)
of standard concrete
EN 771-3, DIN 18153 Frec [kN] ≥ Vbn 12 1) 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6
≥ NF (≥ 240 x 115 x 71)
Solid bricks and solid blocks
of lightweight concrete
EN 771-3, DIN V 18152-100 Frec [kN] ≥ V 4 1) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3
≥ NF (≥ 240 x 115 x 71)
Vertically perfor. brick HLz,
EN 771-1, DIN 105 Frec [kN] ≥ Hlz 20 1) 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4
≥ 2DF (≥ 240 x 115 x 113)
Perfor. sand-lime brick KSL,
EN 771-2, DIN 106 Frec [kN] ≥ KSL 61) 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.4
≥ 2DF (≥ 240 x 115 x 113)
Hollow block of
lightweight concrete 3K Hbl,
EN 771-3, DIN 18151 Frec [kN] ≥ Hbl 61) 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.3
≥ 16DF (≥ 497 x 237 x 241)
Concrete Edge spacing c ≥ [mm] 70 70 70 140
Min. comp. thickness h min ≥ [mm] 100 100 100 100
Masonry Edge spacing c ≥ [mm] 100 100 100 100
Min. comp. thickness h min ≥ [mm] 115 115 115 115
Drill nominal dia.2) d0 [mm] 6 8 8 10
Drilled hole depth h0 ≥ [mm] 60 60 80 80
Anchoring depth 3) h nom ≥ [mm] 50 50 70 70
being connected d f ≤ [mm] 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
Anchor Dimensions
Anchor diameter [mm] 6 8 10
Total length l [mm] 60 60 80 100 120 100
Max. mounting height tfix [mm] 10 10 10 30 50 30
W-RD Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor
without collar Art. No. 0912 806 001 0912 808 002 0912 808 003 0912 808 004 0912 808 005 0912 810 802
without screw
W-RD Plastic Frame-Fixing Anchor
with collar Art. No. 0912 806 101 0912 808 102 0912 808 103 0912 808 104 0912 808 105 –
without screw
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 100 200 150 100 –
Screw diameter 5 x 70 6 x 70 6 x 90 6 x 110 6 x 130 7 x 110
Drive Z2 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3
Anchor screw with countersunk head
DIN 97, with Phillips head, Art. No. 0157 05 70 0157 06 70 0157 06 90 0157 06 110 0157 06 130 0157 07 110
galvanized steel

MWF - 09/09 - 12528 - © •
1) The recommended loads have been determined with the anchor screw with countersunk head according to DIN 97 (Art. No. 0157 0. …).
2)
If the drilled hole is produced in perforated bricks with an impacting and hammering, then the load-bearing capacity is reduced.
3)
The anchor is to be set in such a way that the spreading part is anchored in the web of the stone.
1312
Scaffold
44
Anchor
Plastic Frame Fixing
GR scaffold anchor Ø 14
GS 12 Screw eye
Galvanised steel
Cover cap
Fits GR scaffold anchor Ø 14
Efficiency Statement
Scaffold
anchor
In solid materials
according to DIN4420
Corresponds to the
3. Characteristics
regulations of the • Anchor sleeve is made of high-quality polyamide (Nylon)
German SIAII • Functions at temperatures from – 40 °C to + 80 °C
• Steel screw eye (grade 4.8)
• Anchor for securing of steel pipe scaffolding during set-up,
1. Areas of application modification and dismantling in accordance with the
• For the attachment of self-supported scaffolding GR Ø 14 with regulations of the German statutory industrial accident
GS 12 screw eyes must be used insurance institution (DIN 4420). Verified via loading testing
• Suitable for anchoring in solid materials such as concrete, solid • The polyamide sleeves may only be used once to achieve the
brick and rock. maximum load-bearing capacity
Not for use in lightweight concrete
• For perforated brick, lightweight concrete and aerated concrete Good to know
we recommend our HBR Plastic Frame Fixing Anchor Ø 14 with • The screw eye must be screwed into the plastic sleeve until the
extra-long expansion zone and GS screw eye. Furthermore, tip of the screw juts out at least one screw diameter from the
drilling with HM multi-purpose drill bits provides optimal hold sleeve in order to achieve the maximum loadbearing capacity
of the anchor
2. Advantages • The polyamide (Nylon) sleeve should be used only once
• Anchor sleeve and screw eye are an optimally matched system • In vertically perforated bricks use only rotary drilling
and guarantee the greatest degree of safety (no impact drilling)
• The AK cover cap can be shortened from 50 mm to 27 mm • By using HM multi-purpose bits, you can achieve a cleaner
at the intended breaking point drilled in perforated bricks and much higher loads
Installation
MWF - 08/09 - 04302 - © •
Drill hole Clean the Screw the special Tighten the screw
drilled hole screw eye into the
sleeve
1313
Scaffold Anchor
44
Performance Data GS8 GS10 GS12
Anchor size [mm] 10 12 14
Concrete ≥ C25 0,6 1,0 3,5
Solid brick
2)
MZ 12 0,6 1,0 2,3

Recommended load
Sand-lime solid
0,6 1,0 3,1
brick KS 12
Solid block made of
Frec* [kN] – 0,4 1,0
lightweight concrete V2
Sand-lime perforated
– 0,4 0,8
brick KSL 12
Vertically perforated
– 0,25 0,5
brick Hlz 12
Eye diameter [mm] 22 30 25
Edge distance ar ≥ [mm] 100 120 180
Lapping torsion moment lMo [Nm] – – –
Depth of drill hole h1 ≥ [mm] 60 70/1001) 80
Embedment depth hef ≥ [mm] 50 60/901) 70
Minimum member thickness dmin ≥ [mm] 120 120 175
Thread diameter dtd [mm] 8 10 12
Nominal diameter of drill bit do [mm] 10 12 14
Maximum thickness of the fixture tfix [mm] – – –
Dimensions / Product Range

80
100
120
160
90
120
160
190
230
300
350
70
100
135
Length of anchor l [mm]
GR 14-100
GR 14-135
0160 810 160 GS 10-160
0160 812 120* GS 12-120

0160 812 160* GS 12-160
0160 812 190 GS 12-190
0160 812 230 GS 12-230
0160 812 300 GS 12-300
0160 812 350 GS 12-350
GR 14-70
0160 808 100 GS 8-100
0160 808 120 GS 8-120
0160 812 90* GS 12-90
Designation
0160 808 80 GS 8-80
Article No.
Screw eye Galvanised steel
(yellow zinc plated)
Grade 4.8, welded 0912 014 135
0912 014 070
0912 014 100
Recommended anchor Recommended anchor

Article No. Nylon Anchor Ø 10 Nylon Anchor Ø 12
Scaffold Anchor GR 14/ 0903 10x50 0903 12x60
Recommended anchor Plastic Frame Fixing WE Ø 10
0912 010 …
Package quantity [pcs.] 20 20 25 50
Article No.
Cover cap, white 0912 014 027
for Scaffold Anchor GR 14
Package quantity [pcs.] 50

MWF - 08/09 - 04303 - © •
1) For Frame Fixing Anchor Ø14 Type HBR for sand-lime perforated brick. 2) The relevant occupational safety guidelines must be observed.
1314
METAL FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR DIA. 10
51
Type W-MRE
(single expansion, drive Z3/AW30® 30)
Type W-MRD
(double expansion, drive Z3/AW30)® 30)
Test Reports Guidelines for mounting/RAL Quality Window walls pursuant to DIN 18056
Testing of a fastening Fire resistance Association This standard applies to window walls with an area of
element: direct ēect of flames The attachment must safely transfer all planned-for forces at least 9 m2 and a side length of at least 200 cm, con-
āecting the window into the structure. sisting of a support frame (frame, posts, bar) with fillers
Evaluation of the test The loads, i.e. the load of the window, the wind load (e.g. glazing). This standard does not apply to walls
results for practical use in and the working load, must be determined (see DIN made of glass components.
window installation by 1055). In accordance with the respective valid building
the ift Rosenheim, Test regulations, buildings and their components must be
Report No. 328477/2 of planned in such a way that the life and health of people
22nd January 1986 are not endangered and public safety is not impaired.
Attachment of the windows must also comply with this
criterion.
We recommend anchors 51, 52, 53 and 55 for this For this application, we recommend anchors with a
application. construction permit.
1. Applications • Covered mounting via cover cap possible

• Suitable for the attachment of window and door frames made of wood or • Trumpet-head screw M6 with drilled head hole dia. 3 for cover cap, to
PVC compensate for tolerances (drive Z3)
• Especially good for use in perforated stone and lightweight construction • Easier mounting with hollow profiles via rounded and reduced peg sleeve
material masonry • Locking cam for hollow profiles and rotation-prevention
• This peg complies with the requirements of certain window manufacturers
in accordance with RAL quality-assessed installation 3. Properties
• Universal frame-fixing anchor for light-load applications
2. Advantages • Very good fitness for purpose in almost all common construction materials
• Quick and economical through-bolt mounting • Sleeve: Galvanized sheet steel
• Excellent attachment in masonry made of perforated stone or lightweight Bolt Galvanized steel, blue passivated
construction materials thanks to a large expansion area, which adapts • Tested fire-resistance time with a rising temperature curve pursuant to DIN
itself to the attachment surface 4102 and direct ēect of flames
• Tension-free spaced mounting
MWF -10/10 - 04304 - © •
Drill hole Set anchor in place Tighten screw Press on cover cap
1315
METAL FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR DIA.10
51
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] Type W-MRE (single expansion) Type W-MRD (double expansion)
Recommended Vertically perforated brick (dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones) max. 0.3 (dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones) max. 0.3
Frec. [kN]
tensile load Aerated concrete 0,3 0,3
Recommended Vertically perforated brick (dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones) max. 0.3 (dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones) max. 0.3
Frec. [kN]
transverse load Aerated concrete 0,3 0,3
F30 [kN] 0,90

F60 [kN] 0,60
Centered tensile load
Fire resistance F90 [kN] 0,45
duration F120 [kN] 0,35
Masonry HLz
Aerated concrete F30 [kN] 1,40
PB4 F60 [kN] 0,80
Transverse load
F90 [kN] 0,60
F120 [kN] 0,50
Characteristic values Type W-MRE (single expansion) Type W-MRD (double expansion)
Minimum setting depth hnom,min [mm] 60 90
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] = setting depth + 5mm = setting depth + 5mm
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10 10
Hole dia. in component df [mm] 10,5 10,5
Screw dia. dscrw. [in mm] M6 M6
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 8 8
Anchor dimensions Würth system components

Type W-MRE Cover caps for Type
metal frame-fixing anchor* W-MRD
Total length l [in mm] curved curved with collar
112
132
152
182
152
182
Max. mounting height tfix [mm] Z3 = dia. 18 Z3 = dia. 16

120
50
70
90
60
90
AW® 30 = dia. 15 AW® 30 = dia. 15

Designation/Color
saffron yellow RAL 1017
saffron yellow RAL 1017

dark brown RAL 8016
dark brown RAL 8016
W-MRD 10/182
W-MRD 10/152
white, RAL 9010
white, RAL 9010

W-MRE 10/182
W-MRE 10/132
W-MRE 10/152
W-MRE 10/112
gray RAL 7001
gray RAL 7001
Art. No. Art. No.

Drive Z3 (green)
0903 912 112
0903 912 132
0903 912 152
0903 912 182
0903 914 152
0903 914 182

0590 157 91
0590 157 5
0590 157 6
0590 905 1
0590 905 2
0590 905 3
0590 905 6
Head-access hole
0590 157
drilled with 3 mm
Art. No. Art. No.

Drive AW® 30 (yellow)
0903 913 112
0903 913 132
0903 913 182
0590 730 201
0590 730 211
0590 731 201
0590 731 203
0590 731 211
0903 915 152
0903 915 182

–
Packing unit P. Qty. 100 Z3 = 200/1000 / AW® 30 = 500 100
Storable in ORSY
®
MWF - 05/11 - 04305 - ©
1316
WUS METAL FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR 1
52
WUS-SK Countersunk head screw

Drive Z3
TX30 with drilled head hole dia. 3 mm
WUS-LK Tallow-drop head screw

Drive Z3
Proof of performance Guidelines for mounting/ Window walls purs.

RAL Quality Association DIN 18056
Test Reports The attachment must safely transfer all planned This standard applies for window
forces āecting the window to the structure. walls with an area of at least 9 m2
Performance The loads, i.e. the load of the window, the wind load and a side length of at least 200 cm,
data determined and the working load, must be determined (see DIN consisting of a support frame (frame,
in Würth test 1055). posts, bar) with fills (e.g. glazing).
laboratory In accordance with the respective valid building This standard does not apply for
regulation, buildings and their components must walls made of glass components.
be planned in such a way that the life and health We recommend anchors with a
of people are not endangered and public safety is construction permit for this appli-
not impaired. Attachment of the windows must also cation.
comply with this criterion..
We recommend anchors 51, 52 and 53 for this
application.
• Suitable for attaching window and door frames made of wood, plastic • Tested fire-resistance time with a rising temperature curve
and aluminum pursuant to DIN 4102 and direct ēect of flames
• Especially good for use in solid surfaces • Universal frame-fixing anchor for light-load applications
• This anchor complies with the requirements of certain window • Very good fitness for its purpose in the attachment surfaces
manufacturers in accordance with RAL quality-assessed installation of concrete, solid stone masonry, natural stone
• Sleeve: steel sheet Al/Zn coating;
2. Advantages Screw: steel, galvanized, blue passivated
• Quick and economical through-bolt mounting Cone: steel, galvanized, blue passivated
• Tension-free spaced attachment
• The tallow-drop head screw (WUS-LK) fits in well with the profile
and is used without a cover cap
• Locking cam for hollow profiles and rotation-prevention
• Covered mounting via cover cap
• Can be set via machine with drive Z3, TX30 with drilled head hole
• Cone cannot be lost
MWF - 08/10 - 04306 - ©
Drill hole Set anchor in place Tighten screw Tighten screw
1317
METAL-FRAME-FIXING ANCHOR WUS 10
52
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 10
Concrete C20/25 Frec. [kN] 0.6
Recommen-
ded tensile
Solid brick 0.6

Vert. perf. brick (dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones) max. 0.5
Perf. sand-lime brick 0.3
load
Aerated concrete 0.1

Concrete C20/25 Frec. [kN] 0.4
trans-verse
Solid brick 0.4

mended
Vert. perf. brick (dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones) max. 0.4
Recom-

load

Fire resistance duration F30 [kN] 0.35
Centered
(only Z3
for concrete B25, F60 [kN] 0.15

tensile
drive)
masonry Vz 12/II
load
aerated concrete PB4 F90 [kN] 0.05

Fire resistance duration F30 [kN] 0.5
load (only
Z3 drive)
for concrete B25, F60 [kN] 0.5

masonry Vz 12/II
Trans-
verse
aerated concrete PB4 F90 [kN] 0.5

F120 [kN] 0.5
Minimum setting depth hnom,min [mm] 30
Drilled hole depth h1 [mm] = setting depth + 5 mm
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 10
Hole dia. in comp. df [mm] 10.5
Screw dia. dscr [mm] 6
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 8
Anchor dimensions Cover caps

Anchor diameter [mm] 10 Tallow-drop head + counter- Countersunk head with drilled head hole
Total length l [mm] sunk head, Drive Z3 dia. 3 mm, Drive TX30
112
132
152
182
202
72
92
Color Color
light brown RAL 8001
light brown RAL 8001

dark brown RAL 8016
dark brown RAL 8016

Maximum
0910 437 132 0910 436 132 WUS 10/132 100
0910 437 152 0910 436 152 WUS 10/152 120
0910 437 182 0910 436 182 WUS 10/182 150
0910 436 202 WUS 10/202 170
40
60
80
yellow RAL 1017

fastening height tfix [mm]
white, RAL 9010
black RAL 9005
black RAL 9005

white RAL 9010
gray RAL 7001
Designation gray RAL 7001

0910 437 112 0910 436 112 WUS 10/112
WUS 10/72
WUS 10/92
Flat Flat with collar

WUS-SK Art. No.
0590 610 001
0590 610 002
0590 610 003
0590 610 004
0590 610 005
Dia. 15 mm with pin Dia. 15 mm

0910 436 72
0910 436 92
0590 15 52
0590 15 92
0590 15 91
Countersunk head - SK
0590 15 5
0590 15 6
Drive Z3 (green)
0590 15
WUS-LK Art. No. Flat with collar Flat with collar

Tallow-drop head - LK Dia. 15 mm with pin Dia. 17 mm
0590 610 011
0590 610 012
0590 610 013
0590 610 014
0590 610 015
Drive Z3 (green)
0590 905 1
0590 905 2
0590 905 6
0590 905 3
–
–
Packing unit P. Qty. [piece] 100

–
Overlapping Flat with collar

Dia. 16 mm Dia. 18 mm with pin
0590 610 021
0590 610 022
0590 610 023
0590 610 024
0590 610 025
0590 157 91
0590 157 5
0590 157 6
0590 157
P. Qty. [piece] 100/1000 P. Qty. [piece] 200

MWF - 08/10 - 04307 - ©
1318
Metal Frame-
53
Fixing Anchor
dia. 8
WUL tallow-drop screw dia. 11
Steel, white galvanized
Drive TX 20
Guidelines for mounting/RAL Quality Association Window walls purs. to DIN 18056
The attachment must safely transfer all planned forces affecting This standard applies for window walls
the window to the structure. with an area of at least 9 m 2 and a side
The loads, i.e. the load of the window, the wind load and the length of at least 200 cm, consisting of
working load, must be determined (see DIN 1055). a support frame (frame, posts, bar)
In accordance with the respective valid building regulation, buil- with fills (e. g. glazing). This standard
dings and their components must be planned in such a way that does not apply for walls made of glass
the life and health of people are not endangered and public components.
safety is not impaired. Attachment of the windows must also
comply with this criterion.
We recommend anchors 51, 52, 53 and 55 for this application. We recommend anchors with a
construction permit for this application.
• Suitable for attaching window and door frames made of wood, • Metal frame-fixing anchor for light-load applications
plastic and aluminum • Good fitness for its purpose in the attachment surfaces of concrete,
• Especially good for use in solid surfaces solid stone masonry, natural stone
• Plastic and aluminum profiles with minimal bottom slit width up • Sleeve: steel sheet Al/Zn coating;
to 13 mm Screw: Steel, white galvanized
Cone: zinc diecast
2. Advantages
• The small head diameter is highly suitable for profiles with minimal
bottom slit width
• Quick and economical through-bolt mounting
• Tension-free spaced mounting
• Can be set via machine with drive TX20
• Die-cast zinc cone cannot be lost
• Locking cam for hollow profiles and rotation-prevention
• Minimal bit diameter, drill holes created more quickly in concrete
MWF - 03/10 - 04308 - © •
Drill hole Set anchor in place Tighten screw
1319
Metal Frame-Fixing-
Anchor dia. 8 53
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] 8
Concrete ≥ C20/25 0.4
Recommen-
ded tensile
Solid brick 0.4

load
Vert. perf. brick Frec. [kN] dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones, max. 0.15
Concrete ≥ C20/25 0.3
Recommen-
ded trans-
verse load
Solid brick 0.3

Vert. perf. brick Frec. [kN]
rec [kN] dependent upon the consistency and strength of the stones, max. 0.4
Minimum setting depth hnom,min ≥ [mm] 30
Drill hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] = setting depth + 5 mm
Nom. drill dia. d0 [mm] 8
Hole dia. in comp. df [mm] 8.5
Screw dia. dscr [mm] 5
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 5
Anchor dimensions
Tallow-drop screw dia. 11
Total length l [in mm] 92 112 132 172
max. attachment height tfix [mm] 60 80 100 140
WUL 8/112
WUL 8/132
WUL 8/172
WUL 8/92
Designation
0910 428 112
0910 428 132
0910 428 172

0910 428 92
WUL Ø 11
Steel, yellow galv. Art. No.
TX20
Packing unit P. Qty. [pcs.] 100

MWF - 03/08 - 04309 - © •
1320
AMO® III SCREW 7.5 MM DIA.
55.1
Type 1 with AW30
Head dia. 12.0 mm
Steel, yellow galvanised
Type 2 with AW25
Head dia. 7.5 mm Galvanised steel,
Type 2 with AW30 blue passivated
Head dia. 8.0 mm
Type 3 with AW30
Head dia. 12.5 mm
Proof of performance Guidelines for mounting/ Window walls former

Test reports The attachment must safely transfer all planned This standard applies for window
forces āecting the window to the structure. The walls with an area of at least 9 m2
Fire protection Testing of suitability for Testing of a fastening element: loads, i.e. the load of the window, the wind load and a side length of at least 200 cm,
Test Report attaching a flood-proof Evaluation of the test results for and the working load, must be determined (see consisting of a support frame (frame,
No. 3174/0649-2 window in accordance practical use in window mounting DIN 1055). In accordance with the respective valid posts, bar) with fills (e. g. glazing).
from with ift directive FE-07/1 by the ift Rosenheim in Germany. building regulation, buildings and their components This standard does not apply to
12th January, 2000 by the ift Rosenheim in Test Report No. 23511241/2 from must be planned in such a way that the life and walls and glass blocks.
Germany. 13th February, 1990 health of people are not endangered and public We recommend anchors with a
Test Report No. 202 31790 safety is not impaired. Attachment of the windows construction permit for this appli-
from 17th May, 2006 Testing of suitability for attaching a must also comply with this criterion. cation.
window to the structure with brick We recommend anchors 51, 52, 53, 55.1 and
masonry by the ift Rosenheim in 55.2 for this application.
Germany.
Test Report No. 50922462 from
11th October, 2000
• Tension-free spaced mounting for wooden, plastic and aluminium • Spreading-pressure-free, positive locking and removable anchoring
window frames • Function of load pick-up is retained even under thermal loading
• Frame coupling • Tested fire-resistance duration of 120 minutes
• Mounting of window shackles, rotary anchors and knock-in claws
(short version of Type 3) Information: The correct installation of components musst be checked
under consideration of the respective building situation (e.g. casement-
2. Advantages weight, surface properties, hole pattern of the stone).
• Saves time – no anchor required
• Short installation times, as no setting tools are required
• Thanks to AW® drive, longer bit service life, improved force
transmission and no ejection forces
Good to know:
• Drill perforated and hollow blocks in rotating gear
• Can be loaded immediately – no wait time after setting (without impact mechanism).
• High loadability through positive locking • Align window frames with alignment clamps or Amo Bag.
• Screw length = frame width + distance + screw-in depth
• Removable (also see under 55.2 Amo® III 11.5 mm).
• Virtually no spreading forces during setting
MWF - 08/10 - 07164 - ©
Create drill hole Clean drill hole Align and a̅x Screw in screw Press on cover cap
window frame
1321
55.1
Performance Data
Anchor type Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Fire resistance Centered tensile load F30 [in kN] 0.80 – 0.80
duration F60 [in kN] 0.55 – 0.55
Concrete strength class F90 [in kN] 0.45 – 0.45
at least C20/25 and F120 [in kN] 0.40 – 0.40
maximum C50/60
Transverse or oblique pull up to 30° F30 [in kN] 0.50 0.50 0.50
F60 [in kN] 0.50 0.50 0.50
F90 [in kN] 0.50 0.50 0.50
F120 [in kN] 0.50 0.50 0.50
Minimum edge Concrete cmin [in mm] 50
clearance Chalky sandstone, solid brick,
vertically perforated brick (at least 2 walls),
pumice, light concrete, coniferous wood 60
Minimum screw-in Concrete hnom,min [in mm] 30
depth Chalky sandstone, solid brick 50
Vertically perforated brick (at least 2 walls),
pumice, light concrete, coniferous wood 60
Drill hole diameter Concrete d0 [in mm] 6.5
Chalky sandstone, solid brick, vertically perfo-
rated brick (at least 2 walls), pumice, light concrete 6.0
Coniferous wood No pre-drilling required
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] Screw-in depth +10 mm + any existing plaster layer
Anchor Dimensions
32
42
52
62
72
82
92
0234 930 102 0234 330 102 0234 830 102 0234 230 102 0234 825 102 0234 225 102 0234 730 102 0234 130 102 102
0234 930 112 0234 330 112 0234 830 112 0234 230 112 0234 825 112 0234 225 112 0234 730 112 0234 130 112 112
0234 930 122 0234 330 122 0234 830 122 0234 230 122 0234 825 122 0234 225 122 0234 730 122 0234 130 122 122
0234 930 132 0234 330 132 0234 830 132 0234 230 132 0234 825 132 0234 225 132 0234 730 132 0234 130 132 132
0234 930 152 0234 330 152 0234 830 152 0234 230 152 0234 825 152 0234 225 152 0234 730 152 0234 130 152 152
0234 930 182 0234 330 182 0234 830 182 0234 230 182 0234 825 182 0234 225 182 0234 730 182 0234 130 182 182
0234 930 212 0234 330 212 0234 830 212 0234 230 212 0234 825 212 0234 225 212 0234 730 212 0234 130 212 212
252
302
Type 1 with AW® 30 Art. No.
0234 730 72 0234 130 72
0234 730 82 0234 130 82
0234 730 92 0234 130 92
Head diameter 12.0 mm Steel, yellow galvanized

–
–
–
–
–
–
Art. No.
Suitable application: Light countersinking with wood and Galvanized steel,
plastic profiles blue passivated
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Art. No.
Suitable application: Thanks to the small head, screwing in is Galvanized steel,
possible with small window rebate widths. Preferably for use in brick blue passivated
surface with all frame materials
Suitable cover caps: Art. No. 0590 425 …
–
–
–
–
0234 930 72 0234 330 72 0234 830 72 0234 230 72 –
0234 930 82 0234 330 82 0234 830 82 0234 230 82 –
0234 930 92 0234 330 92 0234 830 92 0234 230 92 –
–
–

–
–
–
–
0234 830 252 –

0234 830 302 –
Art. No.
Suitable application: Preferably for use in concrete surface Galvanized steel,
with the frame materials wood and plastic blue passivated
0234 930 32 0234 330 32 –
0234 930 42 0234 330 42 –
0234 930 52 0234 330 52 –
0234 930 62 0234 330 62 –

–
–
MWF - 01/11 - 07165 - ©
Art. No.
Suitable application: Thanks to the large flat head, the head Galvanized steel,
makes clean contact on window profiles, providing advantages blue passivated
when using cover caps
Suitable cover caps: Art. No. 0590 790 …
–
–
1322
Amo® III Screw 11.5 mm dia.
55.2
With AW®40
Head dia. 11.5 mm
Steel, yellow galvanised
Galvanised steel,
blue passivated
Proof of performance Guidelines for mounting/ Window walls for

RAL Quality Association former DIN 18056a
Test reports The attachment must safely transfer all planned This standard applies for window
forces āecting the window to the structure. The walls with an area of at least 9 m2
Fire Protection Burglar Resistance Testing of suitability for loads, i.e. the load of the window, the wind load and a side length of at least 200 cm,
Test Report Class 2 in accordance with attaching a window to and the working load, must be determined (see consisting of a support frame (frame,
No. 3174/0649-2 DIN V ENV 1627. the structure with brick DIN 1055). In accordance with the respective valid posts, bar) with fills (e. g. glazing).
from Expertise of theift masonry by the ift building regulation, buildings and their components This standard does not apply to
12th January, 2000 Rosenheim in Germany Rosenheim in Germany. must be planned in such a way that the life and walls and glass blocks.
No. 255 29923 from Test Report health of people are not endangered and public We recommend anchors with a
21st November, 2005 No. 105 30599 from 10th safety is not impaired. Attachment of the windows construction permit for this application.
July, 2006 must also comply with this criterion.
We recommend anchors 51, 52, 53, 55.1 and
55.2 for this application.
• Tension-free spaced mounting for all frame materials and masonry types • Spreading-pressure-free, positive locking and removable anchoring
• Mounting of window and door frames with pre-drilled mounting • Function of load pick-up is retained even under thermal loading
hole dia. 10 mm • Tested fire-resistance duration of 120 minutes
• Tested burglar resistant properties for plastic windows in the resistance
2. Advantages class WK 2 according to DIN V ENV 1627
• Saves time – no anchor required • Bit AW® 40 in every package
• Short installation times, as no setting tools are required
• Thanks to AW® drive, longer bit service life, improved force Information: The correct installation of components musst be checked
transmission and no ejection forces under consideration of the respective building situation (e.g. casement-
• Through-bolt mounting weight, surface properties, hole pattern of the stone).
• Can be loaded immediately – no wait time after setting
Good to know:
• High loadability through positive locking
• Pre-drilling window frame with 10 mm.
• Removable • Drill perforated and hollow blocks in rotating gear
• Virtually no spreading forces during setting (without impact mechanism).
• No pre-drilling is necessary in aerated concrete, Amo® III screw can
be screwed in directly.
• Align window frames with alignment clamps or Amo Bag.
• Screw length = frame width + distance + screw-in depth.
MWF - 08/10 - 07166 - ©
Create drill hole Clean drill hole Align and a̅x Screw in screw Press on cover cap
window frame
1323
55.2
Performance data
Dowel type dia. 11.5
Fire resistance duration Transverse or oblique pull up to 30° F30 [kN] 0.50
Concrete strength class F60 [kN] 0.50
at least C20/25 and F90 [kN] 0.50
maximum C50/60 F120 [kN] 0.50
Minimum edge Concrete cmin [mm] 50
spacing Chalky sandstone, solid brick,
pumice, light concrete, aerated concrete 60
Minimum Concrete hnom [mm] 30
screw-in depth Chalky sandstone, solid brick 50
General
Vertically perforated brick (at least 2 walls),

pumice, light concrete, aerated concrete 60
Drill bit nominal Concrete d0 [mm] 10.0
diameter Chalky sandstone, solid brick,
pumice, light concrete 10.0
Aerated concrete No pre-drilling necessary
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] Screw-in depth + 10 mm + any existing plaster layer
Minimum edge Concrete B15, vert. perf. brick VPB 12, cmin [mm]
spacing solid bricks MB, solid sand-lime bricks CS,
perf. sand-lime bricks PSLB, solid bricks
Burglar resistance WK2 1)
and solid blocks of light concrete SB/SBLC 60

Porenbeton PP4 100
Drill bit nominal Concrete B15 d0 [mm] 10.0
diameter Vert. perf. bricks VPB 12, solid bricks MB,
solid sand-lime bricks CS,
perf. and-lime bricks PSLB, solid bricks
and solid blocks of light concrete SB/SBLC 10.0
Aerated concrete PP4 in wall: no pre-drilling required, in lintel 10.0
Wall thickness d [mm] 240
Screw-in depth hnom [mm] 60
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] Screw-in depth + 10 mm + any existing plaster layer
Dowel dimensions
Total length l [mm] 112 132 152 182
with AW® 40 Art. No. 0234 115 112 0234 115 132 0234 115 152 0234 115 182
Head diameter 11.5 mm Steel, yellow galvanised
Art. No. 0234 840 112 0234 840 132 0234 840 152 0234 840 182
Suitable application: Galvanised steel,
Light countersinking with wood and plastic profiles blue passivated
+ bit AW® 40
Cover caps, flat, polyethylene, AW 40®, 15 mm dia. Determination

Colour of correct screw length:
Wood colours Mahogany
RAL designation Pure white Mahogany brown
Art. No. 0590 740 101 0590 740 111
MWF - 08/10 - 07167 - ©
Würth System Components 1) The masonry compressive strength must at least

comply with the masonry strength class M11 accor-
ding to DIN 1053-2.
The building connection joint between the wall face
and the window frame profile may be a maximum
of 25 mm all round.
The minimum thickness of the steel wall is 1.5 mm.
1324
AMO ® -Y SCREW 7.5 MM DIA.
55.3
with AW® 30 head dia. 8 mm
Steel, special coating,

silver
Recommended by
for window installation
Proof of performance Guidelines for mounting/ Window walls according to former

Test report The attachment must safely transfer all planned forces āecting This standard applied to window walls with an area of at
the window to the structure. The loads, i.e. the load of the least 9 m2 and a side length of at least 200 cm, consisting
Burglar Resistance window, the wind load and the working load, must be of a support frame (frame, posts, bar) with fills (e.g. glazing).
Resistance Class 3 determined (see DIN 1055). In accordance with the respective This standard does not apply to walls and glass blocks.
in accordance with DIN V ENV 1627:1999 valid building regulation, buildings and their components must We recommend anchors with a construction permit for this
Test report of ift-Rosenheim No. 211 43728 be planned in such a way that the life and health of people are application.
of 06/28/2010 not endangered and public safety is not impaired. Attachment
of the windows must also comply with this criterion.
We recommend anchors 51, 52, 53, 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3 for
this application.
1. Applications • Can be loaded immediately – no wait time Note: The proper installation of the components
• Tension-free spaced mounting for all frame after setting must be checked while taking the respective
materials for anchoring in aerated concrete • Can be dismantled local building situation (e.g. window leaf weight,
• Installation of window and door frames with • Virtually no spreading forces during setting surface properties, hole pattern of the brick) into
6 mm dia. pre-drilled mounting hole account.
3. Features
2. Advantages • Spreading-pressure-free, positive locking
• Saves time – no anchor required and removable anchoring Good to know:
• Pre-drilling of window frame with 6.2 mm.
• Short installation times, as no setting • Function of load pick-up is retained even • No pre-drilling in aerated concrete,
tools are required under thermal loading Amo®-Y screw must be screwed directly
into aerated concrete.
• Thanks to AW® drive, longer bit service • Tested burglar resistant properties in the • Align window frames with alignment
life, improved force transmission, and resistance class WK 3 according to clamps or Amo®-Bag.
• Screw length = frame width +
no ejection forces DIN V ENV 1627:1999 distance + screw-in depth.
MWF - 08/10 - 12331 - ©
Align and a̅x the Screw in the screw. Press on cover cap
window frame.
1325
AMO ® -Y SCREW 7.5 MM DIA.
55.3
General information
Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 60
Screw-in depth hnom [mm] 100

Aerated concrete
Nominal drill-bit diameter d [mm] 6.2

in window frame
Minimum edge spacing Aerated concrete cmin [mm] 120

Burglar Resistance Class 3 in accordance
PP2-0.35
according to
Wall thickness DIN V 4165-100 h [mm] 365
with DIN V ENV 1627:1999
or DIN EN 771-4
in conjunction with
Screw-in depth DIN V 20000-404 hnom [mm] 140
from frame corner [mm] 100
side [mm] 300 (distribute screws evenly over side)

Screws spacing
top and bottom [mm] 450 (one screw in center of window)
window frame
[mm] 10
respond
Anchor Dimensions
with AW® 30
head diameter of 8 mm
Art. No. 0234 630 152 0234 630 182 0234 630 202
Suitable applications: Steel,

slight countersinking in wooden special coating
and plastic profiles silver
Determination of correct screw length

MWF - 07/10 - 12332 - ©
1326
W-MH METAL HOLLOW-WALL ANCHOR
61
Sleeve/screw: Galvanized steel

– Fillister head M4, M5, M6
– Hexagon head M8
– Threaded rod M8/Washer/Nut
– Eyebolt M6
– Screw hook M6
– Screw hook with short hook M6
Optimal for hanging cabinets
Test reports Assortment case 2. Advantages

• The screw accompanying the anchor Hand-Mounting Pliers
Fire resistance as standard can be replaced by
Direct flame ēect another securing element with a
metric thread, e.g. screw hooks, ring
eyelets, screws with a special head,
A2/A4 brass screws, threaded rods
etc., after expansion of the anchor.
• Screw can be loosened without loss Art. No. 0903 20
of holding power
P.Qty. 1
W-MH hollow-wall anchor assortment • The ratchet function enables easy and
Contents: M4 x 47 = 100 pc., fatigue-free working with the ratchet
Good to know: M5 x 50 = 50 pc., hand-mounting pliers. Thanks to the
• Pressing the front M6 x 50 = 50 pc.,
Hand-Mounting Pliers = 1 pc. = 201 pull length of 30 mm, subsequent
ratchet-plier lever
pieces. spreading is only rarely required
forward releases the Art. No. 0964 903 P. Qty. 1
ratchet pliers again.
3. Features
• Outstanding holding power via
1. Areas of use expanding support elements with a
• The anchor for attachments in gypsum plasterboards and other boards, hard large contact radius
particle boards, perforated brick ceilings, hollow-body ceilings up to 45 mm • Premounted with metric screw/
thick, behind which is empty space threaded rod
• For the attachment of lamps, shelving units, curtain rods, wall ducts, picture • Turn-prevention mechanism at the Art. No. 0903 201
frames, small boilers, coat racks, laths and rails, brackets, pipe clamps etc. collar prevents turning in the drill hole P.Qty. 1
• The noses at the collar (turn-prevention mechanism) must be bent straight for • Fire resistance only tested in hollow
hard attachment surfaces, e.g. tiles. pumice stone
MWF - 01/12 - 04310 - ©
Drill hole Set anchor in place Expand anchor fully Secure part
with pliers
1327
W-MH METAL HOLLOW-WALL ANCHOR
61
Performance data
Gypsum plasterboard d 12 mm Frecom. [kN] 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
Recommended
Gypsum plasterboard d 25 mm Frecom. [kN] 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30

loads 1
Hard particle board d 4 mm Frecom. [kN] 0.20 0.20 0.25 0.30

Hard particle board d 10 mm Frecom. [kN] 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30
Wood particle board d 10 mm Frecom. [kN] 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
Hollow ceiling brick d 30 mm Frecom. [kN] 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Fire resistance duration2 F90 [kN] – – 0.12 0.30
Drill hole depth t [mm] Anchor length Anchor length Anchor length Anchor length
+ 5 mm + 5 mm + 5 mm + 5 mm
Thread dia. dthr [mm] M4 M5 M6 M8
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 8.0 10.0 12.0 13.0
Hole dia. in comp. dcom [mm] 5 6 7 9
Total sleeve length l [mm]

41 33
47 40
58 46
61 54
65 59
49 37
66 53
74 65
89 80
62 53
62 53
74 66
49 37
66 53
78 66
92 81
5 - 16 82 55
16 - 32 95 68
32 - 45 111 84
5 - 16 65 55
16 - 32 80 68
32 - 45 90 84
Screw length lscr < [mm]
3-9
8 - 15
8 - 20
18 - 28
32 - 38
5 - 13
5 - 16
16 - 32
32 - 45
5 - 16
5 - 16
16 - 32
5 - 13
5 - 16
16 - 32
32 - 45
Max. board thickness/mirror thickness da [mm]
0903 524 40 W-MH 4/15
0903 524 46 W-MH 4/20
0903 524 54 W-MH 4/28
0903 524 59 W-MH 4/38
0903 525 37 W-MH 5/13
0903 525 53 W-MH 5/16
0903 525 65 W-MH 5/32
0903 525 80 W-MH 5/45
W-MH 6/16
W-MH 6/16
W-MH 6/32
0903 526 37 W-MH 6/13
0903 526 55 W-MH 6/16
0903 526 66 W-MH 6/32
0903 526 81 W-MH 6/45
W-MH 8/16
W-MH 8/32
W-MH 8/45
W-MH 8/16
W-MH 8/32
W-MH 8/45
W-MH 4/9
Designation
0903 543 2
Art. No.
Galvanized Steel
Fillister Head Screw
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0903 528 56
0903 528 69
0903 528 85
Art. No.
Galvanized Steel
Hexagon Head Bolt
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0903 528 55
0903 528 68
0903 528 84
Art. No.
Galvanized Steel
Threaded Rod, Washer, Hexagon Nut
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0903 526 54 –
0903 526 67 –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Art. No.
Galvanized Steel
Eye Bolt
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
100 0903 526 53 –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Art. No.
Galvanized Steel
Screw Hook
* Short screw hook for optimum attachment of hanging cabinett
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
–
–
–
–
–
–
50
50
50
50
50
50

Storable in ®ORSY
MWF - 11/10 - 04311 - ©
1 Safety factor 3.
2 Test report No. 32540301-1-CM must be heeded.
1328
62 Spring-Loaded
Anchor
Type W-FK
with washer and MS knurled nut
Type W-FKH
With washer, nut and hook
Type W-FKW
with centering plug, collar sleeve made of
polyamide (nylon) and hexagon nut M10
• Type W-FK: The anchor for attaching curtain rails, shelving rails, • Steel, galv.
switches and lightweight add-on pieces • Fully premounted
• Type W-FKH: For the attachment of lamps, hanging baskets, ceiling • Turn-prevention mechanism (claws) keeps prevents turning during
decorations, information signs etc. installation
• Type W-FKW: For the attachment of wash basins, hanging toilets, • Strong hold due to its distribution of the load over large area
boilers, urinals, support structures etc. to hollow walls, supply
shafts. The centering plug is used to fill up the drill hole and to
center the threaded rod
2. Advantages
• The spring-loaded anchor opens up on its own in each position due
to the force of its spring
• Spring-loaded anchors require less hollow-space depth than tilting
anchors due to their structure
Type W-FK Type W-FKW
MWF - 03/10 - 04312 - © •
Drill hole Insert the anchor Attach component Screw in screw until Drill hole Insert the anchor Attach centering Mount component
until the hooks fold and screw on brass flush until the hooks plug
open nut fold open
1329
Spring-Loaded
Anchor 62
Performance Data
Anchor size [mm] M3 M4 M10
1,01) 2,01) 11,01)
of the anchor
Assuming the
Failure load
anchorage
Ffailure [kN] For type W-FKH For type W-FKH –
material hook bends open at hook bends open at
does not fail 0,1 0,4
Thread diameter dtd [mm] M3 M4 M10
Nominal diameter do [mm] 11 14 30
of drill bit
Diameter of clearance hole df [mm] 4 5 14
in the anchorage material
Minimum cavity
h [mm] 30 40 90
depth

85
100
90
95
180
Maximum thickness
tfix [mm]
65
65
69
69
W-FKW 10 140
of the fixture
W-FKH 3
W-FKH 4
W-FK 3
W-FK 4
Designation
Article No.
0904 731
0904 741
Type W-FK with washer

and MS-knurled nut
–
–
Article No.
0904 732
0904 742
Type W-FKH with washer

hex nut and hook
–
Article No. 25 0904 710 002 –

Type W-FKH with rubber
spacer, polyamide collar
and hex nut M10
–
–
25
25
Package quantity [pcs.]
1)
Failure of the thread or toggle element.
MWF - 07/08 - 04313 - © •
1330
63 Tilting Anchor
Type W-KD
With washer and nut
Type W-KD-TB
With washer, sealing washer made of
Hypalon and hexagon nut M10
Type W-KDH
With washer, nut and hook
Type W-KDW
With centering plug, collar sleeve made of
polyamide (nylon) and hexagon nut M10
Certificates
Sprinkler systems
Fixed from M8, Type TB
only
G4890027
• Type W-KD-TB: The anchor for attaching pipes up to DN 50 • The tilting peg locks itself in the attachment surface
pursuant to VdS regulations. Threaded rod secured against • Type W-KDW: With large contact surface for soft construction
unintentional unscrewing. For installing sprinkler pipes, holding materials
beams, ventilation ducts, suspended mounting, electricity and • Each point of attachment can be adjusted individually thanks to the
illumination rails rotatable threaded rod, e.g. inclined mounting possible
• Type W-KDW: For the attachment of wash stands, hanging toilets, • Type W-KDW mini: With large contact surface for soft construction
boilers, support structures etc. to hollow walls, supply shafts. The materials, even with a minimal cavity depth of just 90 mm
centering plug is used to fill up the drill hole and to center the
threaded rod 3. Properties
• Types W-KD and W-KDH: For attachments to hollow walls, hollow • Steel, galv.
ceilings, suspended ceilings and various sandwich elements • Fully premounted
• Maximum point load on trapezoidal sheeting ceilings for pipes =
0.8 kN / other attachments = 1.0 kN
Type W-KD/… Type W-KDW
MWF - 03/10 - 04314 - © •
Drill hole Insert peg until Secure hook with Drill hole Insert peg until Attach centering Mount component
element tilts nut element tilts plug
1331
Tilting Anchor
63
Performance Data
Anchor size [mm] M5 M6 M8 M10
3,01) 3,51) 13,51) 151)
Failure loadof
Assuming the
the anchor
anchorage For Type W-FKH For Type W-FKH For Type W-FKH
material Ffailure [kN] hook bends open at hook bends open at hook bends open at –
does not fail 0,8 1,0 2,2
Thread diameter dtd [mm] M5 M6 M8 M10
Nominal diameter of drill bit do [mm] 15 17 20 22 25 30
Diameter of clearance hole
in the anchorage material df [mm] 6 7 9 9 11 14
Minimum cavity
h [mm] 70 75 75 75 75 145 90
depth

100
100
100
130
100
130
100
200
300
500
100
200
180
130
Maximum thickness
tfix [mm]
60
60
60
60
55
55
55
W-KD-TB 8/200 155
W-KD-TB 8/300 255
W-KD-TB 8/500 455
55
W-KD-TB 10/200 155
140
100
of the fixture
W-KD-TB 10/100
W-KD-TB 8/100
W-KDW mini
W-KDH 5
W-KDH 6
Designation W-KDH 8
W-KDW
W-KD 5
W-KD 6
W-KD 8
0904 781*
Type W-KD Article No.

0904 751
0904 761
with washer and hex

nut
–
–
Type W-KD-TB Article No.
0862 545 0
0862 540 0
0862 541 0
0862 542 0
0862 543 0
0862 544 0
with rubber seal,
washer and hex
nut M10
–
–
0904 782*
Type W-KDH Article No.

0904 752
0904 762
with washer,
hex nut and hook
–
25 0904 710 001 –

25 0904 710 003 –
Type W-KDW Article No.
with rubber spacer,
polyamide collar and
hex nut
25 –
25 –
25 –
20 –
25 –
25 –
50 –
25 –
25 –
25 –
25 –

25
*
1)
Failure of the thread or toggle element.
MWF - 10/05 - 04315 - © •
1332
W-HR HOLLOW-WALL ANCHOR
63.2
Galvanized steel
M5
M6
M8
1. Areas of Application
• Can be used for hollow-wall attachments with metric screws of sizes Good to know:
M5/M6/M8 in gypsum plasterboards, boards, hard particle boards When introducing loads in light partition walls,
and hollow-stone ceilings up to a material thickness of 51 mm DIN 18183 -1: 2009-05 plaster board partition walls
• For the mounting of attachment parts, e.g. lamps, rails, switches, and exterior shells with metal structures is to be
shelves, information signs etc. observed.
2. Advantages
• Universal clamping range
• Quick and easy mounting without setting tools
• All head shapes of metric screws possible
• Screw can be loosened
3. Properties
• Galvanized steel
• Great holding power thanks to the large load-support area
MWF - 02/11 - 12457 - ©
Create drill hole Thread anchor rail 1 Secure anchor with pull tie Open pull tie and Secure part
through the drill hole 2 Push plastic ring to tear it ō
anchoring base
1333
W-HR HOLLOW-WALL ANCHOR
63.2
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] M5 M6 M8
Gypsum plasterboard 12.5 mm 0.2 0.2 0.2
Tensile load
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12.5 mm 0.4 0.4 0.4

N rec. [kN]
Gypsum fiberboard 10 mm 0.3 0.3 0.3
Hollow block Hbn, material thickness: 35 mm 0.6 0.6 0.6
Gypsum plasterboard 12.5 mm 0.4 0.4 0.4
Transverse
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12.5 mm 0.7 0.7 0.7

load
Vrec. [kN]
Gypsum fiberboard 10 mm 0.5 0.5 0.5
Hollow block Hbn, material thickness: 35 mm 0.9 0.9 0.9
Max. material thickness/board thickness da [in mm] 51
Min. material thickness/board thickness da [in mm] 10
Minimum screw length [in mm] Attachment part t fix mm + material thickness da mm +11 mm
Min. hollow-space depth l [in mm] 51
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 12 12 18
Screw dia. [in mm] M5 M6 M8
d f [mm] 6 7 9
connected
Anchor dimensions
Anchor diameter [in mm] M5 M6 M8
Designation W-HR 5 W-HR 6 W-HR 8
W-HR Hollow-wall anchor
Art. No. 0904 720 5 0904 720 6 0904 720 8
Galvanized steel
W-HR Hollow-wall anchor
Galvanized steel Art. No. 0904 720 51 0904 720 61 0904 720 81
With matching tallow-drop screw (100 pc.) (100 pc.) (200 pc.)
DIN 7985 60 mm long
MWF - 02/11 - 12458 - ©
1334
Plastic Hollow-
64
Wall Anchor
W-KH
1. Areas of application 3. Characteristics

• For attachments in plates and boards up to 19 mm thick • High-quality polyamide (Nylon)
• For attachment of lightweight rails, sheets, boards, etc. • For use with a wood screw (Wüpofast) Ø 4-5 mm
• Make sure that the screw is not over-tightened (risk of breakage)
2. Advantages • Tighten screw by hand – Do not use a cordless screw driver
• The rotation prevention mechanism on the collar prevents the
sleeve from turning in the drilled hole (assuming that the drilled
hole diameter is appropriate)
• The anchor expands in the cavity by itself, thus no setting tool is
required
• The anchor can also be used in solid anchorage materials
Installation
MWF 10/05 - 04316 - © •
Drill hole Insert anchor Gently hammer in Tighten screw using

anchor until flush a screwdriver
1335
Plastic Hollow-Wall
Anchor W-KH 64
Performance Data
Anchor size [mm] 10
Concrete ≥ C20/25 0,3
Recommended
0,2
tension load
Solid brick
brick Frec [kN] 0,1
Sand-lime perforated 0,2
brick
Gypsum plasterboard 0,08

d = 12 mm
Concrete ≥ C20/25 0,5

Recommended
Solid brick 0,4

shear load
brick Frec [kN] 0,3
Sand-lime perforated 0,4
brick
Gypsum plasterboard
d = 12 mm 0,2
Depth of drill hole h1 ≥ [mm] Length of anchor + 5 mm
Screw length lScs [mm] 40 mm + Thickness of the fixture
Thread diameter
(screw) dtd [mm] 4–5
Nominal diameter
of drill bit do [mm] 8 (concrete) – 10 (other surface)
in the fixture df [mm] 6

50
53
56
13 – 16
16 – 19
Maximum thickness
9 – 13
tfix [mm]
of the fixture
W-KH 13
W-KH 16
W-KH 19
Designation
0903 410 13
100 0903 410 16
0903 410 19
W-KH Article No.

MWF - 03/09 - 04317- © •
1336
W-MG Metal
71
All-Purpose
Anchor
Steel, galvanized
• Attachment of pipe systems, even in ceilings, • The W-MG 8 metal anchor, in conjunction with the stud screw M8,
- without permit conforms to the requirements of the „TRGI“ (German Technical Gui-
• Attachment of gas lines delines for Gas Installations). Laying of the inner lines is
• Attachment of water lines and pipe clamps stipulated in Item 3.3.7.2 here: „Pipe attachments must be fire-
resistant. The supporting parts of pipe attachments must be made of
2. Advantages non-flammable materials.“
• Can be used in various surfaces: Aerated concrete PB2/PB4, • Wood and particle board screws can be used
perforated tile, pumice stone, lightweight concrete • Steel, galvanised
• The anchor is knocked in until flush without predrilling in aerated • Fire resistance: F30, F60, F90 and F120
concrete PB2 (anchoring base: vertically perforated brick VPB perforated
• Easy mounting sand-lime brick PSLB 12, aerated concrete of strength class 4)
• For use in cotter-pin mounting Fire stress pursuant to DIN 4102-2:1977-09
(Standard temperature-time curve)
Surface: Pumice, perforated stone, aerated concrete ≥ PB4 Surface: Aerated concrete G2
MWF - 03/10 - 04318 - © •
Drill hole Guide Knock in anchor Screw in screw Screw on Set anchor With aerated con- Screw in screw Screw on
anchor in until flush pipe clamp in place crete G2, knock in pipe clamp
without predrilling
1337
W-MG Metal Multi-
Purpose Anchor 71
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] 5 6 8 10
Fire resistance Recommended
Aer. concr. ≥ PB2 0.20 0.22 0.40 0.47 0.52

working load
Aer. concr. ≥ PB4 0.40 0.42 0.72 0.97 1.20

Frec [in kN]
Perforated tile 0.35 0.37 0.52 0.55 0.60
Pumice 0.22 0.30 0.40 0.40 0.40
F30 – – – 1.50 1.50

for HLZ, KSL
purs. DIN
and PB4
in min.
F60 – – – 0.75 0.75
F90 – – – 0.55 0.55
F120 – – – 0.50 0.50
Drill hole depth d ≥ [in mm] 35 37 43 65 65
Setting depth hs ≥ [in mm] 30.5 32 38 60 60
Thread dia. dthr [in mm] 5 5–6 8 8 10
Aerated concrete
Nom. ≥ PB4 3 3.5 6 6 8
drill dia.
in various Perfor. stone ddrl [in mm] 6 8 10 10 14
surfaces: Pumice 5 6 8 8 12
Anchor dimensions
Total length l [in mm] 30.5 32 38 60 60
Designation W-MG 5 W-MG 6 W-MG 8 W-MG 8x60 W-MG 10
Art. No. 0905 305 0905 306 0905 308 0905 308 60 0905 310

MWF - 07/08 - 04319 - © •
1338
W-LG
72
Lath Nail for
Aerated Concrete
W-LG 8x…
galvanised steel
W-LG … G
with connection thread M8
galvanised steel
Efficiency statement

• For secondary attachments in dry areas • Galvanised steel sleeve and nail
• Attachment of pipe clamps with connection thread M8; thus pipe • Sleeve can be penetrated by materials such as wood (no hard
clamps are removable wood!), roofing paper, particle board etc. without pre-drilling
• Attachment of edge profiles and gutter brackets
• Roof restoration by existing roof structure
• Mechanical attachment of waterproof sheeting with disk wheels
and rail system
2. Advantages
• Form-fitting, expansion-free anchoring
• With the connection thread M8 version, the component can be
removed again without destroying the anchoring in the aircrete
Installation
Type: W-LG Type: W-LG … G
MWF - 03/10 - 04320 - © •
Set sleeve in Knock in sleeve until bring in nail Knock in nail Set sleeve in place. Knock in bring in nail Mount
place flush without predrilling into sleeve until flush Screw nut and washer sleeve up to into sleeve and component
(see “Characteristics”) onto the end of the thread. nut/ washer knock in until flush
1339
W-LG Lath Nail for
Aerated Concrete 72
Performance data
Anchor diameter [mm] 6 8
Recommended
Aer. concr. ≥ PB2

working load
with hS = 45 mm 0.4 0.4

Fempf. [kN]
with hS = 60 mm 0.6
Setting depth hS ≥ [mm] 45 60
Thread dia. dthr [mm] – – 8
Hole dia. in comp. dcomp [mm] 6 8
Anchor dimensions
50
65
85
95
115
135
160
95
Total length l [mm]
max. attachment
5
20
40
35
55
75
100
28
da [mm]
height
W-LG 8x95G
W-LG 8x115
W-LG 8x135
W-LG 8x160
W-LG 6x50
W-LG 6x65
W-LG 6x85
W-LG 8x95
Designation
0904 28 115
50 0904 28 135
0904 228 95
0904 28 160
0904 26 50
100 0904 26 65
0904 26 85
0904 28 95
Art. No.

MWF - 07/09 - 04321 - © •
1340
W-GS GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD ANCHORS
73
Type Z
Diecast zinc
Type Z/L
Diecast zinc, long
Type K
Plastic
Product Range Case
Performance facts
1. Applications Product Range Case

• For secondary attachments in gypsum plasterboards/fibrous panels Range of W-GS Gypsum Plasterboard
and light building boards Anchors
Contents:
• For the attachment of components in conjunction with a wood or Anchors: 100 pcs. 14.5 x 33 mm plastic,
particle board screw (no drill tip, counter thread, ring thread) 100 pcs. 14.5 x 33 mm diecast zinc
Screws: 200 pcs. 4.5 x 35 mm
• Can be used outside or in rooms subject to moisture in conjunction with + 1 pc. ZEBRA® Screwdriver
a stainless-steel screw Art. No. 0613 253 2 = 401 parts.
Art. No. 0964 903 250
• We recommend using type Z/L for double-planked boards
• Recommended universal bit mount:
Bit Mount with quick-action chuck – Art. No. 0614 176 711 • The gypsum plasterboard anchor and the screw can be inserted with
Universal Mount – Art. No. 0614 176 708 the same bit
• The new centering tip enables easy starting and drilling into the board
2. Advantages • Inexpensive, fast installation without pre-drilling
• The patented drive enables setting of an anchor with a PZ bit, AW • Fast installation with a battery-powered screwdriver
bit or Torx bit, as the power transmission takes place via the hexagon • The component can be secured with wood or particle board screws
(Detail 1) (type Z + type Z/L = screw dia. of 4.5 mm/type K = screw dia. of 4.5 –
• The patented twist lock is triggered by screwing in a screw. When 5 mm)
unscrewing the screw, the gypsum plasterboard plug does not turn
back and remains in the anchoring base (Detail 2) 3. Properties
• Less space required behind the board (only 15 mm) • High plastic or diecast zinc quality
• For use without a setting tool with a battery-powered screwdriver and • Temperature-neutral from -40°C to +80°C
appropriate bit for the respective screw • Form-fitting fastening
MWF - 02/12 - 04322 - ©
Press anchor tips Screw in anchor Fit the component Detail 1: Detail 2:
into attachment until flush The patented drive enables setting with Patented twist lock
surface PZ bit, AW bit or Torx bit
1341
W-GS GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD ANCHORS
73
Performance data
Anchor type Type Z Type Z/L Type K
Recommended Recommended
Gypsum plasterboard d 12.5 mm 0.1 0.1 0.1

transverse load tensile load
Gypsum plasterboard d 25 mm Frec. [kN] 0.1 0.12 0.1
Gypsum fibrous panels 0.12 0.12 –
Gypsum plasterboard d 12.5 mm 0.12 0.12 0.12
Gypsum plasterboard d 25 mm Frec. [kN] 0.15 0.15 0.12
Gypsum fibrous panels 0.15 0.15 –
Axial spacing a [mm] 100
Edge spacing ar [mm] 50
Minimum component thickness d [mm] 9.5
Thread dia. of screw d thr. [mm] 4.5 4.5 4.5 – 5
Hole dia. in comp. dcomp. [mm] 6.5
Anchor dimensions
Max. attachment height da [mm] Depends on screw length
Designation W-GS type Z W-GS type Z/L W-GS type K
Art. No. 0903 252 0903 253 0903 251

Storable in ® ORSY
MWF - 02/12 - 04323 - ©
1342
W-KL Light
74
Construction
Anchor
(ABS plastic)
Setting tool
(steel, galv.)
• For secondary attachments in aerated concrete • High-quality ABS
• For the attachment of components in conjunction with a wood or • Fully resistant to rotting
particle board screw (no drill bit, counter thread, ring thread) • Temperature-neutral from – 40 °C to + 80 °C
• Outside or in rooms subject to moisture in conjunction with a • Form-fitting attachment
stainless-steel screw
2. Advantages
• Expansion pressure-free anchoring
• Small edge and axial spacing possible
• The setting tool fits in bit holder 1/4“
• The PZ 2 setting tool tip is suitable for screwing in the screw
MWF - 03/10 - 04324 - © •
Drill hole Set dowel in place Mount component
1343
Light Construction Fixing
W-KL 74
Performance Data
Anchor size [mm] Shaft ring 18
Aerated concrete PB2 0,25
Recommended
tension load
Aerated ≥ PB4 0,33

concrete Frec [kN]
Gypsum wallboard
0,33
≥ 5 N/mm2
Aerated concrete PB2 0,30

Recommended
shear load
Aerted 0,40
concrete ≥ PB4 Frec [kN]
Gypsum wallboard
0,40
≥ 5 N/mm2
Spacing a ≥ [mm] 100
Edge distance ar ≥ [mm] 100
Depth of drill hole h1 ≥ [mm] 60
Embedment depth hnom ≥ [mm] 50
Minimum member thickness dmin ≥ [mm] 80
Thread diameter (screw) dtd [mm] 4,5 – 6
Nominal diameter of drill bit dnom [mm] 10
in the fixture df [mm] 6,5

Length of anchor l [mm] 50
Maximum thickness
tfix [mm] Depends on the screw length
of the fixture
Designation W-KL
W-KL (ABS-plastic) Article No. 0903 50*
Setting tool,
Article No. 0903 500
Galvanised steel
Package quantity [pcs.] 100 1

MWF - 10/05 - 04325 - © •
1344
W-ID INSULATING ANCHOR
74.1
Length 50, PE white
Length 95, PE white
Setting tool for W-ID 50
Setting tool for W-ID 95
1. Applications air-conditioning construction, insulation, • No heat bridges are created

• For fastening light loads in hard foam panels prefabricated house construction, facade • W-ID set is delivered preassembled
(e.g. outside wall with thermal-insulation construction, electrical installations etc. • The "W-ID set" screw can be loosened
composite system) • W-ID Set A2 (stainless steel A2) may be used again (screw can be turned back again for
• For fastening components in conjunction with outdoors or in damp rooms. The cover rosette alignment)
wood screws, particle board screws (without must then be sealed ō with silicone to prevent
drilling tip, counterthread or ring thread) and the penetration of water 3. Features
metric screws • High-quality polyethylene
• Outside or in rooms subject to moisture in 2. Advantages • Temperature-neutral from –20°C to +100°C
conjunction with a stainless-steel screw • No complicated spaced assembly for small • Form-fitting fastening
• Fastening building signs, lighting, alarm fastening tasks • Suitable for cotter-pin mounting
systems etc., for use in refrigeration/ • The setting tool for the W-ID 50 fits in the • Resistant to rotting, weathering and aging
1/4" bit holder; an M 8 x 30 hexagon bolt is
included for the W-ID 95
Setting Instructions I
• With the W-ID 95 the screw diameter 8 can
be reduced to the screw diameter 4 -5 with the
nylon anchor Art. No. 0903 8 40
• Fast, economical fastening
• Can be installed with a battery-operated
screwdriver; hand installation also possible
Position anchor Screw in anchor Secure part
and install with without predrilling.
included setting
tool
Setting Instructions II Setting Instructions III

MWF - 07/11 - 05879 - ©
Screw in anchor Apply layer of Fill hollow space Screw on cover Fasten attached Predrill plaster up Screw anchor Fill hollow space Screw on cover Fasten attached
without predrilling. plaster and remove between plaster rosette part to insulation layer into predrilled between plaster rosette part
protective cap and stud screw hole and remove and stud screw
after it has dried with silicone protective cap with silicone
1345
W-ID INSULATING ANCHOR
74.1
W-ID Set galvanized steel W-ID set stainless steel A2

Art. No. 0903 500 96 Art. No. 0903 500 97
Delivery scope: Delivery scope:

• W-ID 95 • W-ID 95
• Cover rosette in PA6 • Cover rosette in PA6
• PVC hose, 12.0 x 65 mm • PVC hose, 12.0 x 65 mm
• Stud bolt, M10 x 120 mm, galvanized • Stud bolt, M10 x 120 mm, A2
• TX 25 bit
Additional accessories for screwing in the anchor: Required accessories for screwing in the anchor:
Setting tool: Screwing tool Art. No. 0715 137 10 + Adapter Setting tool: Screwing tool Art. No. 0715 137 10 + Adapter
Art. No. 0614 176 780 Art. No. 0614 176 780 or
Combination wrench Art. No. 0713 301 08 Combination wrench Art. No. 0713 301 08
Performance Data
Anchors 50 95
Recom. Styrofoam PS 20 0.04 0.08
Frecom. [kN]
load PUR 30 hard foam 0.12 0.20
Axial spacing s [mm] 150 300
Edge spacing sr [mm] 75 150
Setting depth hs [mm] 50 95
Minimum component thickness t [mm] 50 95
Thread dia. of screw dthr [mm] 4-5/M4 8/M81
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] w/o predrilling
Hole dia. in comp. dCom [mm] 4.5-5.5 8.5 or 4.5-5.5
Drilled hole dia. in plaster or
cladding sheet metal t [mm] 18 30
1 With Art. No. 0903 8 40 the screw diameter can be reduced to 4 - 5; for an M8 screw, screw at least 35 mm into the anchor.
Anchor Dimensions
Total length l [in mm] 50 95
Max. screw-in depth of screw da [mm] 40 70
Designation W-ID W-ID W-ID Set
galvanized steel
Art. No. 0903 500 50* 0903 500 95* 0903 500 96*
W-ID set
Designation – – stainless steel A2
Art. No. – – 0903 500 97*
Art. No.
Setting tool, 0903 500 0057 8 30*
Steel galv./yellow chrom.
P. Qty. = 1
Cover rosette (gray) Art. No. 0903 500 99
P. Qty. = 10
*Storable in ORSY®System
MWF - 07/11 - 05880 - ©
1346
AIRCRETE ANCHOR W-GB
75
E̅ciency Statement

• In aerated concrete PB2 (compressive strength 2,5 N/mm2) • German approval for aerated concrete compressive zone
and PB4 (5 N/mm2) Z-21.2-1515 (uncracked concrete, GB 12x60 only).
• Facade and roof constructions made of wood and metal • Triple-segmented plastic anchor for use specifically in
• Windows, doors, brackets, etc. aerated concrete.
• Cable ducts, switches, lights, fuse boxes, cable clips, etc. • Totally resistant against rotting, weathering and deterioration
• Pipe clamps, toilet and washbasin attachments, etc. • Triple-segmented sleeve achieves (pseudo) mechanical interlock
• Hanging cabinets, strips, railings, etc. in soft aerated concrete.
• Matched to specific screw diameters
2. Advantages • Pre-positioned installation.
• By hammering the anchor into the pre-drilled hole, the segments
extending past the core diameter dig into the aerated concrete so that a
mechanical interlock results when the screw is subsequently screwed in.
Installation
MWF - 06/10 - 04326 - ©
Drill hole Clean the drilled hole Hammer in anchor Place component and Finished
until flush drive the screw
1347
AIRCRETE ANCHOR W-GB
75
Performance data
Anchor size [mm] 10 12 14
Pressure zone Frec PB 2 0.3 0.3 0.5
(uncracked aerated concrete) [kN] PB 4 0.6 0.5 1.15
Recommended tension load,
shear load and oblique tensi- PB 6 – 0.8 –
on load at all angles P 3,3 – 0.3 –
P 4,4 – 0.5 –
Recommended Galvanised steel Mrec [Nm] 4.8 6.6 4.8
bending A4 Mrec [Nm] 4.5 9.7 4.5
moment
Axial spacing a [mm] PB 2 100 150 150
for P3.3 100 200 150
Edge spacing ar [mm] PB 2 80 100 100
for P3.3 80 150 100
Depth of drill hole t [mm] 65 70 85
Ēective embedment depth hv [mm] 55 60 75
Minimum member thickness d [mm] 100 120 130
Thread diameter (screw) dtd [mm] 4.5 – 6 7–8 10
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 6.5 8 11

Length of anchor l [mm] 55 60 75
Maximum thickness of the fixture tfix [mm] Depends on the screw length Depends on the screw length Depends on the screw length
Designation GB 10 x 55 GB 12 x 60 GB 14 x 75
Art.-No. 0903 50 10 0903 50 12 0903 50 14
Package quantity [pcs.] 25 50 25

MWF - 07/10 - 04327 - ©
1348
81 Insulation
anchor with
expansion nail
W-DSD
Disk dia. 50 mm
Disk dia. 90 mm
• Can be used in concrete, solid brick, solid sand-lime brick, • For use in through-bolt mounting
vertically perforated brick, perforated sand-lime brick. • Minimal setting depth ‘ saves time when creating drill holes
• Suitable for the attachment of insulations with back-ventilated • Quick and easy mounting
façades, foils and sealing foils in the cellar area (outside)
• Insulation anchor made of plastic with expansion nail and disk dia. 3. Properties
of 90 mm for attaching soft, non self-supporting insulations e.g. • High-quality material: Anchor (PP), mail (ABS)
mineral fibre or fibreglass • Halogen-free
• Insulation anchor made of plastic with expansion nail and disk of • Temperature-resistant from – 40 °C to + 80 °C
dia. 45 mm for attachming of hard, self-supporting insulations, e.g.
polystyrene, hard foam plates
MWF - 03/10 - 04328 - © •
Drill hole Push in anchor Knock in the

until it is flush expansion nail
1349
W-DSD Insulation Dowel
with Expansion Nail 81
Performance data
Disc diameter [in mm] 50 90
Concrete ≥ B25; C20/25 0.14 0.14
Recommended
Masonry brick ≥ Mz 12 0.12 0.12

loads
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 Frec.

rec. [in kN] 0.12 0.12
Vertically perf. brick ≥ Hlz12 0.10 0.10
Perf. sand-lime brick ≥ KSL12 0.10 0.10
Characterisitic values
Drill hole depth t ≥ [in mm] 40 40
Setting depth hs ≥ [in mm] 30 30
Nominal drill dia. ddrill [in mm] 10 10
Dowel dimensions
70
90
110
130
150
180
210
90
110
130
150
Maximum attachment
40
60
80
100
120
150
180
60
80
100
120
height da [in mm]
200 0903 791 013 W-DSD 90/130
150 0903 791 015 W-DSD 90/150

250 0903 791 011 W-DSD 90/110
250 0903 745 110 W-DSD 50/110
200 0903 745 130 W-DSD 50/130
150 0903 745 150 W-DSD 50/150
150 0903 745 180 W-DSD 50/180
100 0903 745 210 W-DSD 50/210
250 0903 791 009 W-DSD 90/90

250 0903 745 070 W-DSD 50/70
250 0903 745 090 W-DSD 50/90
Designation
Art. No.
Packing unit [P. Qty.]

MWF - 12/04 - 04329 - © •
1350
82 Insulation nail
W-IN
Disk dia. 50 mm
Disk dia. 90 mm
• For the attachment of insulations with back-ventilated facades • High-quality PP
• For the attachment of foils, sealing foils in cellar area outside • Stable at temperatures from – 40 °C to + 80 °C
• Can be used in various solid surfaces, such as concrete, solid sand- • Insulation anchor made of plastic without expansion nail and disk
lime brick, clay brick dia. of 90 mm for attaching soft, non self-supporting insulations
e.g. mineral fibre or fibreglass
2. Advantages • Insulation anchor made of plastic without expansion nail and disk
• Small drilling dia. of 8 mm of dia. 50 mm for the attachment of hard, self-supporting
• Quick and easy mounting insulations, e. g. polystyrene, hard foam plates
• Available disk dia. of 50 mm and 90 mm • For attachment to concrete, solid sand-lime brick, clay brick
• Minimal setting depth of at least 20 mm, which saves time when
creating drill holes
• Anchor without expansion nail
MWF - 03/10 - 04330 - © •
Drill hole Set anchor in place Fasten insulation, knock in

anchor until it is flush
1351
W-IN Insulation Nail 82
Performance data
Disc diameter [in mm] 50 90
Concrete ≥ B25 0.11 0.11
Recommen-
ded load
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 Frec.

rec. [in kN] 0.10 0.10
Masonry brick MZ12 0.10 0.10
Drill hole depth t ≥ [in mm] 25 25
Setting depth hs ≥ [in mm] 20 20
Nominal drill dia. ddrill [in mm] 8 8
Dowel dimensions
60
80
100
120
140
160
60
80
100
120
140
160
40
60
80
100
120
140
40
60
80
100
120
140
Maximum attachment
da [in mm]
height
0903 745 010 W-IN 50/100
0903 745 012 W-IN 50/120
0903 745 014 W-IN 50/140
0903 745 016 W-IN 50/160
0903 791 100 W-IN 90/100
0903 791 120 W-IN 90/120
0903 791 140 W-IN 90/140
0903 791 160 W-IN 90/160

0903 745 006 W-IN 50/60
0903 745 008 W-IN 50/80
0903 791 060 W-IN 90/60
0903 791 080 W-IN 90/80

Designation
Art. No.
250
250
200
Packing unit [P. Qty.]

MWF - 10/05 - 04331 - © •
1352
W-MID INSULATION BOLT AND INSULATION DISK
83
Sendzimir galvanized sheet steel

W-MID 8/90 and W-MID 8/110
Disk dia. 30 mm
W-MID 8/140 to W-MID 8/250
Disk dia. 35 mm
Ferritic steel F1 (1.4016)

Disk dia. 35 mm
1. Areas of Application 3. Properties

• For the fastening of soft and pressure-resistant insulations, such as • Anchor head surface suitable as plaster support
mineral wool, Styrofoam, sandwich plates, cork on concrete, solid- • The knock-in shaft is designed like a clamping sleeve and clamps over
stone masonry, lightweight concrete, perforated-stone masonry the entire installation depth in the drilled hole
• For use in pass-through mounting
2. Advantages • Fire resistance (anchoring base: Concrete B35): F120: Fastening of
• Fire-resistant laminated wood wool boards (100 mm)
• With soft, non-self-supporting insulations, the insulation disk is simply
pushed onto the insulation bolt
MWF - 02/11 - 04332 - ©
Drill hole Set anchor in place Fasten insulation,

knock in anchor until flush
1353
W-MID INSULATION BOLT AND INSULATION DISK
83
Performance data
Anchor diameter [in mm] 8
Concrete B25 0.2
Recommen- Recommen-
ded trans- ded tensile
Solid sand-lime brick 0.2

load
Clay brick Frec. [in kN] 0.2

Vertically perforated brick 0.05
Perforated sand-lime brick 0.05
Concrete B25 0.25
verse load
Solid sand-lime brick 0.25

Clay brick Frec. [in kN] 0.25
Vertically perforated brick 0.1
Perforated sand-lime brick 0.15
Axial spacing a [in mm] 160
Edge spacing ar [in mm] 80
Drill hole depth h1 [in mm] Dependent upon the anchor length and the insulation thickness
Setting depth hnom [in mm] 50
Minimum component thickness hmin [in mm] 100
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [in mm] 8
Anchor dimensions
W-MID 8/200 120-150 200
W-MID 8/250 150 -200 250

140
170
110
90
–
W-MID 8/170 90 -120
W-MID 8/140 60 -90
W-MID 8/110 30 -60
Rec. fastening height t fix [in mm]

0 -40
–
W-MID 8/90
Designation
–
Insulation bolt
0905 018 200 0905 008 200
0905 018 090 0905 008 090
0905 018 250 0905 008 250

0905 018 140 0905 008 140
0905 018 170 0905 008 170

0905 018 110 0905 008 110
Sendzimir galvanized steel

W-MID 8/90 and W-MID 8/110 Art. No.
Disk diameter 30 mm
W-MID 8/140 to W-MID 8/250
Disk diameter 35 mm
–
Insulation bolt
Ferritic steel F1 (1.4016) Art. No.
Disk dia. 35 mm
250 0905 018 80 0905 008 80 –
Insulation disk
Sendzimir galvanized steel
Art. No.
Disk diameter 80 mm
Inner diameter 14 mm
–
Insulation disk
Ferritic steel F1 (1.4016)
Art. No.
Disk dia. 80 mm
Inner dia. 14 mm
250 –
250 –
250 –
250 –
250 –
200 –

MWF - 02/11 - 04333 - ©
1354
W-DH INSULATION HOLDER
84
Polypropylene
• Attachment of tarps and foils in construction projects • High-grade Polypropylene (PP)
• Disk dia. 50 mm: for the attachment of hard, self- • For use in concrete and masonry in conjunction with nail
supporting insulations, e..g. polystyrene anchor with dia. of 8 mm
• Disk dia. 90 mm: for the attachment of soft insulations, e..g. • For use in wood in conjunction with a particleboard screw
mineral wool and fiberglass or wood screw with a head dia. of at least 12 mm
• Temperature-resistant from -40 to +100
2. Advantages
• Quick and easy mounting
• Insulation disk can be joined with a nail anchor
• Insulation disk can be attached directly to wood with a
particleboard screw
With nail anchor With particleboard screw
MWF - 08/11 - 04334 - ©
Drill hole Insert the anchor Knock in expansion Finished Insert screw through Screw in the screw Finished
through the disk into nail until flush disk until it is flush
the drill hole
1355
W-DH Insulation
Holder 84
Performance data
Holder diameter [mm] 50 and 90
Rec. transv. Rec. tensile
In conjunction
with nail plug 0.10 Disk bends backward if subjected to an excessive load
load
Frec [kN]
In conjunction with 0.10 Disk bends backward if subjected to an excessive load
particle board screw
In conjunction
with nail plug max. 0.15 n
See performance data 93 Zebra nail plug
load
Frec [kN]
In conjunction with max. 0.15 Dependent upon bending torque of particle board screw
particle board screw
Drill hole depth d ≥ [mm] 45
Setting depth hs ≥ [mm] 40
Minimum component thickness t ≥ [mm] 500
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 8 in masonry and concrete
Dimensions
Disk height hdisk [mm] 7
Hole inside dia. dhole [mm] 9
Countersink dia. dcount [mm] 14
Max. attachment
da [mm] dependent on nail plug/particle board screw
height
Designation W-DH
Art. No.
0903 780 50*
Disk dia. of 50 mm
Art. No.
0903 780 90
Disk dia. of 90 mm

MWF - 08/02 - 04335 - © •
1356
91 Nylon Anchor
Polyamide (nylon)
dia. 5-8
Polyamide (nylon)
dia. 10-20
Installation Impact Tool

dia. 6, 8, 10 mm
Used for creation of the “drill hole” in
aerated concrete (≤ PB4, install
in stages: pound in, release, etc.)
Art. No. 0906 100 001
Assortment Case
Nylon Anchor Assortment Important information for experts:
Contents: 5 x 25 = 200 pc.
6 x 30 = 300 pc. • Drill aerated concrete and
8 x 40 = 150 pc. perforated bricks in rotating gear
10 x 50 = 100 pc. (without impact mechanism).
12 x 60 = 30 pc. • Drilling dust must be removed
14 x 75 = 20 pc. from the drill hole.
= 800 pieces • Screw length = attached part
thickness
Art. No. 0964 903 001
(+ plaster/insulation thickness)
P. Qty. 1
+ anchor length + screw dia.
• Plastic anchors for lower load range (secondary fastening) • The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading during
• Can be used in concrete, solid brick, solid sand-lime brick, aerated through-bolt mounting
concrete and pressure-resistant natural stone. • The twist lock prevents turning in the drilled hole
• Suitable for securing curtain rails, wall shelves, light hanging • Spreading-pressure-free dowel neck prevents damage
cupboards, picture frames, cable ducts, cable clamps, electrical to plaster and tiles
switches, hand towel rails, signs, motion detectors, hanging • Through-bolt and cotter-pin mounting
baskets, etc.
• For the attachment of components in conjunction with a wood or 3. Features
particle board screw (no drill bit, counter thread or ring thread) • High-quality polyamide (nylon)
• Can be used outside or in rooms subject to moisture in conjunction • Halogen- and silicone-free
with a stainless-steel screw • Temperature-resistant from –40°C to +80°C
MWF - 01/10 - 04336 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Set anchor in place Watch spreading Secure component
part position in
edge area
1357
Nylon Anchor
91
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20
Recommended
Concrete ≥ B25; C20/25 0.15 0.25 0.38 0.6 0.9 1.4 1.9 2.3 3.0
load 1)
Solid brick ≥ Mz12 Frec. [kN] 0.14 0.25 0.3 0.5 – – – – –

Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 0.14 0.25 0.3 0.5 – – – – –
Aerated concrete PP4, PB4 – 0.03 0.06 0.1 0.15 0.2 – – –
Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 200
Edge clearance ar ≥ [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
Drill hole depth t ≥ [mm] 30 35 40 50 65 75 85 95 105
Setting depth hS ≥ [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 80 90
Nominal drill dia. ddrl [mm] 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20
Wood screw dia. dscr.wood [mm] 2–3 2.5 – 4 3.5 – 5 4.5 – 6 6–8 8 – 10 10 – 12 12 – 14 16
Particle board screw dia. dscr.particle [mm] 3.5 4.5 5 6 – – – – –
Screw length lS [mm] Attached part thickness (+ plaster/insulation thickness) + anchor length + screw dia.
Anchor Dimensions
Anchor diameter 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20
Total length l [mm]
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
80
90
Max. mounting height da [mm] Depends on screw length
Designation
8 x 40/M6
10 x 50
12 x 60
14 x 75
16 x 80
20 x 90
Nylon Anchor
4 x 20
5 x 25
6 x 30
8 x 40
0903 20 90
Art. No.
0903 10 50
0903 14 75
0903 12 60
0903 16 80
0903 5 25*
0903 6 30*
0903 4 20
0903 8 40
Nylon Anchor
Nylon anchor
0903 8 406
P. Qty. = 100
with M 6 metric thread, white

(for screwing in threaded rods,
–
–
screws, bolts)
Art. No.
in ORSY® cartons 200 100/1000 100/500 100/300 50/200 25 20 10 5
in ORSY®cartons + outer carton – 5400/100 ea. 4000/500 ea. 2400/300 ea. 1200/50 ea. 600/25 ea. 480/20 ea. – –
bulk packed... pieces each) 8000/1000 ea.4800/100 ea. 2300/100 ea. 1600/200 ea.
Würth System Components *
) These values apply when wood screws with maximum screw diameter are used
1
MWF - 01/10 - 04337 - © •
1358
ZEBRA SHARK W-ZX ®
92
Installation Impact Tool 6, 8, 10 mm dia.

Used for creation of the “drill hole” in aerated
concrete (≤ PB4, install in stages: install, release
etc.)
Art. No. 0906 100 001 P. Qty. 1
Assortment case
ZEBRA Shark W-ZX® Assortment
Contents: 5 x 28 = 200 pcs.,
6 x 35 = 200 pcs.,
8 x 46 = 100 pcs.,
10 x 56 = 100 pcs.,
12 x 66 = 20 pcs.,
= 620 parts.
Art. No. 0964 906 001 P. Qty. 1
• Universal plastic anchor for the low and medium load range • Ensures knotting in all hollow spaces and spreading in all solid materials
• Can be used in concrete, solid brick, solid sand-lime brick, vertically • Patented anchor head causes knotting of the anchor shaft when the screw
perforated brick, perforated sand-lime brick, aerated concrete, gypsum is screwed in
plasterboard, gypsum fibrous panels • Low screw-in torque and high fixed torque
• Suitable for securing coat rails, curtain rails, wall shelves, light hanging • The knock-in lock prevents premature spreading during through-bolt
cupboards, picture frames, mirrors, lamps, cable ducts, cable clamps, mounting
electrical switches, wash basins, hand towel rails, signs, motion detectors, • Fold-down dowel collar translates to suitability for cotter-pin and through-
hanging baskets etc. bolt mounting
• For the attachment of components in conjunction with a wood or particle • The twist lock prevents turning in the drill hole
board screw (no drill bit, counter thread, ring thread) • The ZEBRA Shark W-ZX® is suitable for all screw types
• Can be used outside or in rooms subject to moisture in conjunction with a
stainless-steel screw 3. Properties
• High-quality polyamide (nylon)
• Halogen- and silicone-free
The special feature of this anchor development is a
• Resistant to rotting, weathering and aging
knotting anchor shaft when the screw is screwed in.
• Temperature-resistant from –40°C to +100°C
Surface: Concrete and solid stone Surface: Hollow chamber stone Surface: Gypsum plasterboard
MWF - 09/10 - 07580 - ©
Drill hole Clean drill hole Set anchor Screw in screw Drill hole Set anchor Screw in screw Drill hole Set anchor Screw in screw
in place until flush in place until flush in place until flush
1359
ZEBRA SHARK W-ZX®
92
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [in mm] 5 6 8 10 12 14
Concrete B25; C20/25 0,4 0,8 1,0 1,6 2,2 2,5
Recommended loads1)
Solid bricks Mz12; KS12 0,3 0,5 0,7 1,4 1,7 1,7
Vertically perforated brick Hlz122) 0,1 0,2 0,2 0,3 0,3 0,4
Perforated sand-lime bricks KSL122) 0,2 0,4 0,6 1,0 1,0 1,0
Frecom. [in kN]
Aerated concrete PB2; PP22) 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,35
Gypsum plasterboard d = 12.5 mm2) 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
Gypsum plasterboard d = 25 mm2) 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15
Gypsum fibrous panels (Fermacell2) 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,25 0,25 0,25
Edge clearance3 ar [mm] 30 35 40 50 65 80
Drill hole depth p [mm] 40 50 60 75 80 90
Setting depth hs [mm] 27 34 45 55 65 75
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 5 6 8 10 12 14
Screw dia. dscr [mm] 3–4 4–5 4,5–6 6–8 8–10 10–12
Screw length ls [mm] Attached part thickness (+ plaster/insulation thickness) + anchor length + screw dia.
Anchor Dimensions
Max. attachment height da [in mm] Depends on screw length
W-ZX 10 x 56
W-ZX 12 x 66
W-ZX 14 x 76
W-ZX 8 x 46
W-ZX 6 x 35
W-ZX 5 x 28
Designation
0906 205 28
0906 206 35
0906 208 46
0906 210 56
0906 212 66
0906 214 76
Art. No.

in ORSY® cartons 200 200 200 100 50 –
in ORSY® cartons + sealed in PE film (advantage pa-
– 800/100 ea. 600/100 ea. 300/50 ea. 150/25 ea. 80/20 ea.
ckage of ... pieces each
in ORSY® cartons + outer carton (bulk packed ... 4800/200 3200/200 1600/200
800/100 ea. 400/50 ea. –
pieces each) ea. ea. ea.
Storable in ®ORSY
1) These values apply when wood screws with maximum screw diameter are used.
2) The drill hole must be drilled with an electric drill in rotating gear (without impacting or hammering).
3) Edge clearance in concrete.
MWF - 06/12 - 07581 - ©
1360
ZEBRA SHARK ® ANCHORS 92.1
without collar (mother-of-pearl red)
with collar (mother-of-pearl white)
6, 8,10 mm dia. Installation Impact Tool

Used for creation of the “drill hole” in aerated
concrete (≤ PB4, pound in in stages: install,
release etc.)
Art. No. 0906 100 00 P. Qty. 1
Assortment case
ZEBRAShark® Anchor Assortment
Contents: 6 x 36 = 150 pcs.,
6 x 37 = 150 pcs.,
8 x 51 = 75 pcs.,
8 x 52 = 75 pcs.,
10 x 61 = 40 pcs.,
10 x 62 = 40 pcs.,
= 530 pieces.
Art. No. 0964 906 P. Qty. 1
1. Applications
• Can be used with the largest possible screw diameter in solid and 3. Properties
hollow-chamber stone, always enabling strong hold • The universal plug for subordinate securing in nearly all building
• Pre-formed thread in head materials
• Three-part division for form-fitting or frictionally engaged anchoring • In solid and hollow-chamber stone of any kind
• Wings as twist lock in solid or hollow-chamber stone • In gypsum plasterboard sheets, pressboard, wood panels etc.
• For use with stud screws, hooks, ring screws, WÜPOFAST ®, ECOFAST ®
2. Advantages screws and wood screws
• Low screw-in torque of WÜPOFAST ® screw due to pre-formed thread • Fully resistant to rotting, weather and aging
• Twist lock due to locking edge running lengthwise • Temperature-neutral from – 40 °C to +100 °C
• One screw diameter can be used – regardless of application
• In hollow stones/walls, form-fitting results due to knotting together or
bending out of spreading segments
Surface: Concrete and solid stone Surface: Hollow-chamber stone Surface: Gypsum plasterboard
MWF - 09/10 - 04338 - ©
Drill hole Clean borehole Set anchor in place Screw in screw until Drill hole Set anchor in place Screw in screw Drill hole Set anchor in place Screw in screw
flush until flush until flush
1361
ZEBRA SHARK ® ANCHORS
92.1
Performance Data
Anchor diameter [mm] 5 6 71) 71) 8 10 12 14
Concrete B25; C20/25 0,2 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,4 1,0 1,1 1,3
Recommended Loads2
Solid stone Mz12; KS12 0,2 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,35 0,4 0,45 0,45
Vertically perforated brick
0,1 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,25 0,3
Hlz123)
Perforated sand-lime brick
0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,4 0,4 0,5 0,6
KSL123)
Frecom. [kN]
Aerated concrete PB2; PP23) 0,04 0,1 0,12 0,12 0,15 0,2 0,2 0,3
Gypsum plasterboard
0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
d 12.5 mm
Gypsum plasterboard
0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15
d 25 mm
Pumice 0,11 0,13 0,15 0,15 0,18 0,23 0,25 0,28
Screw dia. dscr [mm] 3,5 4,5 5 5 6 7 8 -10 10 -12
Screw length = anchor length + material thickness to be attached + screw dia. + any plaster/insulation thickness
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 5,0 6 7 7 8 10 12 14
Drill hole depth p [mm] 40 45 45 60 60 70 80 85
Setting depth hS [mm] 30 36 35 50 51 60 70 75
Hole dia. in comp. dcon. [mm] 5,5 6,5 7,5 7,5 7 10,5 12,5 14,5
Anchor Dimensions
31
32
36
37
36
37
51
52
51
52
61
62
71
72
75
76
Max. attachment height da [in mm] Depends on screw length
10 x 61
10 x 62
12 x 71
12 x 72
14 x 75
14 x 76
5 x 31
5 x 32
6 x 36
6 x 37
7 x 36
7 x 37
7 x 51
7 x 52
8 x 51
8 x 52
Designation
0906 007 361)
0906 007 511)

0906 005 31
0906 006 36
0906 008 51
0906 010 61
0906 012 71
0906 014 75
Art. No.
ZEBRA Shark® anchors without collars
100 0906 007 371)
100 0906 007 521)

200 0906 005 32
200 0906 006 37
200 0906 008 52
100 0906 010 62
25 0906 012 72
20 0906 014 76
Art. No.
ZEBRA Shark® anchors with collars
200
200
100
100
200
100
25
20
1)dia. 7 mm still without pre-formed thread.

2)These values apply to the use of wood screws with a large screw diameter.
3) The drill hole must be made with a rotary drill (without impacting or hammering).
MWF - 06/12 - 04339 - ©
1362
W-ZND NAIL ANCHOR
93

Countersunk head (Type SK)

Ã Nail galvanized steel
À Flat head (Type FK)
Nail galvanized steel
Õ Ã Mushroom head (Type PK)
Œ
Õ Flat head (Type FK)
Nail A2 stainless-steel, rustproof
Œ Connection thread (Type GEW)
œ
œ Countersunk head (Type DS)
Nail A2 stainless steel/copper-plated;
– compl. with Cu tinsmith sealing washer
– Countersunk head (Type DS)
Nail A2 stainless steel;
compl. with A2 tinsmith sealing washer
• Can be used in concrete, solid brick, chalky sandstone, aerated • Fast, low-cost installation
concrete, vertically perforated brick, lightweight concrete, perforated • No searching for the matching screw through pre-assembly
sand-lime brick, screed, gypsum planks • For use in through-bolt mounting
• Any attachments in woodworking, metalworking, sanitation and • Can be released again through drive in screw head
electrical applications for light and medium load range • No premature spreading thanks to integrated and defined knock-in lock
• Flat head: Securing brackets, panels, plates, cable ducts and all 3. Properties
components for non-recessed installation • Resistant to UV radiation
• Countersunk head: Securing squared timber, laths, thin metal sheets and • Plastic dowel made of high-quality polyamide, making it resistant to
all components for recessed installation rotting
• Connection thread for screwing on pipe clamps, clamps, holders, etc. • Temperature-resistant from – 40 °C to + 150 °C
• Type DS with sealing washer: Securing of roof flashing, metal sheets • For countersinking and leaving protruding
while simultaneously sealing off anchor hole • Countersunk head design countersinks itself automatically in soft wood
• Halogen-free
Surface: Concrete, solid brick

MWF - 09/10 - 04342 - ©
Drill hole Clean drill hole Insert anchor through Knock in expansion
the component into nail until flush
the drill hole
1363
W-ZND NAIL ANCHOR
93
Performance Data
Anchordiameter [mm] 5 6 8 10
Concrete B25 or C20/25 0,17 0,26 0,40 0,55
Recommended tensile
Solid brick Mz 12 0,21 0,30 0,35 0,40

Sand-lime brick KS 12 0,20 0,30 0,35 0,40
Aerated concrete PP2 0,04 0,05 0,08 0,08
load
Frecom. [kN]
Aerated concrete PP4 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,12
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 0,13 0,15 0,20 –
Solid lightweight concrete pumice V2 0,15 0,16 0,18 –
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 12 0,10 0,12 0,13 –
Tightening torque (only Type GEW) T inst [Nm] – 6 6 –
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 30 35 45 55
Setting depth hnom [mm] 25 30 40 50
Thread dia. (only type GEW) d thr [mm] – 6 8 –
Thread type (only Type GEW) I thr. [mm] – 6 9 –
Nom. drill dia. d 0 [mm] 5 6 8 10
Hole dia. in comp. d f [mm] 5 6 8 10
Anchor Dimensions
Anchor diameter 5 6 8 10
Total length I [mm]
30
40
50
30
40
50
60
80
45
60
80
60 100
80 120
95 135
8 x 160 120 160
80
50 100
70 120
Max. attachment height t fix [mm]
5
15
25
10
10
20
30
50
20
40
30
5 x 30
5 x 40
5 x 50
6 x 30
6 x 40
6 x 50
6 x 60
6 x 80
8 x 45
8 x 60
8 x 80
8 x 100
8 x 120
8 x 135
10 x 80
0906 310 100 10 x 100
0906 310 120 10 x 120

Designation W-ZND
0906 318 100
0906 318 120
0906 318 135
0906 318 160

0906 346 40 0906 396 40 200 0906 306 40 0906 316 40
0906 396 60 200 0906 306 60 0906 316 60
200 0906 306 80 0906 316 80
0906 318 60
0906 318 80
0906 310 80
Nail: Galvanized steel
0906 325 30 200 0906 305 30 –
0906 325 40 200 0906 305 40 –
200 0906 305 50 –
200 0906 306 30 –
200 0906 306 50 –
–
0906 308 45
Countersunk head (Type FK)

100 –
100 –
100 –
50 –
50 –
50 –
100

100
100
100
0906 326 40
0906 326 60
Mushroom head (Type PK)

(sw/vz)
(sw/vz)

–
Flat head (Type FK)

Nail: stainless steel A2
–
0906 356 60 –
0906 356 80 –
0906 358 60 –
0906 358 80 –
0906 358 100 –
0906 358 120 –
0906 350 80 –
0906 350 100 –
0906 350 120 –

–
0906 366 40 –
Mushroom head (Type PK)

–
–
(washer dia. 20 mm) (washer dia. 20 mm)
(washer dia. 15 mm) (washer dia. 15 mm)
Countersunk head (Type DS)

0906 386 601
0906 386 801

(washer dia.
(washer dia.
0906 386 402
0906 386 401
15 mm)
15 mm)
Nail: Stainless steel A2 /

copper-plated,
–
Countersunk head (Type DS)

(washer dia.
(washer dia.
0906 376 601
0906 376 801

0906 376 402
0906 376 401
15 mm)
15 mm)
Nail: Stainless steel A2,

compl. with tinsmith sealing washer A2
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
100 –
40 –
40 –
40 –

100
100
100
MWF - 09/11 - 04343 - ©
Connection thread
0906 338 458
0906 336 406
(M8 thread)
(M6 thread)
(Type GEW)
–

200
200
Storable in ®ORSY
1364
NAIL ANCHORS FOR BASEBOARDS 93.1

À brass-plated
À nickel-plated
Ã burnished
Ã Õ head painted white
• Can be used in concrete, solid brick, sandstone, aerated concrete, • Resistant to UV radiation
vertically perforated brick, lightweight concrete, perforated sand-lime Plastic peg made of high-quality polyamide, making it resistant to rotting
brick, screed, gypsum planks • Temperature-resistant from – 40 °C to + 150 °C
• Secondary attachments in woodworking, metalworking, sanitation and
Dimensions Surface Drive Art. No. P.
electrical applications for light loads
• Countersunk head: Securing baseboards, battens, laths, thin plates in mm Qty.
5 x 30 brass-plated PZ 2 0906 315 301 500
2. Advantages 5 x 30 nickel-plated PZ 2 0906 315 302 500
• Fast, low-cost installation 5 x 30 burnished PZ 2 0906 315 303 500
• No searching for the matching screw through pre-assembly 5 x 30 head painted white PZ 2 0906 315 304 500
• For use in through-bolt mounting Can be stored in ORSY® system
• Can be released again through drive in screw head
Surface: Concrete, solid brick

MWF- 09/10 - 09371 - ©
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Insert anchor through the Knock in expansion
component into the drilled nail until flush
hole
1365
Nail Anchor for
93.3 Dry Construction
Galvanised steel

• Can be used in concrete, solid brick, sandstone, aerated concrete, • UV-resistant
vertically perforated brick, lightweight concrete, perforated sand- • Plastic sleeve made of high quality polyamide
lime brick, screed, gypsum planks making it resistant to rotting
• Non-critical attachments in woodworking, metalworking, • Functions at temperatures from – 40 °C to + 150 °C
sanitation and electrical applications for light loads • Halogen free and silicon free
• Flat head: securing angles, panels, plates, cable ducts and all
components for non-countersink installation Anchor dimensions Drive Art. No. Quantity
[mm] [pcs.]
6 x 30 0903 760 300
2. Advantages 6 x 35 0903 760 350
• Quick and low-cost installation PZ 2 1000
6 x 40 0903 760 400
• No searching for the matching nail due to pre-assembly 6 x 60 0903 760 600
• In-place installation
• Can be released using the drive in the nail head
Installation
Material: concrete, solid brick

MWF - 08/07 - 09373 - © •
Drill hole Clean the drilled Insert anchor through Hammer in nail
hole the component into until flush
the drilled hole
1366
94 Securing Sleeve
Galvanized steel, yellow

chromated
• For secondary attachments in interior finishing • Tempered spring steel
• Outdoors, for secondary attachments required only for a short • Surface galv., yellow chromated
period, e. g. construction safeguards
• Can be used in concrete ≥ B25, solid brick, solid sand-lime brick,
pressure-resistant natural stone
2. Advantages
• Fast, simple installation
• The component is held by the collar
• Can be loaded immediately
• For use in through-bolt mounting
• Better temperature characteristics than polyamide pegs
MWF - 03/10 - 04344 - © •
Drill hole Knock in securing sleeve with mason’s mallet until

flush
1367
Securing
Sleeve 94
Performance data
Plug diameter [mm] 6 8
Rec. transv. Recommended
Concrete ≥ B25 0.7* 1.0*

tensile load
Solid brick 0.5* 0.8*

Frec [kN]
Solid sand-lime brick 0.6* 0.9*
Perforated sand-lime brick dependent on the version / perforation portion of the stone / determine pull values
Concrete ≥ B25 1.0 1.40
Solid brick 0.8 1.10
load
Frec [kN]
Solid sand-lime brick 0.9 1.25
Perforated sand-lime brick dependent on the version / perforation portion of the stone / determine pull values
Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 60 80
Edge spacing se ≥ [mm] 50 50
Drill hole depth d ≥ [mm] 35 45
Setting depth hs ≥ [mm] 30 40
Minimum component thickness t ≥ [mm] 60 80
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 6 8
Hole dia. in component dcom [mm] 6,8 8,8
Sleeve dia. (untensioned) [mm] 6,8 8,8
Plug dimensions
30
60
80
70
90
110
130
150
Total length l [mm]
Max. attachment
5
30
50
30
50
70
90
110
height da [mm]
8 x 110
8 x 130
0905 08 150 8 x 150

Designation
6 x 30
6 x 60
6 x 80
8 x 70
8 x 90
0905 08 110
0905 08 130
0905 06 30
100 0905 06 60
0905 06 80
0905 08 70
100 0905 08 90
Art. No.
Steel, galv., yellow chromated

50
* Increasing these values is possible via a greater anchoring depth.

MWF - 07/03 - 04345 - © •
1368
Hammer
95
Rivet
Rivet: aluminium
Bolt: steel A2
Test Reports
Tested by the
Cologne Technical
College’s Laboratory
for Building and
Material Testing Certi-
ficate of Inspection
No. 379.2/86
• Attachment of aluminium and sheet metal profiles, wall-end • Positive attachment settable with hammer
profiles, roof-edge profiles, chimney sealing, wall sealing, domed • Stainless attachment with rounded mushroom head
roof lights, roof-waterproof sheeting, flange attachments etc. • Defined bolt knock-in safety for hollow-point bridging
• Metal sheets or plates on pipes or other sheets or plates, one below • Test report from Fachhochschule Köln (Cologne Technical College),
the other (mainly for lengths 13 - 19 mm) which tested the rivet in solid brick Mz, solid sand-lime brick KS20
• Can be used in concrete, pressure-resistant masonry, hard plaster, and concrete B25
wood and substructures in the roof, wall and floor
2. Advantages
• Easy mounting via knocking in with a mason’s mallet
• Bolt made of stainless steel A2 for unrestricted use outside and in
industrial atmospheres
• Secure attachment, even in case of fire
• Even considerably soft materials can be attached, thanks to the
large head
MWF - 01/01 - 04346 - © •
Drill hole Guide hammer rivet Knock in flush with

in hammer
1369
Hammer Rivet
95
Performance data
Plug diameter [mm] 4.8 6.4
Rec. tensile
Concrete ≥ B20 0.34 0.39

load
Solid brick ≥ MZ20 Frec [kN] 0.35 0.40

Chalky sandstone 0.35 0.40
Axial spacing srec ≥ [mm] 90 –
Edge spacing se rec ≥ [mm] 50 –
Drill hole depth d ≥ [mm] 25 25
when used in solid stone 20 25
Set. depth hs ≥ [mm]
when used in steel 3–5 –
Head height [mm] 1.6 2.6
Head dia. d [mm] 15.8 13
Nom. drill dia. ddrl [mm] 5 6.5
Hole dia. in component dcom [mm] 5 6.5
Plug dimensions
15.3
17.8
22.9
25.4
27.9
35.0
50.0
40.0
Total length l [mm]
Max. attachment
–
2.9
5.4
7.9
15.0
30.0
15.0
height when used in solid stone da [mm]
9.5–12.1
12.1–14.6
17.1–19.7
19.7–22.2
22.2–24.8
29–31
43.5–46
32.2–35.0
Max. attachment
height when used in steel da [mm]
4.8x15.3
4.8x17.8
4.8x22.9
4.8x25.4
4.8x27.9
Designation
4.8x35
4.8x50
6.4x40
0945 48 15*
0945 48 35*
0945 48 50*
0945 48 19*
0945 48 24*
0945 48 26*
0945 48 29*
100 0945 64 39
Art. No.
200

MWF - 08/02 - 04347- © •
1370
96 Brass Anchor
• For secondary attachments inside and outside • Brass anchor with inside thread
• For the attachment of components to concrete and solid brick • Knurled surface for secure hold
• For spaced mounting in conjunction with a threaded rod • Screwing in a screw/threaded rod with a metric thread causes the
anchor to expand and anchor itself in the attachment surface
2. Advantages • Corrosion-resistant
• Minimal anchoring depth
• Minimum edge clearances and axle bases
• Suitable for through-bolt and cotter-pin mounting
• Can be used without a setting tool
• Economical attachment for outside
MWF - 03/10 - 04348 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Drive in anchor until Mount component
flush
1371
Brass Anchor
96
Performance Data
Anchor size [mm] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16
recommended recommended
concrete >_ B25 0,45 1,00 1,40 1,90 2,50 3,45 3,75 3,90
tension
load
solid brick Frec [kN] 0,40 0,70 1,10 1,40 1,65 2,00 3,00 3,25
sand-lime solid brick 0,40 0,75 1,20 1,50 1,75 2,40 3,30 3,50
concrete >_ B25 0,40 0,90 1,20 1,90 2,50 3,50 3,90 4,00
tension
load
solid brick Frec [kN] 0,35 0,65 1,00 1,40 1,65 2,00 3,10 3,30
sand-lime solid brick 0,35 0,65 1,00 1,50 1,75 2,40 3,40 3,60
Spacing a >_ [mm] 60 60 60 80 80 100 100 120
Edge distances ar >_ [mm] 40 50 60 80 80 100 100 120
Depth of the drill hole h1 >_ [mm] 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Setting depth hS >_ [mm] 16 20 25 30 35 40 42 44
minimum member thickness d >_ [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 150 150
thread diameter d [mm] 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
nominal diameter of drill bit do [mm] 5 6 8 10 12 15 18 20
diameter of clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 4,5 5,5 6,5 8,5 10,5 13 15 18
Dimensions/Product range
Length of the anchor l [mm] 16 20 23 30 34 40 42 44
maximum thickness depends on the screw length

of the fixture tfix [mm]
Designation Brass anchor Brass anchor Brass anchor Brass anchor Brass anchor Brass anchor Brass anchor Brass anchor
M4/5x16 M5/6x20 M6/8x25 M8/10x30 M10/12x35 M12/15x40 M14/18x42 M16/20x44
Brass anchor Art.-No. 0904 34 0904 35 0904 36 0904 38 0904 310 0904 312 0904 314 0904 316
Package quantity [pcs.] 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50

MWF - 10/05 - 04349 - © •
1372
97 W-SSD Sound
Protection Anchor
Type M
Sound Protection Anchor with Collar
Type OB À
Sound Protection Anchor without Collar
2. Advantages
l Reduced sound level thanks to solid body
soundproofing
l Reduces the transfer and the forwarding of the
structure-borne sound into the building
structure
l Suitable for screws with wood thread
l Excellent screw guidance, no breaking out at
the side
l High pull-out strength
l High adhesive friction
1. Areas of use l Can be loaded immediately after setting – no waiting time
l Suitable for solid body soundproofing.
l Can be used in concrete, sand-lime brick, solid brick, gypsum wall
3. Properties
boards, hollow blocks, perforated sand-lime brick and vertically l Can be used for light and medium loads
perforated brick l For installation with cotter-pin mounting system
l Suitable for attachments in heating, ventilation and sanitation l Weather-resistant
applications (e.g. pipe clamps, WCs, cisterns etc.) l UV resistance
l Subordinate attachments for light and medium loads l Resistant to salt water
with soundproofing requirements l Thermally stable from –40°C to +100°C
l Halogen-free
l Resistant to chemical influences
l Free of substances containing silicone.
MWF - 03/10 - 09541 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Screw in the screw and Screw on and tighten
set the component the nut
1373
SOUND INSULATION ANCHOR W-SSD
97
Performance data
Anchor-diameter [in mm] 10 12 14 16 18
Concrete B25 0.15 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2
Vertically perforated brick >
0.1 0.12 0.2 0.25 0.35
Recommended
HLZ 12
tensile load *
Frec. [kN]
Perforated sand-lime brick >
0.15 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.8
KSL12
Solid stone > MZ 12; KS 12 0.15 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2
Concrete B25 0.35 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.4
transverse laad *
Vertically perforated brick >

0.2 0.24 0.3 0.35 0.45
Recommended
HLZ 12
Frec. [kN]
Perforated sand-lime brick >
0.3 0.35 0.4 0.6 0.9
KSL12
Solid stone > MZ 12; KS 0.35 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.4
Sound insulation [dB] 12.5 10.5 13.5 15.0 16.0
Drill hole depth t [in mm] 40 50 60 75 80
Nom. drill dia. ddrill [in mm] 10 12 14 16 18
Wood screws dia. dscr [in mm] 3.0 - 5.0 5.0 - 6.0 6.0 - 8.0 8.0 - 10.0 10.0 - 12.0
Stud screws dia. dscr [in mm] – – 8.0 10.0 12.0
Anchor dimensions
Total length l [mm]
W-SSD 12-45 45
W-SSD 16-66 66
W-SSD 10-30 30
W-SSD 10-34 34
W-SSD 14-50 50
W-SSD 14-55 55
W-SSD 18-70 70
W-SSD 18-70 70
W-SSD 16-62 62
W-SSD 12-37 37
Designation
22 x 4 0903 300 110
42 x 6 0903 300 116

34 x 5 0903 300 114
42 x 6 0903 300 118

30 x 4 0903 300 112
Art. No.
Sound insulation anchor
with flange
Collar dia. and thickness [in mm]

0903 300 010
0903 300 016

0903 300 014
0903 300 018

0903 300 012
Art. No.
Sound insulation anchor
without collar

* Values were determined with the respective largest wood screw dia.
Storable in ORSY®
MWF - 06/12 - 09542 - ©
1374
98 Wash Stand
and WC
Attachment
Wash stand attachment
M10; anchor Ø 14 x 75 mm
WC attachment
dia. 6; Wood screw DIN 95
anchor dia. 8 x40 mm

WC attachment
dia. 6; hexagon wood screw
anchor dia. 8 x40 mm
1. Applications • Can be used universally for all conventional wash stands and
Wash stand attachment : lavatory basins
• Any pressure-resistant solid stone such as chalky sandstone, solid • With adapted plastic centering piece for secure mounting
brick, concrete and similar WC attachments:
• Any pressure-resistant hollow-chamber stones such as vertically • Complete set with all required attachment pieces
perforated brick, pumice, perforated sand-lime brick. Here, the drill
hole should be created without an impact, so that an even more 3. Properties
secure hold can be achieved • Unit matched to the available surface
WC attachment /: • Anchors are made of high-quality polyamide (nylon)
• Any pressure-resistant solid stone, such as concrete, natural stone • Anchors fully resistant to rotting, weather and ageing
and screed • Resistant to chemical cleaners commonly used in washrooms
2. Advantages
Wash stand attachment:
• Complete set with all required attachment pieces
Wash stand attachment with W-GB gas concrete anchor Wash stand attachment with nylon anchor
MWF - 03/10 - 04352 - © •
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Screw in the Screw on and Drill hole Clean drilled hole Knock in anchor Screw in the Screw on and
until flush screw and set tighten the nut. until flush screw and set tighten the nut.
the component the component
1375
Washstand and
WC attachment 98
Performance Data
Parts for valve fixation Washstand attachment set WC attachment set WC attachment set
M10; plug screw, master plug hexagon screw, master plug
concrete ≥ B25 3.00 0.80 0.80
recommended
solid brick ≥ 15 N/mm2 2.00 0.80 0.80

tension load
vertical perforated brick 2.00 0.80 0.80

Frec [kN]
sand-lime brick ≥ 15 N/mm2 2.00 0.80 0.80
PB2 – 0.27 0.27
aircrete
≥ PB4 – 0.53 0.53
concrete ≥ B25 3.50 0.90 0.90
recommended
solid brick ≥ 15 N/mm2 3.50 0.90 0.90

shear load
vertical perforated brick 1.00 0.50 0.50

Frec [kN]
sand-lime brick ≥ 15 N/mm 2
3.50 0.90 0.90
PB2 – 0.37 0.53
aircrete
≥ PB4 – 0.70 0.70
Minimum setting depth hSmin ≥ [mm] 75 40 40
Depth of the drill hole t ≥ [mm] 85 50 50
Dia. of clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 10.5 18 18
Screw diameter dscr [mm] 10 6 6
Dimensions/Product range
120
140
70
80
70
80
35
5555
25
35
25
35
maximum thickness
of the fixture tfix [mm]
0905 900 140 M10 x 1400
0905 900 120 M10 x 120
Designation
6 x 70
6 x 80
6 x 70
6 x 80
Attachment set 1 consists of:

Art. No. 2 x plug diameter 14x75 mm
2 x galvanised stud screw
Washstand attachment set 2 x shaft sleeve
M10; plug 2 x steel disks diameter 30x10,5x2 mm
2 x galvanised hexagon nut M10
0905 900 670 –
0905 900 680 –
Art. No.
Attachment set 3 consists of:
WC attachment set 2 x plug diameter 8x40 mm
flat mushroom head screw 2 x chromed screw MS
*
2 x plastic muffles (white) diameter 18 mm

with slot, 2 x plastic cover caps (white)
plug
–
0905 901 670 –
0905 901 680 –
Art. No. Attachment set 4 consists of:

WC attachment set 2 x plug diameter 8x40 mm
2 x galvanised hexagon screw with slot
*
hexagon screw with slot, 2 x plastic muffles (white) diameter 17 mm

plug 2 x plastic cover caps (white)
–
–
100
100
20
*
MWF - 07/09 - 04353 - © •
1376
99 Amo®-Max
Aluminium spacer
Plastic spacer
Plastic sleeve
Setting mandrel
Impact sleeve
Fixture for keyhole saw
Test report 1. Areas of application 3. Characteristics

l Multifunctional distance assembly for almost l High-quality aluminium (AIMgSIF 28)
Test Report all load ranges l Fibreglass strengthened plastic (polyamide PA6)
031-02 l Can be used in various anchorage materials l PA6 polyamide is impact resistant, abrasion proof and acts
and (e. g. normal and lightweight concrete, solid as a vibration damper
05-141 and hollow brick, solid and hollow sand-lime l PA6 polyamide has a high resistance to oil and grease
brick) l PA6 polyamide is resistant to temperatures from –30 °C to +100 °C
l Suitable for the attachment of projecting roofs, l Amo®-Max is resistant against rotting, weathering and deterioration
light shafts, lightening installations, letter l Pre-positioned installation
boxes, metal constructions, metal profiles,
consoles, grilles, wooden construction, etc.
l Can be used outdoors, in damp locations Assortment case Art. No. 0964 259 110
and close to the sea (see approval)
2. Advantages
l Universally applicable, as it can be used in connection with different
fasteners depending on the anchorage material
l Flexible adjustment of the fixture height using spacers
l The Amo®-Max system can also be dismantled
Installation
Drill through the in- Insert the setting Drive in the Amo®-Max Extract the Set the spacer(s) Mount the attachment
MWF - 02/08 - 03979 - © •
sulation without impact, mandrel and spacer using the impact setting mandrel and and the plastic sleeve according to the setting
create the centring hole position the sleeve set the fastener instructions for the
(select drilling method Amo®-Max spacer selected fasteners
based on anchorage
material and fastener
type)
1377
Amo®-Max
99
Performance data
Concrete Solid stone Perforated stone
W-SA Screw Anchor, WIT-C 100, WIT-VM 200,
W-FAZ/S, W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR

W-FA/S, W-FA/S-LG, W-FA/A4,
W-FA/hot galvanized, W-FA/HCR M6
Fixing Anchor
(material in acc. with the requirements) WE/R Plastic Frame-Fixing Dowel, W-RU10 / W-RU F 10 / HBR 14 / WD10
dia. 10 Plastic Frame-Fixing Dowel
W-VIZ/A4 Injection System
Concrete Solid stone Perforated stone
See characteristic values or approval of the selected product in dependence on the application surface and the type of loading.
Anchor dimensions
Designation Compens. thickness Diameter Material Art. No. P. Qty.
in mm in mm
For the different insulating material thicknesses:
Amo®-Max Spacer 60 40 (outside) Aluminum 0911 100 060
10
For compensating the plaster and bonding layers:
Amo®-Max Spacing Disk, white 2 40 (outside) Polyamide 0911 110 001*
Amo®-Max Spacing Disk 2 40 (outside) Polyamide 0911 110 002*
50
Amo®-Max Spacing Disk 10 40 (outside) Polyamide 0911 110 010* 25
For keeping the anchoring element centered in the spacer:
Amo®-Max Plastic Sleeve 8.2 (inside) Polyamide 0911 111 008*
Amo®-Max Plastic Sleeve 12.2 (inside) Polyamide 0911 111 012* 25
Processing tools:
Amo®-Max Setting Mandrel Type 1 For drilled hole dia. 10/16/14 0911 112 001
Amo®-Max Setting Mandrel Type 2 For drilled hole dia. 8/18/12 0911 112 002
Amo®-Max Setting Mandrel Type 3 1) For drilled hole dia. 12/16/18 0911 112 003
Würth System Components Amo®-Max Impact Sleeve 0911 112 004
1
MWF - 09/09 - 03980 - © •
Amo®-Max Hole Saw Mount For 8 mm hammer drill 0911 112 008
Amo®-Max Hole Saw Mount For 10 mm hammer drill 0911 112 010
Carbide Hole Saw, 40 mm dia. 0632 100 400
Amo®-Max Tool Assortment 0964 259 110
1) for spacer ≥ 160-200 mm
*
1378
®
99.1 Amo -light

screw
with plastic dowel (5 mm) in screw
shank for a 4 mm particle board
screw
galvanized steel
1. Areas of use l The Amo®-light screw can be combined with a plastic frame-fixing
l Spaced mounting for light loads (F ≤ 10 N per screw) anchor for solid stone or perforated stone
l Suitable for attachment of non-safety relevant components 3. Properties
l Can be used in concrete, solid brick, sand-lime brick, vertically
perforated brick, perforated sand-lime brick
l Amo®-light screw: galvanized steel
l Suitable for attachment of lighting, lamps, electric switches, building
l Plastic dowel in screw shank: High-quality polyamide (nylon)
signs, information signs, alarm systems, motion sensors etc.
l The add-on piece is attached to the screw shank by screwing in a 4
l For attachment of components in conjunction with a plastic frame- mm particle board screw (no drill bit, counter thread, ring thread) in
fixing anchor the plastic anchor (the plastic anchor is in the screw shank, see detail
A)
2. Advantages l Resistant to rotting, weathering and aging
l Can be loaded immediately – no waiting times
l Quick setting of Amo®-light screw – minimal assembly costs Good to know:
l Drill perforated blocks and hollow blocks in rotating
gear (without impact mechanism).
Dimensions Drive Particleboard Art. No. P. Qty. Plastic Frame Drill Drilled Setting Max. height
Amo®-light screws dia. Fixing Dowel nominal hole depth mounting
screw [in mm] dia. depth
[in mm] [in mm] [in mm] [in mm]
4 Solid stone: WE 10-115 Solid stone: 65
(Art. No. 0912 010 115)
7 x 125 TX 40 screw-in depth 16 0160 57 125 50 Perforated stone: WD 10- 10 60 50 perforated
– 26 mm 100 (Art. No. 0912 310 100) stone: 50
4 Solid stone: WE 10-135
(Art. No. 0912 010 135) Solid stone: 75
– 26 mm 135 (Art. No. 0912 310,135) stone: 75
4 Solid stone: WE 10-160
(Art. No. 0912 010 160) Solid stone: 110
– 26 mm 160 (Art. No. 0912 310,160) stone: 110
4 Amo®-light screw
7 x 205 TX 40 screw-in depth 16 0160 571200 10 complete with anchor 10 60 50 Solid stone: 150
– 26 mm sleeve type R
4 Amo®-light screw
7 x 245 TX 40 screw-in depth 16 0160 571240 10 complete with anchor 10 60 50 Solid stone: 190
– 26 mm sleeve type R
Drill hole Clean drilled hole Set anchor in Screw in Attach the component Detail A
place Amo®-light by screwing-in a 4 mm
screw particle board screw

MWF - 01/10 - 07687 - © •
1379
TESTER FOR PLASTIC FRAME-FIXING ANCHORS Appen-
dix
4.02
Also for other similar anchors.
Type DMD 8
1. Areas of use • Stable aluminum and steel

• Tension test for central tension for construction which is versatile and 4. Test instructions
frame-fixing anchors and other easy to use even under the most a.) Create a hole at a suitable location
anchors, e.g. WIT, all-purpose di̅cult circumstances thanks to its and mount the adapter piece via an
anchors. . . Up to max. 8.0 kN (800 relatively light weight anchor and screw
kg) b.) Set the tester in place at a right angle
3. Features to the surface so that the claw of the
2. Advantages • Dial gauge holder located directly on tester grips under the adapter
• Three-point contact with fine tuning, the tension spindle for measurement of c.) By turning the handwheel to the right,
which induces bearing stress in the slippage in conjunction with the the anchor connection is loaded with
anchor surface 15 cm away from the available dial gauge central tension (Attention: Turn
peg in accordance with the test • Adapter piece can be mounted handwheel completely to the left
directive (see confirmation of directly with the anchor; the tester is before testing)
approval) then simply suspended via the claw
Technical data
Designation Art. No. P. Qty. Important information for experts
Product range: 1 aluminum case, 1 The construction permit for plastic frame-fixing anchors specifies
three-footed tester, 4 adapter pieces 0912 990 that at least 15 pull-out attempts must be performed on the building
(6 – 14 mm), 1 dial gauge structure under the following conditions.
Spare parts: 1. With frame-fixing anchors of type WE solid stone - if the strength
Adapter Piece, 6 mm dia. 0912 990 006 1
of the materials is undershot or the material is not listed.
Adapter Piece, 8 mm dia. 0912 990 008 2. With frame-fixing anchors of type WD solid stone - if the material
Adapter Piece, 10 mm dia. 0912 990 010 is not specified in the permit.
Adapter Piece, 14 mm dia. 0912 990 014 When testing, the a) maximum load and b) the load over the
Test book for documentation* – – progression of the test are determined and entered in the test book.
*Please ask your sales rep
The permissible load is then calculated from this. This test must be
performed before the start of construction and is required for static
MWF - 09/11 - 04361 - ©
evidence. The evidence is to be stored with the construction

documentation.
1380

Anchor (Dowel W-FA-S) PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Anchor (Dowel W-FA-S) PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

TOTAL RANGE

02 Service and Systems

03 Chemical Technical Products

05 Anchor and Plug Systems

06 Fire Protection Systems

08 General Tools / Equipment

09 master® Power Tools

10 ORSY® Assortments and Workshop Equipment

15 Automotive / Cargo Accessories and Spare Parts

Plug technology online / software 1201

Plug selection – performance comparison 1202 – 1207

Heavy load attachment

Heavy load attachment

Heavy load attachment

Ceiling coverings 1289 – 1300

Frame attachments 1301 – 1314

Metal frame dowel

Cavity xings 1327 – 1336

Masonry / light building material

Insulation material attachment 1349 – 1356

General attachments 1357 – 1379

Test load / extract equipment 1380

Dimensioning menu Design details

DIMENSIONING SOFTWARE www.wuerth.de/duebeltechnik.

The following modules are available for measuring:

• General anchor dimensioning • Brackets and bracket

• Light metal construction

Art. No. 0990 903 002

Included in approval 02.2

Included in approval / 02.5

Included in approval 02.7

Cracked Uncracked Lightweight Aerated Solid stone Perforated

Anchor type Anchor Illustrations Thread size Available versions

W-SA Screw Anchor Ø 7.5

W-SA TC Screw Anchor Ø 7.5/10/12

W-FAZ / … Fixing Anchor M8 - M24

W-FAZ-IG /… Fixing M6 - M12

W-HAZ High-Performance Anchor M6 - M20

W-PA Aerated Concrete Anchor M6 - M12

W-HD Hollow-Ceiling Anchor M6 - M12

W-FA /… Fixing Anchor M6 - M20

W-ED / … Drive-In Anchor M5 - M20

W-ED M12 Drive-In Anchor M12/DW15

W-TM Heavy Duty Anchor M6 - M12

W-SA Screw Anchor Ø 5. 6. 7.5

W-DS Quick-Action Ceiling Anchor Ø8

W-ZS 6-5 Quick-Action Anchor Ø6

W-SD Impact Anchor Ø 6. 8

W-PN Power Nail Ø 4.5

W-VD / … Shear Anchor M8 - M24

W-VD-IG / ... Shear-Anchor Female M8 - M16

W-VIZ / … Injection System a) M8 - M24

W-VI / … Injection System b) M8 - M30

WIT-C 100 Injection System M8 - M24

a) WIT-VM 100 Mortar compound b) WIT-VM 200 Mortar compound

Concrete Lightweight Aerated Solid stone Perforated Plate

Anchor type Anchor illustrations Thread size or dia. Available versions

WIT-VM 200 Injection Systemb) M6, M8

WIT-VM 200 Injection Systemb) M6 - M12

WIT-C 150 Injection System M6 - M20

WIT-FIX Liquid Anchor Drilled hole dia. 6/8/10

W-VIZ dynamic Injection Systema) M12 - M20

WIT-PE 500 Injection System Dia. 8 - 28

s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef) 4.8

s 3 hef, c 1.5 hef)